The Ecclesiastical History of Socrates Scholasticus 2
2.1 Introduction containing the Reason for the Author's Revision of his First and Second Books
Rufinus, who wrote an Ecclesiastical History in Latin, has erred in respect to chronology. For he supposes that what was done against Athanasius occurred after the death of the Emperor Constantine: he was also ignorant of his exile to the Gauls and of various other circumstances. Now we in the first place wrote the first two books of our history following Rufinus; but in writing our history from the third to the seventh, some facts we collected from Rufinus, others from different authors, and some from the narration of individuals still living. Afterward, however, we perused the writings of Athanasius, wherein he depicts his own sufferings and how through the calumnies of the Eusebian fiction he was banished, and judged that more credit was due to him who had suffered, and to those who were witnesses of the things they describe, than to such as have been dependent on conjecture, and had therefore erred. Moreover, having obtained several letters of persons eminent at that period, we have availed ourselves of their assistance also in tracing out the truth as far as possible. On this account we were compelled to revise the first and second books of this history, using, however, the testimony of Rufinus where it is evident that he could not be mistaken. It should also be observed, that in our former edition, neither the sentence of deposition which was passed upon Arius, nor the emperor’s letters were inserted, but simply the narration or facts in order that the history might not become bulky and weary the readers with tedious matters of detail. But in the present edition, such alterations and additions have been made for your sake, O sacred man of God, Theodore, in order that you might not be ignorant what the princes wrote in their own words, as well as the decisions of the bishops in their various Synods, wherein they continually altered the confession of faith. Wherefore, whatever we have deemed necessary we have inserted in this later edition. Having adopted this course in the first book, we shall endeavor to do the same in the consecutive portion of our history, I mean the second. On this let us now enter.
Προοίμιον, δἰ ἢν αἰτίαν τὸ πρῶτον καὶ τὸ δεύτερον βιβλίον ἄνωθεν ἐλέχθη.
Ῥουφῖνος, ὁ τῇ Ῥωμαίων γλώττῃ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν ἱστορἵ??ʼ συντάξας, περὶ τοὺς χρόνους ἐπλανήσθη. Τὰ γὰρ κατὰ Ἀθανάσ̔??ʼ νομίζει μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίνου γεγενῆσθ̔??ʼ ἀγνοεῖ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐν Γαλλίαις γενομένην αὐτοῦ ἐξορίαν καὶ ἕτεῥ??ʼ πλείονα. Ἡμεῖς οὖν πρότερον Ῥουφίνῳ ἀκολουθήσαντες τὸ πῥ??ʼ τον καὶ τὸ δεύτερον τῆς ἱστορίας βιβλίον ᾗ ἐκείνῳ ἐδόκει σὑ??ʼ εγράψαμεν. Ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ τρίτου ἄχρι τοῦ ἑβδόμου βιβλίου τὰ μὲν παρὰ Ῥουφίνου λαβόντες, τὰ δὲ ἐκ διαφόρων συναγαγόντες, τινα δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἔτι ζώντων ἀκούσαντες ἐπληρώσαμεν. Ὕστερον μέντοι συντυχόντες Ἀθανασίου συντάγμασιν, ἐν οἷς τὰ καθ̓ ἑαυτὃ??ʼ ὀδύρεται πάθη καὶ ὅπως διὰ τὴν διαβολὴν τῶν περὶ Εὐσέβιον ἐξωρίσθη, ἔγνωμεν δεῖν πιστεύειν μᾶλλον τῷ πεπονθότι καὶ τοἷ??ʼ γινομένων τῶν πραγμάτων παροῦσιν, ἢ τοῖς καταστοχασαμένὁ??ʼ αὐτῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πλανηθεῖσιν. Ἔτι μὴν καὶ ἐπιστολῶν τὧ??ʼ τότε διαφόρων ἐπιτετυχηκότες, ὡς οἷόν τε τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀνιχνεὕ??ʼ σαμεν. Διὸ ἠναγκάσθημεν τὸ πρῶτον καὶ τὸ δεύτερον βιβλίὁ??ʼ ἄνωθεν ὑπαγορεύσαι, συγχρώμενοι καὶ ἐν οἷς ὁ Ῥουφῖνος οὐκ ἑ̓??ʼ πίπτει τοῦ ἀληθοῦς. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἰστέον, ὅτι οὐ πἁ??ʼ εθήκαμεν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ὑπαγορεύσει τὸ καθαιρετικὸν Ἀρείου οὑ̓́??ʼ μὴν τὰς βασιλέως ἐπιστολὰς, ἀλλὰ τὰ γυμνὰ μόνον πράγματ̔??ʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ πολυστίχου γενομένης τῆς ἱστορίας ὀκνηροὺς τὁ??ʼ ἀναγινώσκοντας ἀπεργάσασθαι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς σὴν χάριν, ὦ ἱἑ??ʼ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπε Θεόδωρε, καὶ τοῦτο ἔδει ποιῆσαι, ὥστε ʽ??ʼ ἀγνοεῖν καὶ ὅσα αὐταῖς λέξεσιν οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐπέστειλαν, ἢ κἁ??ʼ διαφόρους συνόδους οἱ ἐπίσκοποι τὴν πίστιν καταβραχὺ μεταπὁ??ʼ οῦντες ἐξέδωκαν, διὰ τοῦτο ὅσα ἀναγκαῖα ἡγησάμεθα ἐν τῇδε ʽ??ʼ ʽ??ʼὰ ταῦτα ὑπαγορεύσει μετατεθείκαμεν. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ʽ??ʼλίῳ ποιήσαντες, καὶ ἐν τῷ μετὰ χεῖρας, λέγω δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ, ʽ??ʼῆσαι σπουδάζομεν. Ἀρκτέον δὲ ἤδη τῆς ἱστορίας.
2.2 Eusebius, Bishop of Nicomedia, and his Party, by again endeavoring to introduce the Arian Heresy, create Disturbances in the Churches
After the death of the Emperor Constantine, Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and Theognis of Nicæa, imagining that a favorable opportunity had arisen, used their utmost efforts to expunge the doctrine of homoousion, and to introduce Arianism in its place. They, nevertheless, despaired of effecting this, if Athanasius should return to Alexandria: in order therefore to accomplish their designs, they sought the assistance of that presbyter by whose means Arius had been recalled from exile a little before. How this was done shall now be described. The presbyter in question presented the will and the request of the deceased king to his son Constantius; who finding those dispositions in it which he was most desirous of, for the empire of the East was by his father’s will apportioned to him, treated the presbyter with great consideration, loaded him with favors, and ordered that free access should be given him both to the palace and to himself. This license soon obtained for him familiar intercourse with the empress, as well as with her eunuchs. There was at that time a chief eunuch of the imperial bed-chamber named Eusebius; him the presbyter persuaded to adopt Arian’s views, after which the rest of the eunuchs were also prevailed on to adopt the same sentiments. Not only this but the empress also, under the influence of the eunuchs and the presbyters, became favorable to the tenets of Arius; and not long after the subject was introduced to the emperor himself. Thus it became gradually diffused throughout the court, and among the officers of the imperial household and guards, until at length it spread itself over the whole population of the city. The chamberlains in the palace discussed this doctrine with the women; and in the family of every citizen there was a logical contest. Moreover, the mischief quickly extended to other provinces and cities, the controversy, like a spark, insignificant at first, exciting in the auditors a spirit of contention: for every one who inquired the cause of the tumult, found immediately occasion for disputing, and determined to take part in the strife at the moment of making the inquiry. By general altercation of this kind all order was subverted; the agitation, however, was confined to the cities of the East, those of Illyricum and the western parts of the empire meanwhile were perfectly tranquil, because they would not annul the decisions of the Council of Nicæa. As this affair increased, going from bad to worse, Eusebius of Nicomedia and his party looked upon popular ferment as a piece of good fortune. For only thus they thought they would be enabled to constitute some one who held their own sentiments bishop of Alexandria. But the return of Athanasius at that time defeated their purpose; for he came thither fortified by a letter from one of the Augusti, which the younger Constantine, who bore his father’s name, addressed to the people of Alexandria, from Treves, a city in Gaul. A copy of this epistle is here subjoined.
ʽ??ʼς οἱ περὶ Εὐσέβιον τὸν Νικομηδείας ἐπίσκοπον αὖθις τὸ Ἀρείου σπουδάσαντες εἰσαγαγεῖν δόγμα ταραχὰς ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἐκίνησαν.
ʽ?ʽ?ʼοῦ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίνου τελευτήσαντος, οἱ περὶ Εὐσέβιον ʽ??ʼ Νικομηδέα καὶ Θέογνιν Νικαίας ἐπίσκοπον, καιροῦ δεδράχθαι ʽ??ʼαίρου νομίσαντες, ἀγῶνα ἔθεντο τὴν τοῦ ὁμοουσίου πίστιν ʽ??ʼαλεῖν, ἀντεισάγειν δὲ τὴν Ἀρειανίζουσαν. Περιέσεσθαι δὲ ʽ??ʼτου οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο, εἰ μὴ ὑπονοστήσῃ Ἀθανάσιος. Ταῦτα ʽ??ʼκατεσκεύαζον ὑπουργῷ χρώμενοι τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ, ὃς τῆς Ἀρείου ʽ??ʼκλήσεως αἴτιος μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν ἐγεγόνει. Πῶς δὲ τοῦτο ʽ??ʼάχθη λεκτέον. Τὴν διαθήκην ὁ πρεσβύτερος καὶ τὰ ἐνταλθέντα ʽ??ʼρὰ τοῦ κατοιχομένου βασιλέως προσφέρει Κωνσταντίῳ τῷ τοῦ ʽ??ʼσιλέως υἱῷ: ὁ δὲ τοῦθ̓ εὑρηκὼς γεγραμμένον ὅπερ ἐβούλετο,— ʽ??ʼς γὰρ ἑῴας βασιλεύειν αὐτὸν ἐπέτρεπεν ἡ διαθήκη,—διὰ τιμῆς ʽ??ʼε τὸν πρεσβύτερον, παρρησίας τε μετεδίδου πολλῆς, εἴς τε τὰ ʽ??ʼσίλεια θαρροῦντα εἰσιέναι ἐκέλευεν. Ἡ τοίνυν δοθεῖσα παρρἡ??ʼα γνώριμον αὐτὸν ταχέως κατέστησε τῇ τε τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετῇ ʽ??ʼὶ τοῖς εὐνούχοις αὐτῆς. Ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ πρωτότυπος ʽ??ʼν κοιτώνων τοῦ βασιλέως εὐνοῦχος, ᾧ ὄνομα ἦν Εὐσέβιος: ʽ??ʼῦτον ὁ πρεσβύτερος συνθέσθαι τῇ Ἀρείου δόξῃ συνέπεισεν. ʽ??ʼκ δὲ τούτου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν εὐνούχων τὰ αὐτὰ φρονεῖν ἀνεπεἵ??ʼντο: οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετὴ διὰ τῶν εὐνούχων ʽ??ʼὶ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου τῇ Ἀρείου δόξῃ προστίθεται. μετ’ οὐ πολὺ ʽ??ʼ καὶ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν διέβαινε τὸν βασιλέα τὸ ζήτημα. Τοῦτο γίνεται ʽ??ʼανερὸν κατὰ βραχὺ πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς κατὰ τὰ βασίλεια στρατευὁ??ʼένοις: ἔπειτα δὲ διεδόθη καὶ εἰς τὰ πλήθη τῆς πόλεως. Δἱ??ʼλέγοντο δὲ περὶ τῆς δόξης ἐν μὲν τοῖς βασιλείοις οἱ ἐπικοιτωνῖται ʽ??ʼμα ταῖς γυναιξίν: ἐν δὲ τῇ πόλει καθ̓ ἑκάστην οἰκίαν διαλεκτικὸς ʽ??ʼόλεμος ἦν. Διέτρεχεν οὖν ταχέως τὸ κακὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἄλλας ʽ??ʼπαρχίας τε καὶ πόλεις. Καὶ ὡς σπινθὴρ ἐκ μικροῦ λαμβάνον τὴν ʽ??ʼχὴν, τὸ ζήτημα εἰς φιλονεικίαν τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἤγειρεν. Ἕκαστος γὰρ τῶν πυνθανομένων τῆς ταραχῆς τῆς ταραχῆς τὴν αἰτίαν πρόφασιν εὐθὺς εἶχε ζητήσεως: καὶ ἅμα τῇ ἐρωτήσει ἐρίζειν ἐβούλετο, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἔριδος πάντα ἀνατέτραπτο. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὰς ἀνατολικὰς πόλεις ἐγένετο: αἱ γὰρ ἐν Ἰλλυριοῖς καὶ τὰ ἑσπέρια μέρη τέως ἡσύχαζον: τοὺς ὅρους γὰρ τοὺς τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου παρασαλεύειν οὐκ ἤθελον. Ὡς οὖν ἐξαφθὲν τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐπέδωκε, τηνικαῦτα οἱ περὶ Εὐσέβιον τὸν Νικομηδέα ἕρμαιον ἡγοῦντο τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ταραχήν. Οὕτω γὰρ μόνως δύνασθαι τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπίσκοπον ἀναδεῖξαι τῆς αὐτῶν δόξης ὁμόφρονα: ἀλλὰ τότε μὲν ἔφθασεν ἐπανελθὼν εἰς αὐτὴν Ἀθανάσιος ἑνὸς τῶν Αὐγούστων ὠχυρωμένος γράμμασιν, ἅπερ τῷ Ἀλεξανδρέων λαῷ Κωνσταντῖνος ὁ νέος, ὁ τῷ πατρὶ ὁμώνυμος, ἐκ τῆς ἐν Γαλλίᾳ Τριβέρεως ἔπεμψεν. Ἔστι δὲ τάδε τὰ γράμματα τὰ ὑποτεταγμένα.
2.3 Athanasius, encouraged by the Letter of Constantine the Younger, returns to Alexandria
Constantine Cæsar to the members of the Catholic Church of the Alexandrians.
It cannot, I conceive, have escaped the knowledge of your devout minds, that Athanasius, the expositor of the venerated law, was sent for a while unto the Gauls, lest he should sustain some irreparable injury from the perverseness of his blood-thirsty adversaries, whose ferocity continually endangered his sacred life. To evade this [perverseness], therefore, he was taken from the jaws of the men who threatened him into a city under my jurisdiction, where, as long as it was his appointed residence, he has been abundantly supplied with every necessity: although his distinguished virtue trusting in divine aid would have made light of the pressure of a more rigorous fortune. And since our sovereign, my father, Constantine Augustus of blessed memory, was prevented by death from accomplishing his purpose of restoring this bishop to his see, and to your most sanctified piety, I have deemed it proper to carry his wishes into effect, having inherited the task from him. With how great veneration he has been regarded by us, ye will learn on his arrival among you; nor need any one be surprised at the honor I have put upon him, since I have been alike influenced by a sense of what was due to so excellent a personage, and the knowledge of your affectionate solicitude respecting him. May Divine Providence preserve you, beloved brethren.
Relying on this letter, Athanasius came to Alexandria, and was most joyfully received by the people of the city. Nevertheless as many in it as had embraced Arianism, combining together, entered into conspiracies against him, by which frequent seditions were excited, affording a pretext to the Eusebians for accusing him to the emperor of having taken possession of the Alexandrian church on his own responsibility, in spite of the adverse judgment of a general council of bishops. So far indeed did they succeed in pressing their charges, that the emperor became exasperated, and banished him from Alexandria. How indeed this came about I shall hereafter explain.
Ὅπως Ἀθανάσιος Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ νεωτέρου γράμμασι θαρρήσας τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν κατέλαβεν.
Κωνσταντῖνος Καῖσαρ τῷ λαῷ τῆς καθολικῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίας. Οὐδὲ τῆς ὑμετέρας ἱερᾶς ἐννοίας ἀποπεφευγέναι τὴν γνῶσιν οἶμαι, διὰ τοῦτο Ἀθανάσιον τὸν τοῦ προσκυνητοῦ νόμου ὑποφήτην πρὸς καιρὸν εἰς τὰς Γαλλίας ἀπεστάλθαι, ἵνα ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἀγριότης τῶν αἱμοβόρων καὶ πολεμίων αὐτοῦ ἐχθρῶν εἰς κίνδυνον τῆς ἱερᾶς αὐτοῦ κεφαλῆς ἐπέμενε, μὴ ἄρα διὰ τῆς τῶν φαύλων διαστροφῆς ἀνήκεστα ὑποστῇ. Πρὸς τὸ διαπαῖξαι τοίνυν ταύτην ἀφῃρέθη τῶν φαρύγγων τῶν ἐπικειμένων αὐτῷ ἀνδρῶν, ὑπ’ ἐμοὶ διάγειν κελευσθεὶς οὕτως, ὡς ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει ἐν ᾗ διέτριβεν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις ἐμπλεονάζειν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀοίδιμος ἀρετὴ, ταῖς θείαις πεποιθυῖα βοηθείαις, καὶ τὰ τῆς τραχυτέρας τύχης ἄχθη ἐξουθενεῖ. Τοιγαροῦν εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν προσφιλεστάτην ὑμῶν θεοσέβειαν ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν, ὁ τῆς μακαρίας μνήμης Κωνσταντῖνος ὁ σεβαστὸς ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ, τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπίσκοπον τῷ ἰδίῳ τόπῳ παρασχεῖν προήρητο, ὅμως ἐπειδὴ ἀνθρωπίνῳ κλήρῳ προληφθεὶς πρὸ τοῦ τὴν εὐχὴν πληρῶσαι ἀνεπαύσατο, ἀκόλουθον ἡγησάμην τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ τῆς θείας μνήμης βασιλέως, δαιδεξάμενος πληρῶσαι. Ὅστις ἐπειδὰν τῆς ὑμετέρας τύχῃ προσόψεως, ὅσης παῤ ἐμοῦ αἰδοῦς τετύχηκε γνώσεσθε: οὐ γὰρ θαυμαστὸν, εἴ τι δ’ ἂν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πεποίηκα. Καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν ἡ τοῦ ὑμετέρου πόθου εἰκὼν, καὶ τὸ τοῦ τηλικούτου ἀνδρὸς σχῆμα εἰς τοῦτο ἐκίνει καὶ προέτρεπεν. Ἡ θεία πρόνοια ὑμᾶς διαφυλάξοι, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοί. Τούτοις θαρρῶν τοῖς γράμμασιν ὁ Ἀθανάσιος καταλαμβάνει τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν: καὶ ἥδιστα μὲν αὐτὸν ἀνεδέξατο ὁ τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων λαός: ὅσοι δὲ ἐτύγχανον Ἀρειανίζοντες ἐν αὐτῇ φατρίας συνίσταντο κατ’ αὐτοῦ, δἰ ὧν συνεχεῖς στάσεις ἐγίνοντο, αἵτινες ὑπόθεσιν παρεῖχον τοῖς περὶ Εὐσέβιον τοῦ διαβάλλειν αὐτὸν βασιλεῖ, ὅτι μὴ κρίναντος τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέψας τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατελάμβανεν. Ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ τὰς διαβολὰς ἐξέτεινον, ὡς ὀργισθέντα τὸν βασιλέα τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐκβαλεῖν. Πῶς μὲν οὖν τοῦτο ἐγένετο, μικρὸν ὕστερον λέξω.
2.4 On the Death of Eusebius Pamphilus, Acacius succeeds to the Bishopric of Cæsarea
At this time Eusebius, who was bishop of Cæsarea in Palestine, and had the surname of Pamphilus, having died, Acacius, his disciple, succeeded him in the bishopric. This individual published several books, and among others a biographical sketch of his master.
Ὡς τελευτήσαντος Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Παμφίλου Ἀκάκιος τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν Καισαρείας διεδέξατο.
Ἐν δὲ τῷδε τῷ χρόνῳ τελευτήσαντος Εὐσεβίου, ὃς τῆς ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ Καισαρείας ἐπίσκοπος ἦν καὶ τὴν Παμφίλου προσωνυμίαν ἐκέκτητο, Ἀκάκιος μαθητὴς αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν διαδέχεται: ὃς ἄλλα μὲν βιβλία πολλὰ ἐξέθετο, καὶ εἰς τὸν βίον δὲ τοῦ διδασκάλου αὐτοῦ συνέγραψεν.
2.5 The Death of Constantine the Younger
Not long after this the brother of the Emperor Constantius, Constantine the younger, who bore his father’s name, having invaded those parts of the empire which were under the government of his younger brother Constans, engaging in a conflict with his brother’s soldiery, was slain by them. This took place under the consulship of Acindynus and Proclus.
Περὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ νεωτέρου τελευτῆς.
μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίου ἀδελφὸς ὃς ἦν ὁμώνυμος τῷ πατρὶ, ὁ νέος Κωνσταντῖνος, ἐπιὼν τοῖς μέρεσι τοῦ νέου ἀδελφοῦ Κώνσταντος, συμβαλών τε τοῖς στρατιώταις αὐτοῦ, ἀναιρεῖται ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ὑπατείᾳ Ἀκινδύνου καὶ Πρόκλου.
2.6 Alexander, Bishop of Constantinople, when at the Point of Death proposes the Election either of Paul or of Macedonius as his Successor
About the same time another disturbance in addition to those we have recorded, was raised at Constantinople on the following account. Alexander, who had presided over the churches in that city, and had strenuously opposed Arius, departed this life, having occupied the bishopric for twenty-three years and lived ninety-eight years in all, without having ordained any one to succeed him. But he had enjoined the proper persons to choose one of the two whom he named; that is to say, if they desired one who was competent to teach, and of eminent piety, they should elect Paul, whom he had himself ordained presbyter, a man young indeed in years, but of advanced intelligence and prudence; but if they wished a man of venerable aspect, and external show only of sanctity, they might appoint Macedonius, who had long been a deacon among them and was aged. Hence there arose a great contest respecting the choice of a bishop which troubled the church exceedingly; for ever since the people were divided into two parties, one of which favored the tenets of Arius, while the other held what the Nicene Synod had defined, those who held the doctrine of consubstantiality always had the advantage during the life of Alexander, the Arians disagreeing among themselves and perpetually conflicting in opinion. But after the death of that prelate, the issue of the struggle became doubtful, the defenders of the orthodox faith insisting on the ordination of Paul, and all the Arian party espousing the cause of Macedonius. Paul therefore was ordained bishop in the church called Irene, which is situated near the great church of Sophia; whose election appeared to be more in accordance with the suffrage of the deceased.
Ὡς Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Κωνσταντίνου πόλεως ἐπίσκοπος τελευτῶν ὑπόψηφον πεποίηκε Παῦλον καὶ Μακεδόνιον.
Ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον χρόνον κατὰ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἑτέρα ταῖς προτέραις ἐπισυμπλέκεται ταραχὴ ἐξ αἰτίας τοιαύτης. Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ κατὰ τήνδε τὴν πόλιν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προεστὼς, ὁ τὴν πρὸς Ἄρειον μάχην ἀγωνισάμενος, τὸν ἐνθάδε βίον ἀπέλειπεν, εἰκοσιτρία μὲν ἔτη κατὰ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν διατρίψας, ἐνενήκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ δὲ ἔτη τὰ πάντα βιοὺς, οὐδένα εἰς τὸν αὐτοῦ τόπον χειροτονήσας. Ἐνετείλατο δὲ τοῖς καθήκουσιν ἑλέσθαι δυοῖν τὸν ἕτερον ὧν ἂν αὐτὸς ὀνομάσειεν: καὶ εἰ μὲν βούλοιντο διδασκαλικὸν ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ βίου χρηστοῦ μαρτυρούμενον, Παῦλον τὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ χειροτονηθέντα πρεσβύτερον, ἄνδρα νέον μὲν τὴν ἡλικίαν, προβεβηκότα δὲ ταῖς φρεσίν: εἰ δὲ μόνον ἐκ τοῦ προσχήματος τῆς εὐλαβείας δεικνύμενον, αἱρεῖσθαι Μακεδόνιον, διάκονον τυγχάνοντα μὲν ἤδη πάλαι τῆς ἐκκλησίας, τῇ ἡλικίᾳ δὲ γέροντα. Ἐκ τούτου μείζων φιλονεικία περὶ χειροτονίας γίνεται ἐπισκόπου, καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν διετάραττεν. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ λαὸς εἰς δύο διετέτμητο μέρη, τῶν μὲν προσκειμένων τῷ Ἀρειανῷ δόγματι, τῶν δὲ φρονούντων καθ̓ ἃ ἡ ἐν Νικαίᾳ σύνοδος ὥρισε: καὶ ἕως μὲν Ἀλέξανδρος περιῆν, κατεκράτουν οἱ φρονοῦντες τὸ ὁμοούσιον, τῶν Ἀρειανιζόντων διακρινομένων καὶ ὁσημέραι διαπληκτιζομένων περὶ τοῦ δόγματος, ἐπἑ??ʼ δὲ ἐκεῖνος τετελευτήκει, ἀμφήριστος ἡ τοῦ λαοῦ μάχη καθίστατο: διὸ οἱ μὲν τοῦ ὁμοουσίου τὴν πίστιν φυλάττοντες Παῦλον εἰς τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν προχειρίζονται, οἱ δὲ Ἀρειανίζοντες Μακεδόνιον ἔσπευδον. Καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ τῆς Εἰρήνης ἐπωνύμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ ἐχομένῃ τῆς νῦν μεγάλης καὶ Σοφίας ὀνομαζομένης χειροτονεῖται Παῦλος, ἐφ̓ οὗ καὶ μᾶλλον ἡ τοῦ ἀπελθόντος ψῆφος ἐδόκει κρατεῖν.
2.7 The Emperor Constantius ejects Paul after his Election to the Bishopric, and sending for Eusebius of Nicomedia, invests him with the Bishopric of Constantinople
Not long afterwards the emperor having arrived at Constantinople was highly incensed at the consecration [of Paul]; and having convened an assembly of bishops of Arian sentiments, he divested Paul of his dignity, and translating Eusebius from the see of Nicomedia, he appointed him bishop of Constantinople. Having done this the emperor proceeded to Antioch.
Ὡς ὁ βασιλεὺς Κωνστάντιος Παῦλον τὸν προσβληθέντα ἐπίσκοπον ἐκβάλλει: Εὐσεβίῳ δὲ ἐκ τῆς Νικομηδείας μεταπεμφθέντι τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν Κωνσταντίνου πόλεως ἐνεχείρισεν.
μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἐπιστὰς ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει πρὸς ὀργὴν ἐκκάεται ἐπὶ τῇ γενομένῃ χειροτονίᾳ. Καὶ καθιστὰς συνέδριον τῶν τὰ Ἀρείου φρονούντων ἐπισκόπων, τὸν μὲν Παῦλον σχολάζ̔??ʼν ἐποίησεν, Εὐσέβιον δὲ ἐκ τῆς Νικομηδείας μεταστήσας τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον ἀναδείκνυσι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς ταῦτα πράξας ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν ὥρμησεν.
2.8 Eusebius having convened Another Synod at Antioch in Syria, causes a New Creed to be promulgated
Eusebius, however, could by no means remain quiet, but as the saying is, left no stone unturned, in order to effect the purpose he had in view. He therefore causes a Synod to be convened at Antioch in Syria, under pretense of dedicating the church which the father of the Augusti had commenced, and which his son Constantius had finished in the tenth year after its foundations were laid, but with the real intention of subverting and abolishing the doctrine of the homoousion. There were present at this Synod ninety bishops from various cities. Maximus, however, bishop of Jerusalem; who had succeeded Macarius, did not attend, recollecting that he had been deceived and induced to subscribe the deposition of Athanasius. Neither was Julius, bishop of the great Rome, there, nor had he sent a substitute, although an ecclesiastical canon commands that the churches shall not make any ordinances against the opinion of the bishop of Rome. This Synod assembled at Antioch in presence of the emperor Constantius in the consulate of Marcellus and Probinus, which was the fifth year after the death of Constantine, father of the Augusti. Placitus, otherwise called Flaccillus, successor to Euphronius, at that time presided over the church at Antioch. The confederates of Eusebius had previously designed to calumniate Athanasius; accusing him in the first place of having acted contrary to a canon which they then constituted, in resuming his episcopal authority without the license of a general council of bishops, inasmuch as on his return from exile he had on his own responsibility taken possession of the church; and then because a tumult had been excited on his entrance and many were killed in the riot; moreover that some had been scourged by him, and others brought before the tribunals. Besides they brought forward what had been determined against Athanasius at Tyre.
Ὡς Εὐσέβιος ἑτέραν σύνοδον ποιησάμενος ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Συρίας ἑτέραν ἔκθεσιν πίστεως ὑπαγορευθῆναι ἐποίησε.
Εὐσέβιος δὲ οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ ἡσυχάζειν ἐβούλετο, ἀλλὰ, τὸ τοῦ λόγου, πάντα λίθον ἐκίνει, ὅπως ἂν ὃ προέθετο κατεργάσηται. Κατασκευάζει οὖν σύνοδον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Συρίας γενέσθαι, προφάσει μὲν τῶν ἐγκαινίων τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἣν ὁ πατὴρ μὲν τῶν Αὐγούστων κατασκευάζειν ἤρξατο, μετὰ τελευτὴν δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ υἱὸς Κωνστάντιος δεκάτῳ ἔτει ἀπὸ τῆς θεμελιώσεως συνετέλεσεν, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνατροπῇ καὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς ὁμοουσίου πίστεως. Ἐν ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ συνόδῳ συνῆλθον ἐκ διαφόρων πόλεων ἐπίσκοποι ἐνενήκοντα. Μάξιμος μέντοι ὁ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπίσκοπος, ὃς Μακάριον διεδέξατο, οὐ παρεγένετο ἐν αὐτῇ, ἐπιλογισάμενος ὡς εἴη συναρπαγεὶς καὶ τῇ καθαιρέσει ὑπογράψας Ἀθανασίου. Ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲ Ἰούλιος παρῆν ὁ τῆς μεγίστης Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος: οὐδὲ μὴν εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ ἀπεστάλκει τινα: καίτοι κανόνος ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ κελεύοντος, μὴ δεῖν παρὰ τὴν γνώμην τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Ῥώμης τὰς ἐκκλησίας κανονίζειν. Συγκροτεῖται οὖν αὕτη ἡ σύνοδος ἐν τῇ Ἀντιοχείᾳ παρουσίᾳ Κωνσταντίου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐν ὑπατείᾳ Μαρκέλλου καὶ Προβίνου: ἦν δὲ πέμπτον ἔτος τοῦτο τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ τῶν Αὐγούστων πατρὸς Κωνσταντίνου. Προειστήκει δὲ τότε τῆς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκκλησίας Πλάκιτος διαδεξάμενος Εὐφρόνιον. Οἱ περὶ Εὐσέβιον οὖν ἔργον τίθενται προηγουμένως Ἀθανάσιον διαβάλλειν, πρῶτον μὲν ὡς παρὰ κανόνα πράξαντα ὃν αὐτοὶ ὥρισαν τότε, ὅτι μὴ γνώμῃ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν ἐπισκόπων τὴν τάξιν τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἀνέλαβεν, ἐπανελθὼν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξορίας, ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέψας, εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰσεπήδησε: καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῇ εἰσόδῳ αὐτοῦ ταραχῆς γενομένης πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ στάσει ἀπέθανον: καὶ ὥς τινων αἰκισθέντων ὑπὸ Ἀθανασίου, τινῶν δὲ δικαστηρίοις παραδοθέντων. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Τύρῳ πεπραγμένα κατὰ Ἀθανασίου εἰς μέσον ἦγον.
2.9 Of Eusebius of Emisa
On the ground of such charges as these, they proposed another bishop for the Alexandrian church, and first indeed Eusebius surnamed Emisenus. Who this person was, George, bishop of Laodicea, who was present on this occasion, informs us. For he says in the book which he has composed on his life, that Eusebius was descended from the nobility of Edessa in Mesopotamia, and that from a child he had studied the holy Scriptures; that he was afterwards instructed in Greek literature by a master resident at Edessa; and finally that the sacred books were expounded to him by Patrophilus and Eusebius, of whom the latter presided over the church at Cæsarea, and the former over that at Scythopolis. Afterwards when he dwelt in Antioch, it happened that Eustathius was deposed on the accusation of Cyrus of Berœa for holding the tenets of Sabellius. Then again he associated with Euphronius, successor of Eustathius, and avoiding a bishopric, he retired to Alexandria, and there devoted himself to the study of philosophy. On his return to Antioch he formed an intimate acquaintance with Placitus [or Flaccillus], the successor of Euphronius. At length he was ordained bishop of Alexandria, by Eusebius, bishop of Constantinople; but did not go thither in consequence of the attachment of the people of that city to Athanasius, and was therefore sent to Emisa. As the inhabitants of Emisa excited a sedition on account of his appointment,—for he was commonly charged with the study and practice of judicial astrology, —he fled and came to Laodicea, to George, who has given so many historical details of him. George having taken him to Antioch, procured his being again brought back to Emisa by Placitus and Narcissus; but he was afterwards charged with holding the Sabellian views. George more elaborately describes the circumstances of his ordination and adds at the close that the emperor took him with him in his expedition against the barbarians, and that miracles were wrought by his hand. The information given by George concerning Eusebius of Emisa may be considered reproduced at sufficient length by me here.
Περὶ Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Ἐμισηνοῦ.
Ἐπὶ τούτοις τότε τῆς διαβολῆς γενομένης, προχειρίζονται τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπίσκοπον, πρῶτον μὲν Εὐσέβιον τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Ἐμισηνόν. Τίς δὲ οὗτος ἦν διδάσκει Γεώργιος ὁ Λαοδικείας, ὃς τότε παρῆν ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ. Φἡ??ʼ εἰς αὐτὸν πεπονημένῳ βιβλίῳ, ὡς εἴη Εὐσέβιος ἐκ τῶν ʽ??ʼων τῆς ἐν Μεσοποταμίᾳ Ἐδέσης καταγόμενος: ἐκ νέας τε ἡλικίας τὰ ἱερὰ μαθὼν γράμματα. Εἶτα τὰ Ἑλλήνων παιδευθεὶς παρὰ τῷ τηνικαῦτα τῇ Ἐδέσῃ ἐπιδημήσαντι παιδευτῇ, τέλος ὑπὸ Πατροφίλου καὶ Εὐσεβίου τὰ ἱερὰ ἡρμηνεύσθη βιβλία: ὧν ὁ μὲν τῶν ἐν Καισαρείᾳ, ὁ δὲ τῆς ἐν Σκυθοπόλει προΐστατο ἐκκλησίας. Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἐπιδημήσαντος αὐτοῦ τῇ Ἀντιοχείᾳ, συνέβη Εὐστάθιον ὑπὸ Κύρου κατηγορηθέντα τοῦ Βεροιέως καθαιρεθῆναι ὡς Σαβελλίζοντα. Εἶτα αὖθις τὸν Εὐσέβιον συνεῖναι Εὐφρονίῳ τῷ διαδεξαμένῳ Εὐστάθιον, φεύγοντά τε τὴν ἱερωσύνην καταλαβεῖν τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, κᾀκεῖ μαθεῖν τὰ φιλόσοφα: ἐπανελθόντα τε εἰς τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν Πλακίτῳ τῷ μετὰ Εὐφρόνιον συνεῖναι, ὑπό τε Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπισκόπου προβληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπισκοπήν: ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖ μὲν μηκέτι ὁρμῆσαι, διὰ τὸ σφόδρα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀλεξανδρέων λαοῦ ἀγαπᾶσθαι Ἀθανάσιον, πεμφθῆναι δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἐμισηνῶν πόλιν. Διαστασιασάντων δὲ τῶν Ἐμισηνῶν ἐπὶ τῇ χειροτονίᾳ αὐτοῦ— ἐλοιδορεῖτο γὰρ ὡς μαθηματικὴν ἀσκούμενοσ—φυγῇ χρῆται, καὶ ἄπεισιν εἰς Λαοδίκειαν πρὸς τὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ πολλὰ εἰπόντα Γεώργιον. Οὗτος δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καταστήσας, παρεσκεύασεν αὖθις ὑπὸ Πλακίτου καὶ Ναρκίσσου καταχθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἔμισαν: πάλιν τε μέμψιν ὑπομεῖναι ὡς τὰ Σαβελλίου φρονοῦντα αὐτόν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τῆς καταστάσεως αὐτοῦ πλατύτερον διεξῆλθεν ὁ Γεώργιος: τελευταῖον δὲ ἐπάγει, ὅτι καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἀπιὼν ἀπῆγε, καὶ ὅτι τεράστια ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο. Τὰ μὲν δὴ Γεωργίῳ εἰρημένα περὶ τοῦ Ἐμισηνοῦ Εὐσεβίου ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον λελέχθω μοι.
2.10 The Bishops assembled at Antioch, on the Refusal of Eusebius of Emisa to accept the Bishopric of Alexandria, ordain Gregory, and change the Language of the Nicene Creed
Now at that time Eusebius having been proposed and fearing to go to Alexandria, the Synod at Antioch designated Gregory as bishop of that church. This being done, they altered the creed; not as condemning anything in that which was set forth at Nicæa, but in fact with a determination to subvert and nullify the doctrine of consubstantiality by means of frequent councils, and the publication of various expositions of the faith, so as gradually to establish the Arian views. How these things issued we will set forth in the course of our narrative; but the epistle then promulgated respecting the faith was as follows:
‘We have neither become followers of Arius,—for how should we who are bishops be guided by a presbyter?—nor have we embraced any other faith than that which was set forth from the beginning. But being constituted examiners and judges of his sentiments, we admit their soundness, rather than adopt them from him: and you will recognize this from what we are about to state. We have learned from the beginning to believe in one God of the Universe, the Creator and Preserver of all things both those thought of and those perceived by the senses: and in one only-begotten Son of God, subsisting before all ages, and co-existing with the Father who begat him, through whom also all things visible and invisible were made; who in the last days according to the Father’s good pleasure, descended, and assumed flesh from the holy virgin, and having fully accomplished his Father’s will, that he should suffer, and rise again, and ascend into the heavens, and sit at the right hand of the Father; and is coming to judge the living and the dead, continuing King and God for ever. We believe also in the Holy Spirit. And if it is necessary to add this, we believe in the resurrection of the flesh, and the life everlasting.’
Having thus written in their first epistle, they sent it to the bishops of every city. But after remaining some time at Antioch, as if to condemn the former, they published another letter in these words:
Another Exposition of the Faith.
In conformity with evangelic and apostolic tradition, we believe in one God the Father Almighty, the Creator and Framer of the universe. And in one Lord Jesus Christ, his Son, God the only-begotten, through whom all things were made: begotten of the Father before all ages, God of God, Whole of Whole, Only of Only, Perfect of Perfect, King of King, Lord of Lord; the living Word, the Wisdom, the Life, the True Light, the Way of Truth, the Resurrection, the Shepherd, the Gate; immutable and inconvertible; the unaltering image of the Divinity, Substance and Power, and Counsel and Glory of the Father; born ‘before all creation’; who was in the beginning with God, God the Word, according as it is declared in the Gospel, and the Word was God, by whom all things were made, and in whom all things subsist: who in the last days came down from above, and was born of the virgin according to the Scriptures; and was made man, the Mediator between God and men, the Apostle of our Faith, and the Prince of Life, as he says, ‘I came down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me.’ Who suffered on our behalf, and rose again for us on the third day, and ascended into the heavens, and is seated at the right hand of the Father; and will come again with glory and power to judge the living and the dead. [We believe] also in the Holy Spirit, who is given to believers for their consolation, sanctification, and perfection; even as our Lord Jesus Christ commanded his disciples, saying, ‘Go and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit’; that is to say of the Father who is truly the Father, of the Son who is truly the Son, and of the Holy Spirit who is truly the Holy Spirit, these words not being simply or insignificantly applied, but accurately expressing the proper subsistence, glory, and order, of each of these who are named: so that there are three in person, but one in concordance. Holding therefore this faith in the presence of God and of Christ, we anathematize all heretical and false doctrine. And if any one shall teach contrary to the sound and right faith of the Scriptures, affirming that there is or was a period or an age before the Son of God existed, let him be accursed. And if any one shall say that the Son is a creature as one of the creatures, or that he is offspring as one of the offsprings, and shall not hold each of the aforesaid doctrines as the Divine Scriptures have delivered them to us: or if any one shall teach or preach any other doctrine contrary to that which we have received, let him be accursed. For we truly and unreservedly believe and follow all things handed down to us from the sacred Scriptures by the prophets and apostles.
Such was the exposition of the faith published by those then assembled at Antioch, to which Gregory also subscribed as bishop of Alexandria, although he had not yet entered that city. The Synod having done these things, and legislated some other canons, was dissolved. At this time it happened that public affairs also were disturbed. The nation called Franks made incursions into the Roman territories in Gaul, and at the same time there occurred violent earthquakes in the East, and especially at Antioch, which continued to suffer concussions during a whole year.
Ὡς οἱ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ συνελθόντες ἐπίσκοποι, διὰ τὸ παραιτήσασθαι τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν Εὐσέβιον τὸν Ἐμισηνὸν, Γρηγόριον χειροτονήσαντες τὴν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστεως φράσιν μετεποίησαν.
Τότε δὲ τοῦ Εὐσεβίου ἐν τῇ Ἀντιοχείᾳ προβληθέντος καὶ δεδοικότος τὴν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἄφιξιν, προχειρίζονται Γρηγόριον εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπισκοπήν. Καὶ τοῦτο κατεργασάμενοι μεταποιοῦσι τὴν πίστιν, οὐδὲν μὲν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ μεμψάμενοι, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς, ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει καὶ παρατροπῇ τῆς ὁμοουσίου πίστεως διὰ τοῦ συνεχεῖς ποιεῖσθαι συνόδους καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλως ὑπαγορεύειν τὸν ὅρον τῆς πίστεως, ὥστε κατὰ βραχὺ εἰς τὴν Ἀρειανὴν δόξαν παρατρέψωσι. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὅπως ἐγένετο, προϊόντος τοῦ λόγου δηλώσομεν. Ἡ δὲ ὑπαγορευθεῖσα περὶ τῆς πίστεως ἐπιστολὴ ἔστιν ἥδε: Ἡμεῖς οὔτε ἀκόλουθοι Ἀρείου γεγόναμεν: πῶς γὰρ ἐπίσκοποι ὄντες ἀκολουθήσομεν πρεσβυτέρῳ; οὔτε ἄλλην τινα πίστιν παρὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐκτεθεῖσαν ἐδεξάμεθα. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐξετασταὶ καὶ δοκιμασταὶ τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι, μᾶλλον αὐτὸν προσηκάμεθα ἤπερ ἠκολουθήσαμεν. Καὶ γνώσεσθε ἀπὸ τῶν λεγόμενων. Μεμαθήκαμεν γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς, εἰς ἕνα τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν πιστεύειν, τῶν πάντων νοητῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν δημιουργόν τε καὶ προνοητήν: καὶ εἰς ἕνα Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ μονογενῆ, πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ συνόντα τῷ γεγεννηκότι αὐτὸν Πατρὶ, δἰ οὗ καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα: τὸν καὶ ἐπ’ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν κατ’ εὐδοκίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς κατελθόντα, καὶ σάρκα ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου ἀνειληφότα, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν πατρικὴν αὐτοῦ βουλὴν συνεκπεπληρωκότα, πεπονθέναι, καὶ ἐγηγέρθαι, καὶ εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀνεληλυθέναι, καὶ ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ. Πατρὸς καθέζεσθαι: καὶ ἐρχόμενον κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς, καὶ διαμένοντα βασιλέα καὶ Θεὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Πιστεύομεν καὶ εἰς τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Εἰ δὲ δεῖ προσθεῖναι, πιστεύομεν καὶ περὶ σαρκὸς ἀναστάσεως, καὶ ζωῆς αἰωνίου. Ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ἐπιστολῇ γράψαντες τοῖς κατὰ πόλιν ἔπεμπον. Ἐπιμείναντες δὲ μικρὸν ἐν τῇ Ἀντιοχείᾳ, καὶ ὥσπερ καταγνόντες ταύτης, αὖθις ἑτέραν ὑπαγορεύουσιν ἐν τοῖσδε τοῖς ῥήμασι: Ἄλλη ἔκθεσις. Πιστεύομεν ἀκολούθως τῇ εὐαγγελικῇ καὶ ἀποστολικῇ παραδόσει, εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, τὸν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργόν τε καὶ ποιητήν: καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ Θεὸν, δἰ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο: τὸν γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς, Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, ὅλον ἐξ ὅλου, μόνον ἐκ μόνου, τέλειον ἐκ τελείου, βασιλέα ἐκ βασιλέως, Κύριον ἀπὸ Κυρίου, λόγον ζῶντα, σοφίαν, ζωὴν, φῶς ἀληθινὸν, ὁδὸν ἀληθείας, ἀνάστασιν, ποιμένα, θύραν, ἄτρεπτόν τε καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον, τὴν τῆς θεότητος, οὐσίας τε καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ βουλῆς καὶ δόξης τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαράλλακτον εἰκόνα, τὸν πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως, τὸν ὄντα ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, Λόγον Θεὸν, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ Λόγος: δἰ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα συνέστηκε, τὸν ἐπ’ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν κατελθόντα ἄνωθεν, καὶ γεννηθέντα ἐκ παρθένου κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς, καὶ ἄνθρωπον γενόμενον, μεσίτην Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἀπόστολόν τε τῆς πίστεως ἡμῶν, καὶ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς, ὥς φησι, Ὅτι καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με: τὸν παθόντα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἀναστάντα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ καθεσθέντα ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόμενον μετὰ δόξης καὶ δυνάμεως, κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸ εἰς παράκλησιν καὶ ἁγιασμὸν καὶ εἰς τελείωσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσι διδόμενον: καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς διετάξατο τοῖς μαθηταῖς λέγων, Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος: δηλονότι Πατρὸς ἀληθῶς ὄντος Πατρὸς, καὶ Υἱοῦ ἀληθῶς Υἱοῦ ὄντος, καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἀληθῶς ὄντος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου: τῶν ὀνομάτων οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲ ἀργῶν κειμένων, ἀλλὰ σημαινόντων ἀκριβῶς τὴν ἰδίαν ἑκάστου τῶν ὀνομαζομένων ὑπόστασίν τε καὶ τάξιν καὶ δόξαν: ὡς εἶναι τῇ μὲν ὑποστάσει τρία, τῇ δὲ συμφωνίᾳ ἕν. Ταύτην οὖν ἔχοντες τὴν πίστιν, ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, πᾶσαν αἱρετικὴν ἀναθεματίζομεν κακοδοξίαν. Καὶ εἴ τις παρὰ τὴν ὑγιῆ τῶν γραφῶν ὀρθὴν πίστιν διδάσκει λέγων, ἢ καιρὸν ἢ αἰῶνα εἶναι ἢ γεγονέναι, πρὸ τοῦ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Καὶ εἴ τις λέγει τὸν Υἱὸν κτίσμα ὡς ἓν τῶν κτισμάτων, ἢ γέννημα ὡς ἓν τῶν γεννημάτων, καὶ μὴ ὡς αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ παραδεδώκασι τῶν προειρημένων ἕκαστα, ἢ εἴ τις ἄλλο διδάσκει ἢ εὐαγγελίζεται παῤ ὃ παρελάβομεν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Ἡμεῖς γὰρ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τῶν θείων γραφῶν παραδεδομένοις ὑπό τε τῶν προφητῶν καὶ ἀποστόλων ἀληθινῶς τε καὶ ἐμφανῶς καὶ πιστεύομεν καὶ ἀκολουθοῦμεν. Τοιαῦται μὲν αἱ τῶν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τότε συνελθόντων περὶ τῆς πίστεως ἐκθέσεις ἐγένοντο: αἷς καὶ Γρηγόριος, μήπω τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπιβὰς, ὡς ἐπίσκοπος αὐτῆς καθυπέγραψε. Καὶ ἡ μὲν ἐκεῖ τότε γενομένη σύνοδος ταῦτα πράξασα καὶ ἄλλα τινα νομοθετήσασα διελύθη. Ἐν δὲ τῷδε τῷ χρόνῳ καὶ τὰ δημόσια πράγματα συνέβη ταράσσεσθαι: ἔθνος, οἳ Φράγκοι καλοῦνται, τοῖς περὶ Γαλλίαν κατέτρεχον Ῥωμαίοις. Ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ καὶ σεισμοὶ μέγιστοι ἐν τῇ ἑῴᾳ ἐγένοντο: μάλιστα δὲ ἡ Ἀντιόχεια ἐπὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον ἐσείετο.
2.11 On the Arrival of Gregory at Alexandria, tended by a Military Escort, Athanasius flees
After these things, Syrian, the military commander, and the corps of heavy armed soldiers, five thousand in number, conducted Gregory to Alexandria; and such of the citizens as were of Arian sentiments combined with them. But it will be proper here to relate by what means Athanasius escaped the hands of those who wished to apprehend him, after his expulsion from the church. It was evening, and the people were attending the vigil there, a service being expected. The commander arrived, and posted his forces in order of battle on every side of the church. Athanasius having observed what was done, considered within himself how he might prevent the people’s suffering in any degree on his account: accordingly having directed the deacon to give notice of prayer, after that he ordered the recitation of a psalm; and when the melodious chant of the psalm arose, all went out through one of the church doors. While this was doing, the troops remained inactive spectators, and Athanasius thus escaped unhurt in the midst of those who were chanting the psalm, and immediately hastened to Rome. Gregory then prevailed in the church: but the people of Alexandria, being indignant at this procedure, set the church called that of Dionysius on fire. Let this be sufficient on this subject. Now Eusebius, having thus far obtained his object, sent a deputation to Julius, bishop of Rome, begging that he would himself take cognizance of the charges against Athanasius, and order a judicial investigation to be made in his presence.
Ὡς Γρηγορίου μετὰ χειρὸς στρατιωτικῆς εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν κατελθόντος Ἀθανάσιος ἔφυγεν.
Τούτων γινομένων καὶ Γρηγόριον κατήγαγον ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ Συριανός τε ὁ στρατηγὸς, καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ὁπλῖται στρατιῶται ἀριθμὸς ὄντες πεντακισχίλιοι. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ οἱ ἐκεῖ τὰ Ἀρείου φρονοῦντες. Ὅπως δὲ Ἀθανάσιος τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐξωθούμενος τοῦ συλληφθῆναι αὐτὸν διέφυγε, λεκτέον. Ἑσπέρα μὲν ἦν: ὁ δὲ λαὸς ἐπαννύχιζε προσδοκωμένης συνάξεως. Ἥκει δὲ ὁ στρατηγὸς κατὰ φάλαγγα τοὺς στρατιώτας τάξας πανταχόθεν τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Ἀθανάσιος δὲ ἑωρακὼς τὰ γινόμενα φροντίδα ἔθετο ὅπως ἂν τῷ λαῷ μηδαμῶς βλάβη γένηται δἰ αὐτόν: καὶ προστάξας διακόνῳ κηρύξαι εὐχὴν, αὖθις ψαλμὸν λέγεσθαι παρεσκεύασε. Συμφωνίας δὲ ἐκ τῆς ψαλμῳδίας γενομένης, διὰ μιᾶς τῶν πυλῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας πάντες ἐξῄεσαν. Τούτου γινομένου οἱ στρατιῶται ἀπόμαχοι ἔμενον: ὁ δὲ Ἀθανάσιος ἐν μέσοις τοῖς ψαλμῳδοῦσιν ἀβλαβὴς διεσώζετο. Τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον διεκφυγὼν ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην ἀνέδραμε: καὶ Γρηγόριος μὲν τότε τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκράτησεν. Ὁ δὲ Ἀλεξανδρέων λαὸς, οὐκ ἐνεγκόντες τὸ γεγονὸς, τὴν καλούμενην Διονυσίου ἐκκλησίαν ἐνέπρησαν. Τοσαῦτα μὲν οὖν περὶ τούτων εἰρήσθω. Εὐσέβιος δὲ ὅσα ἐβούλετο κατεργασάμενος, διεπρεσβεύετο πρὸς Ἰούλιον τὸν Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπον, αὐτὸν κριτὴν τῶν κατὰ Ἀθανάσιον γενέσθαι παρακαλῶν, καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλεῖν τὴν δίκην.
2.12 The People of Constantinople restore Paul to his See after the Death of Eusebius, while the Arians elect Macedonius
But Eusebius did not live to learn the decision of Julius concerning Athanasius, for he died a short time after that Synod was held. Whereupon the people introduced Paul again into the church of Constantinople: the Arians, however, ordained Macedonius at the same time, in the church dedicated to Paul. This those who had formerly co-operated with Eusebius (that disturber of the public peace) brought about, assuming all his authority. These were Theognis, bishop of Nicæa, Maris of Chalcedon, Theodore of Heraclea in Thrace, Ursacius of Singidunum in Upper Mysia, and Valens of Mursa in Upper Pannonia. Ursacius and Valens indeed afterward altered their opinions, and presented a written recantation of them to bishop Julius, so that on subscribing the doctrine of consubstantiability they were again admitted to communion; but at that time they warmly supported the Arian error, and were instigators of the most violent conflicts in the churches, one of which was connected with Macedonius at Constantinople. By this intestine war among the Christians, continuous seditions arose in that city, and many lives were sacrificed in consequence of these occurrences.
Ὡς Εὐσεβίου τελευτήσαντος ὁ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει λαὸς Παῦλον αὖθις ἐνεθρόνισε: καὶ ὡς οἱ Ἀρειανοὶ Μακεδόνιον προεβάλλοντο.
Ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔφθασε μαθεῖν Εὐσέβιος τὰ παρὰ Ἰουλίου περὶ Ἀθανασίου κριθέντα: μικρὸν γὰρ μετὰ τὴν σύνοδον ἐπιβιοὺς ἐτελεύτησε. Διόπερ καὶ ὁ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει λαὸς αὖθις εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὸν Παῦλον εἰσάγουσι. Κατὰ ταὐτὸν δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἀρειανίζοντες ἐν τῇ λεγομένῃ ἐπὶ Παῦλον ἐκκλησίᾳ χειροτονοῦσι τὸν Μακεδόνιον. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίησαν οἱ πρώην Εὐσεβίῳ τῷ πάντα κυκῶντι συμπράττοντες, τότε δὴ τὴν αὐθεντίαν διαδεξάμενοι: εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι Θέογνις Νικαίας, Μάρις Χαλκηδόνος, Θεόδωρος Ἡρακλείας τῆς ἐν Θρᾴκῃ, Οὐρσάκιος Σιγγιδόνος τῆς ἄνω Μυσίας, Οὐάλης Μουρσῶν τῆς ἄνω Παννονίας. Οὐρσάκιος μὲν οὖν καὶ Οὐάλης ὕστερον μεταγνόντες, βιβλίον μετανοίας τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Ἰουλίῳ ἐπιδόντες, τῇ ὁμοουσίῳ τε δόξῃ συντιθέμενοι ἐκοινώνησαν. Τότε δὲ διαπύρως τὴν Ἀρειανὴν συγκροτοῦντες θρησκείαν οὐ τοὺς τυχόντας κατὰ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν πολέμους ἐτύρευσαν, ὧν εἷς ἦν ὁ διὰ Μακεδονίου ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει γενόμενος. Ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦδε τοῦ ἐμφυλίου τῶν Χριστιανῶν πολέμου συνεχεῖς ἐγίνοντο κατὰ τὴν πόλιν στάσεις, πολλοί τε ἐκ τῶν γινομένων συντριβέντες ἀπώλοντο.
2.13 Paul is again ejected from the Church by Constantius, in consequence of the Slaughter of Hermogenes, his General
Intelligence of these proceedings reached the ears of the Emperor Constantius, whose residence was then at Antioch. Accordingly he ordered his general Hermogenes, who had been despatched to Thrace, to pass through Constantinople on his way, and expel Paul from the church. He, on arriving at Constantinople, threw the whole city into confusion, attempting to cast out the bishops; for sedition immediately arose from the people in their eagerness to defend the bishop. And when Hermogenes persisted in his efforts to drive out Paul by means of his military force, the people became exasperated as is usual in such cases; and making a desperate attack upon him, they set his house on fire, and after dragging through the city, they at last put him to death. This took place in the consulate of the two Augusti,—that is to say, the third consulship,—Constantius, and the second of Constans: at which time Constans, having subdued the Franks, compelled them to enter into a treaty of peace with the Romans. The Emperor Constantius, on being informed of the assassination of Hermogenes, set off on horseback from Antioch, and arriving at Constantinople immediately expelled Paul, and then punished the inhabitants by withdrawing from them more than 40,000 measures of the daily allowance of wheat which had been granted by his father for gratuitous distribution among them: for prior to this catastrophe, nearly 80,000 measures of wheat brought from Alexandria had been bestowed on the citizens. He hesitated, however, to ratify the appointment of Macedonius to the bishopric of that city, being irritated against him not only because he had been ordained without his own consent; but also because on account of the contests in which he had been engaged with Paul, Hermogenes, his general, and many other persons had been slain. But having given him permission to minister in the church in which he had been consecrated, he returned to Antioch.
Περὶ τῆς Ἑρμογένους τοῦ στρατηλάτου ἀναιρέσεως, καὶ ὅπως πάλιν διὰ τοῦτο ἐξεώθη ὁ Παῦλος τῆς ἐκκλησίας.
Ἦλθε δὲ τὰ γινόμενα εἰς ἀκοὰς Κωνσταντίου τοῦ βασιλέως κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν διατρίβοντος. Ἐντέλλεται οὖν Ἑρμογένει τῷ στρατηλάτῃ, ἐπὶ τὰ Θρᾴκια πεμπομένῳ μέρη, ὁδοῦ πάρεργον ποιῆσαι, καὶ ἐξωθῆσαι τῆς ἐκκλησίας τὸν Παῦλον. Ὃς καταλαβὼν τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ὅλην διετάραξε βιαζόμενος ἐκβαλεῖν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον: στάσις γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐκ τοῦ δήμου παρηκολούθει, καὶ ἕτοιμοι ἦσαν ἀμύνεσθαι. Ὡς δὲ ἐπέκειτο ὁ Ἑρμογένης διὰ στρατιωτικῆς χειρὸς ἀπελάσαι τὸν Παῦλον, παροξυνθὲν τότε τὸ πλῆθος, οἷα ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, ἀλογωτέρας ἐποιεῖτο κατ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ὁρμάς: καὶ ἐμπίπρησι μὲν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν, αὐτὸν δὲ σύραντες ἀπέκτειναν. Ταῦτα δὲ πέπρακται ἐν ὑπατείᾳ τῶν δύο Αὐγούστων Κωνσταντίου τὸ τρίτον καὶ Κώνσταντος τὸ δεύτερον. Καθ̓ ὃν χρόνον Κώνστας μὲν Φράγκων ἔθνος νικήσας ὑποσπόνδους Ῥωμαίοις ἐποίησε. Κωνστάντιος δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς περὶ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως Ἑρμογένους πυθόμενος, ἐκ τῆς Ἀντιοχείας ἱππεὺς ἐλάσας καταλαμβάνει τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν: καὶ τὸν μὲν Παῦλον ἐξελαύνει τῆς πόλεως, ἐζημίωσε δὲ τὴν πόλιν ἀφελὼν τοῦ σιτηρεσίου τοῦ παρασχεθέντος παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἡμερησίου ὑπὲρ τέσσαρας μυριάδας: ὀκτὼ γὰρ ἐγγὺς μυριάδες ἐχορηγοῦντο πρότερον τοῦ σίτου ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων κομιζομένου πόλεως. Μακεδόνιον δὲ ἀναδεῖξαι τῆς πόλεως ἐπίσκοπον ὑπερέθετο: ὠργίζετο γὰρ οὐ μόνον περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτ̔??ʼ παρὰ γνώμην αὐτοῦ κεχειροτόνητο, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ διὰ τὰς μεταξὺ αὐτοῦ τε καὶ Παύλου γενομένας στάσεις πολλοί τε ἄλλοι καὶ ὁ στρατηλάτης Ἑρμογένης ἀνῄρητο. Ἐάσας οὖν αὐτὸν ἐν ᾗ ἐχειροτονήθη ἐκκλησίᾳ συνάγειν, αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν ἀνεχώρησεν.
2.14 The Arians remove Gregory from the See of Alexandria, and appoint George in his Place
About the same time the Arians ejected Gregory from the see of Alexandria, on the ground that he was unpopular and at the same time because he had set a church on fire, and did not manifest sufficient zeal in promoting the interests of their party. They therefore inducted George into his see, who was a native of Cappadocia, and had acquired the reputation of being an able advocate of their tenets.
Ὅτι οἱ Ἀρειανοὶ Γρηγόριον τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας μεταστήσαντες Γεώργιον ἀνταπέστειλαν.
Ἐν δὲ τῷδε καὶ οἱ Ἀρειανίζοντες μεθιστῶσιν ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας Γρηγόριον ὡς μισούμενον ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐμπρησμὸν, καὶ ὅτι ἧττον τὴν αὐτῶν δόξαν συνεκρότει. Ἀντέπεμπον δὲ Γεώργιον, ὃς ἐκ Καππαδοκίας μὲν ὡρμᾶτο, δόξαν δὲ δεινοῦ περὶ τὴν αὐτῶν θρησκείαν ἐκέκτητο.
2.15 Athanasius and Paul going to Rome, and having obtained Letters from Bishop Julius, recover their respective Dioceses
Athanasius, meanwhile, after a lengthened journey, at last reached Italy. The western division of the empire was then under the sole power of Constans, the youngest of Constantine’s sons, his brother Constantine having been slain by the soldiers, as was before stated. At the same time also Paul, bishop of Constantinople, Asclepas of Gaza, Marcellus of Ancyra, a city of the Lesser Galatia, and Lucius of Adrianople, having been accused on various charges, and expelled from their several churches arrived at the imperial city. There each laid his case before Julius, bishop of Rome. He on his part, by virtue of the Church of Rome’s peculiar privilege, sent them back again into the East, fortifying them with commendatory letters; and at the same time restored to each his own place, and sharply rebuked those by whom they had been deposed. Relying on the signature of the bishop Julius, the bishops departed from Rome, and again took possession of their own churches, forwarding the letters to the parties to whom they were addressed. These persons considering themselves treated with indignity by the reproaches of Julius, called a council at Antioch, assembled themselves and dictated a reply to his letters as the expression of the unanimous feeling of the whole Synod. It was not his province, they said, to take cognizance of their decisions in reference to any whom they might wish to expel from their churches; seeing that they had not opposed themselves to him, when Novatus was ejected from the church. These things the bishops of the Eastern church communicated to Julius, bishop of Rome. But, as on the entry of Athanasius into Alexandria, a tumult was raised by the partisans of George the Arian, in consequence of which, it is affirmed, many persons were killed; and since the Arians endeavor to throw the whole odium of this transaction on Athanasius as the author of it, it behooves us to make a few remarks on the subject. God the Judge of all only knows the true causes of these disorders; but no one of any experience can be ignorant of the fact, that such fatal accidents are for the most part concomitants of the factious movements of the populace. It is vain, therefore, for the calumniators of Athanasius to attribute the blame to him; and especially Sabinus, bishop of the Macedonian heresy. For had the latter reflected on the number and magnitude of the wrongs which Athanasius, in conjunction with the rest who hold the doctrine of consubstantiality, had suffered from the Arians, or on the many complaints made of these things by the Synods convened on account of Athanasius, or in short on what that arch-heretic Macedonius himself has done throughout all the churches, he would either have been wholly silent, or if constrained to speak, would have spoken more plausible words, instead of these reproaches. But as it is intentionally overlooking all these things, he willfully misrepresents the facts. He makes, however, no mention whatever of the heresiarch, desiring by all means to conceal the daring enormities of which he knew him to be guilty. And what is still more extraordinary, he has not said one word to the disadvantage of the Arians, although he was far from entertaining their sentiments. The ordination of Macedonius, whose heretical views he had adopted, he has also passed over in silence; for had he mentioned it, he must necessarily have recorded his impieties also, which were most distinctly manifested on that occasion. Let this suffice on this subject.
Ὡς Ἀθανάσιος καὶ Παῦλος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παραγενόμενοι καὶ γράμμασιν ὀχυρωθέντες τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Ἰουλίου κατέλαβον αὖθις τοὺς ἰδίους θρόνους.
Ἀθανάσιος μέντοι ὀψέποτε διαβῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐξίσχυσε. Τῶν δὲ ἑσπερίων τηνικαῦτα μερῶν Κώνστας ὁ νεώτερος τῶν Κωνσταντίνου παίδων μόνος ἐκράτει, Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀναιρεθέντος, καθὰ καὶ ἤδη φθάσαντες προείπομεν. Κατ’ αὐτὸ δὲ καὶ Παῦλος ὁ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, καὶ Ἀσκληπᾶς Γάζης, καὶ Μάρκελλος Ἀγκύρας τῆς μικρᾶς Γαλατίας, καὶ Λούκιος Ἀδριανουπόλεως, ἄλλος δἰ ἄλλο κατηγορηθέντες καὶ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἐξελαθέντες, ἐν τῇ βασιλευούσῃ Ῥώμῃ εὑρίσκονται. Γνωρίζουσιν οὖν τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Ῥώμης Ἰουλίῳ τὰ καθ̓ ἑαυτούς: ὁ δὲ, ἅτε προνόμια τῆς ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἐκκλησίας ἐχούσης, παρρησιαστικοῖς γράμμασιν ὠχύρωσεν αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἀποστέλλει τὸν οἰκεῖον ἑκάστῳ τόπον ἀποδιδοὺς, καὶ καθαπτόμενος τῶν προπετῶς καθελόντων αὐτούς. Οἱ δὲ ἀναζεύξαντες ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης, καὶ τοῖς τύποις τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Ἰουλίου θαρροῦντες, τάς τε ἑαυτῶν ἐκκλησίας καταλαμβάνουσι, καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς πρὸς οὓς ἐγράφησαν διαπέμπονται. Οἱ δὲ δεξάμενοι ὕβριν ἐποιοῦντο τὴν ἐπίπληξιν: καὶ σύνοδον ἐν τῇ Ἀντιοχείᾳ κηρύξαντες, συνελθόντες ἐν αὐτῇ γνώμῃ κοινῇ σφοδρότερον δἰ ἐπιστολῆς ἀντεγκαλοῦσι τῷ Ἰουλίῳ, δηλοῦντες μὴ δεῖν κανονίζεσθαι παῤ αὐτοῦ, εἰ βούλοιντο ἐξελαύνειν τινας τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν: μηδὲ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀντειπεῖν, ὅτε Ναύατον τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἤλαυνον. Ταῦτα μὲν οἱ τῆς ἑῴας ἐπίσκοποι τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Ῥώμης Ἰουλίῳ διεπέμποντο. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ἀθανασίου εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν εἰσιόντος, ὠθισμὸς τῶν ὑπὸ Γεωργίου τοῦ Ἀρειανοῦ ἐγένετο, ἐκ δὲ τούτου φασὶ ταραχὰς καὶ διαφθορὰς ἀνθρώπων γεγονέναι, οἵ τε Ἀρειανίζοντες τὴν βλασφημίαν καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἐγκλήματα ἐπὶ Ἀθανάσιον ὡς αἴτιον ἀναφέρουσι, βραχέα περὶ τούτων λεκτέον. Τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἀληθεῖς αἰτίας ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν, ὁ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας κριτής. Ὅτι δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον εἴωθε γίνεσθαι ὅταν καθ̓ ἑαυτῶν στασιάζῃ τὰ πλήθη, οὐκ ἄγνωστα τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι καθέστηκεν. Ὥστε μάτην Ἀθανασίῳ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀνάπτουσιν οἱ λοιδοροῦντες αὐτὸν, καὶ μάλιστα Σαβῖνος ὁ τῆς Μακεδονίου προεστὼς αἱρέσεως: ὃς εἰ διελογίζετο, πόσα κακὰ κατὰ Ἀθανασίου οἱ Ἀρειανίζοντες καὶ τῶν τὸ ὁμοούσιον φρονούντων εἰργάσαντο, ἢ ὅσαι δἰ Ἀθανάσιον γενόμεναι σύνοδοι ἀπωδύραντο, ἢ ὅσα αὐτὸς ὁ αἱρεσιάρχης Μακεδόνιος κατὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν διεπράξατο, ἡσυχίαν ἦγεν ἂν, ἢ φθεγγόμενος εὔφημα ἂν πρὸ τούτων ἐφθέγγετο. Νῦν δὲ ταῦτα πάντα ἀποσιγήσας, ἐκεῖνα διαβάλλει: ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ὅλως τοῦ αἱρεσιάρχου μνήμην πεποίηται, πάντως που τὰ τῆς δραματουργίας αὐτοῦ τολμήματα καλύπτειν βουλόμενος. Καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστότερον, οὓς πέφευγεν Ἀρειανοὺς οὐκ εἶπε κακῶς: ᾧ δὲ ἠκολούθησε Μακεδονίῳ τούτου καὶ τὴν χειροτονίαν ἀπέκρυψεν. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐμέμνητο, ἐμέμνητο ἂν πάντως καὶ τῶν ἀδικημάτων αὐτοῦ, ὡς τὰ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς γενόμενα δείκνυσι. Τοσαῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτου.
2.16 The Emperor Constantius, through an Order to Philip the Prætorian Prefect, secures the Exile of Paul, and the Installation of Macedonius in his See
When the Emperor Constantius, who then held his court at Antioch, heard that Paul had again obtained possession of the episcopal throne, he was excessively enraged at his presumption. He therefore despatched a written order to Philip, the Prætorian Prefect, whose power exceeded that of the other governors of provinces, and who was styled the second person from the emperor, to drive Paul out of the church again, and introduce Macedonius into it in his place. Now the prefect Philip, dreading an insurrectionary movement among the people, used artifice to entrap the bishop: keeping, therefore, the emperor’s mandate secret, he went to the public bath called Zeuxippus, and on pretense of attending to some public affairs, sent to Paul with every demonstration of respect, requesting his attendance there, on the ground that his presence was indispensable. The bishop came; and as he came in obedience to this summons, the prefect immediately showed him the emperor’s order; the bishop patiently submitted condemnation without a hearing. But as Philip was afraid of the violence of the multitude—for great numbers had gathered around the building to see what would take place, for their suspicions had been aroused by current reports—he commanded one of the bath doors to be opened which communicated with the imperial palace, and through that Paul was carried off, put on board a vessel provided for the purpose, and so sent into exile immediately. The prefect directed him to go to Thessalonica, the metropolis of Macedonia, whence he had derived his origin from his ancestors; commanding him to reside in that city, but granting him permission to visit other cities of Illyricum, while he strictly forbade his passing into any portion of the Eastern empire. Thus was Paul, contrary to his expectation, at once expelled from the church, and from the city, and again hurried off into exile. Philip, the imperial prefect, leaving the bath, immediately proceeded to the church. Together with him, as if thrown there by an engine, Macedonius rode seated in the same seat with the prefect in the chariot seen by everybody, and a military guard with drawn swords was about them. The multitude was completely overawed by this spectacle, and both Arians and Homoousians hastened to the church, every one endeavoring to secure an entrance there. As the prefect with Macedonius came near the church, an irrational panic seized the multitude and even the soldiers themselves; for as the assemblage was so numerous and no room to admit the passage of the prefect and Macedonius was found, the soldiers attempted to thrust aside the people by force. But the confined space into which they were crowded together rendering it impossible to recede, the soldiers imagined that resistance was offered, and that the populace intentionally stopped the passage; they accordingly began to use their naked swords, and to cut down those that stood in their way. It is affirmed that about 3150 persons were massacred on this occasion; of whom the greater part fell under the weapons of the soldiers, and the rest were crushed to death by the desperate efforts of the multitude to escape their violence. After such distinguished achievements, Macedonius, as if he had not been the author of any calamity, but was altogether guiltless of what had been perpetrated, was seated in the episcopal chair by the prefect, rather than by the ecclesiastical canon. Thus, then, by means of so many murders in the church, Macedonius and the Arians grasped the supremacy in the churches. About this period the emperor built the great church called Sophia, adjoining to that named Irene, which being originally of small dimensions, the emperor’s father had considerably enlarged and adorned. In the present day both are seen within one enclosure, and have but one appellation.
Ὡς ὁ βασιλεὺς παρεσκεύασε διὰ Φιλίππου τοῦ ἐπάρχου ἐξωσθῆναι τὸν Παῦλον καὶ εἰς ἐξορίαν πεμφθῆναι, Μακεδόνιον δὲ ἐνθρονισθῆναι.
Ὁ μέντοι βασιλεὺς Κωνστάντιος ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ διάγων, πυθόμενος πάλιν τὸν Παῦλον ἀπειληφέναι τὸν θρόνον, δἰ ὀργῆς ἐτίθετο τὸ γιγνόμενον. Πρόσταγμα οὖν ἔγγραφον ἀποστέλλει τῷ ἐπάρχῳ Φιλίππῳ, ὡς μείζονα μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἀρχόντων τὴν ἐξουσίαν κεκληρωμένῳ, δευτέρῳ δὲ μετὰ βασιλέα χρηματίζοντι, ὅπως ἂν τὸν μὲν Παῦλον τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλῃ, ἀντεισάγῃ δὲ εἰς αὐτὴν Μακεδόνιον. Ὁ οὖν ἔπαρχος Φίλιππος, εὐλαβηθεὶς τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους στάσιν, τέχνῃ μετῆλθε τὸν Παῦλον: καὶ κρύπτει μὲν παῤ ἑαυτῷ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως βουλήν: πλασάμενος δὲ δημοσίων πραγμάτων ποιεῖσθαι φροντίδα, πρόεισιν εἰς τὸ λουτρὸν τὸ δημόσιον ᾧ ἐπώνυμον Ζεύξιππος: κᾀκεῖθεν μεταπέμπεται μετὰ τιμῆς δῆθεν τὸν Παῦλον, ὡς ἀναγκαῖον ἐλθεῖν παῤ αὐτόν. Καὶ ἦλθεν: ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἦλθε μεταπεμφθεὶς, ἐπεδείκνυεν εὐθὺς ὁ ἔπαρχος τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ πρόσταγμα. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐπίσκοπος εὐγνωμόνως ἔφερε τὴν ἄκριτον καταδίκην. Ὁ δὲ, δείσας τοὺς περιεστηκότας καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τὴν ὁρμὴν,—καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ συνεληλύθεισαν ἐκ φήμης ὑπόπτου περὶ τὸ δημόσιον,—ἐκφραγῆναι μίαν τοῦ λουτροῦ θυρίδα κελεύει: δἰ ἧς ἐπὶ τὰς βασιλικὰς αὐλὰς ἀπαχθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος, ἐμβληθείς τε εἰς πλοῖον ἐπὶ τοῦτο εὐτρεπισθὲν, ταχέως ἐπ’ ἐξορίαν ἐπέμπετο. Προσέταξέν τε ὁ ἔπαρχος ἐπὶ τὴν Μακεδονίας μητρόπολιν Θεσσαλονίκην ἐλθεῖν, ἧς καὶ ἐκ προγόνων ὁ Παῦλος ἐτύγχανεν ὢν, ἐν ᾗ τὰς διατριβὰς ποιεῖσθαι, ἀδεῶς τε ἐπιβαίνειν καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας τῶν ἐν Ἰλλυριοῖς πόλεις: μὴ μὴν ἐξεῖναι αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τὰ ἀνατολικὰ μέρη διαβῆναι. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Παῦλος, παρὰ προσδοκίαν ἐκβληθεὶς τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ τῆς πόλεως, μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀπήγετο. Ὁ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως ἔπαρχος Φίλιππος ἐκ τοῦ δημοσίου ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἠπείγετο. Σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ ὡς ἐκ μηχανῆς τινος παρὼν ὁ Μακεδόνιος ἐν τῷ ὀχήματι σύνθρονος τῷ ἐπάρχῳ ἐν πᾶσιν ἐδείκνυτο: στρατιωτική τε χεὶρ ξιφήρης περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐτύγχανε. Δέος δὲ ἐντεῦθεν καταλαμβάνει τὰ πλήθη: καὶ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν συνέρρεον οἵ τε τῆς ὁμοουσίου πίστεως καὶ οἱ τοῦ Ἀρειανοῦ δόγματος, ἕκαστοι καταλαμβάνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν σπουδάζοντες. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ ἔπαρχος ἅμα τῷ Μακεδονίῳ πλησίον τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐγένετο, τότε δὴ ἄλογος φόβος καταλαμβάνει τὰ πλήθη, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτούς. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ παρόντες ὄχλος ἦσαν πολὺς, πάροδος δὲ τῷ ἐπάρχῳ κατάγοντι τὸν Μακεδόνιον οὐδεμία ἐγίνετο, ὠθισμὸς παρὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐτολμᾶτο βίαιος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνωθούμενον τὸ πλῆθος διὰ τὴν στενοχωρίαν ὑποχωρεῖν οὐχ οἶόν τε ἦν, ἀνθίστασθαι τοὺς ὄχλους οἱ στρατιῶται νομίζοντες καὶ ἑκόντας κωλύειν τὴν πάροδον, γυμνοῖς τοῖς ξίφεσιν ὡς ἀντεπιόντες ἐκέχρηντο, καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῦ ἔργου εἴχοντο. Ἀπέθανον οὖν, ὡς λέγεται, περὶ τοὺς τρισχιλίους ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα: οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν σφαγέντες, οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους φθαρέντες. Ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις δὴ τοῖς κατορθώμασιν ὁ Μακεδόνιος, ὡς οὐδὲν φαῦλον πεπραχὼς, ἀλλὰ καθαρὸς καὶ ἀθῷος τῶν γενομένων τυγχάνων, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπάρχου μᾶλλον ἢ ὑπὸ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ κανόνος ἐνθρονίζεται. Οὕτως μὲν οὖν Μακεδόνιος καὶ οἱ Ἀρειανοὶ διὰ τοσούτων φόνων τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκράτησαν. Κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὴν μεγάλην ἐκκλησίαν ἔκτιζεν, ἥτις Σοφία μὲν προσαγορεύεται νῦν: συνῆπται δὲ τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ Εἰρήνῃ, ἣν ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ βασιλέως μικρὰν οὖσαν τὸ πρότερον εἰς κάλλος καὶ μέγεθος ηὔξησε, καὶ νῦν εἰσὶν εἰς ἕνα περίβολον ἄμφω ὁρώμεναι μιᾶς τὴν προσωνυμίαν ἔχουσαι.
2.17 Athanasius, intimidated by the Emperor's Threats, returns to Rome again
At this time another accusation was concocted against Athanasius by the Arians, who invented this pretext for it. The father of the Augusti had long before granted an allowance of corn to the church of the Alexandrians for the relief of the indigent. This, they asserted, had usually been sold by Athanasius, and the proceeds converted to his own advantage. The emperor, giving credence to this slanderous report, threatened Athanasius with death, as a penalty; who, becoming alarmed at the intimation of this threat, took to flight, and kept himself concealed. When Julius, bishop of Rome, was apprised of these fresh machinations of the Arians against Athanasius, and had also received the letter of the then deceased Eusebius, he invited the persecuted Athanasius to come to him, having ascertained where he was secreted. The epistle also of the bishops who had been some time before assembled at Antioch, just then reached him; and at the same time others from the bishops in Egypt, assuring him that the entire charge against Athanasius was a fabrication. On the receipt of these contradictory communications, Julius first replied to the bishops who had written to him from Antioch, complaining of the acrimonious feeling they had evinced in their letter, and charging them with a violation of the canons, because they had not requested his attendance at the council, seeing that the ecclesiastical law required that the churches should pass no decisions contrary to the views of the bishop of Rome: he then censured them with great severity for clandestinely attempting to pervert the faith; in addition, that their former proceedings at Tyre were fraudulent, because the investigation of what had taken place at Mareotes was on one side of the question only; not only this, but that the charge respecting Arsenius had plainly been proved a false charge. Such and similar sentiments did Julius write in his answer to the bishops convened at Antioch; we should have inserted here at length, these as well as those letters which were addressed to Julius, did not their prolixity interfere with our purpose. But Sabinus, the advocate of the Macedonian heresy, of whom we have before spoken, has not incorporated the letters of Julius in his Collection of Synodical Transactions; although he has not omitted that which the bishops of Antioch sent to Julius. This, however, is usual with him; he carefully introduces such letters as make no reference to, or wholly repudiate the term homoousion; while he purposely passes over in silence those of a contrary tendency. This is sufficient on this subject. Not long after this, Paul, pretending to make a journey from Thessalonica to Corinth, arrived in Italy: upon which both the bishops made an appeal to the emperor of those parts, laying their respective cases before him.
Ὡς Ἀθανάσιος φοβηθεὶς τὰς τοῦ βασιλέως ἀπειλὰς ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην ἀνέδραμεν.
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ καιρῷ, καὶ ἑτέρα διαβολὴ κατὰ Ἀθανασίου παρὰ τῶν Ἀρειανιζόντων συρράπτεται, πρόφασιν ἐφευρόντων τοιαύτην. Τῇ Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίᾳ σιτηρέσιον ἤδη πρότερον δεδώρητο ὁ τῶν Αὐγούστων πατὴρ εἰς διατροφὴν τῶν πτωχῶν. Τοῦτο ἔφασαν ἐξαργυρίζειν τὸν Ἀθανάσιον καὶ εἰς οἰκεῖον ἀποφέρεσθαι κέρδος. Πιστεύσας οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς θάνατον αὐτῷ τὴν ζημίαν ἠπείλησεν. Ὁ δὲ προαισθόμενος τῆς βασιλέως ἀπειλῆς χρήται φυγῇ καὶ ἦν ἀφανής. Τότε δὴ καὶ Ἰούλιος ὁ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος γνοὺς τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἀρειανιζόντων κατὰ Ἀθανασίου γινόμενα, δεξάμενος δὲ καὶ τὰ Εὐσεβίου τοῦ τετελευτηκότος γράμματα, καλεῖ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τὸν Ἀθανάσιον, πυθόμενος τὸν τόπον ἔνθα κέκρυπται. Φθάνει δὲ ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ τὰ γράμματα, ἅπερ οἱ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ πρότερον συναχθέντες ἀπεστάλκεισαν. Ἐπέμπετο δὲ καὶ ἕτερα γράμματα πρὸς αὐτὸν παρὰ τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐπισκόπων, διδάσκοντα ψευδῆ εἶναι τὰ κατὰ Ἀθανασίου λεγόμενα. Οὕτως ἐναντίων πεμπομένων τῶν γραμμάτων, ὁ Ἰούλιος τοῖς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ συναχθεῖσιν ἀντιγράφων ἐμέμψατο, πρῶτον μὲν οὖν τὸ ἐπαχθὲς τῆς αὐτῶν ἐπιστολῆς, ἔπειτα παρὰ κανόνας ποιοῦντας, διότι εἰς τὴν σύνοδον αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐκάλεσαν, τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ κανόνος κελεύοντος, μὴ δεῖν παρὰ γνώμην τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Ῥώμης κανονίζειν τὰς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ ὅτι τὴν πίστιν λεληθότως παραχαράττουσιν: ἔτι δὲ ὡς καὶ τὰ ἐν Τύρῳ πάλαι πραχθέντα ἐκ συναρπαγῆς ἐγεγόνει διὰ τὸ ἐκ μονομερείας τὰ ἐν τῷ Μαρεώτῃ ὑπομνήματα πεπράχθαι: οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κατὰ Ἀρσένιον φανερῶς συκοφαντία ἐδέδεικτο. Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα διὰ πλειόνων ὁ Ἰούλιος τοῖς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ συναχθεῖσιν ἔγραφε. Παρεθέμεθα δ’ ἂν καὶ τὰς πρὸς Ἰούλιον ἐπιστολὰς καὶ τὴν παῤ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τὸ πολυεπὲς αὐτῶν μῆκος ἐκώλυσε. Σαβῖνος μέντοι ὁ τῆς Μακεδονίου αἱρέσεως, οὗ καὶ ἤδη πρότερον ἐμνημονεύσαμεν, τὰς παρὰ Ἰουλίου ἐπιστολὰς ἐν τῇ Συναγωγῇ τῶν συνόδων οὐκ ἔθηκεν: καίτοι τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ πρὸς Ἰούλιον οὐ παρέλειπε. Τοῦτο δὲ σύνηθες αὐτῷ ποιεῖν: ἐν οἶς μὲν γὰρ αἱ τῶν συνόδων ἐπιστολαὶ σιγῶσιν ἢ ἀθετοῦσι τὸ ὁμοούσιον, ταύτας σπουδαίως παρατίθεται, τὰς δὲ ἐναντίας ἑκὼν ὑπερβαίνει. Τοσαῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτων. μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ καὶ Παῦλος ἐκ τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης ὑποκρινόμενος εἰς τὴν Κόρινθον ἀπαίρειν, ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀφίκετο. Ἄμφω οὖν τὰ καθ̓ ἑαυτοὺς γνώριμα καθιστῶσι τῷ ἐκεῖ βασιλεῖ.
2.18 The Emperor of the West requests his Brother to send him Three Persons who could give an Account of the Deposition of Athanasius and Paul. Those who are sent publish Another Form of the Creed
When the Western emperor was informed of their affairs, he sympathized with their sufferings; and wrote to his brother [Constantius], begging him to send three bishops who should explain to him the reason for the deposition of Athanasius and Paul. In compliance with this request, Narcissus the Cilician, Theodore the Thracian, Maris of Chalcedon, and Mark the Syrian, were deputed to execute this commission; who on their arrival refused to hold any communication with Athanasius or his friends, but suppressing the creed which had been promulgated at Antioch, presented to the Emperor Constans another declaration of faith composed by themselves, in the following terms:
Another Exposition of the Faith.
We believe in one God the Father Almighty, the Creator and Maker of all things, of whom the whole family in heaven and upon earth is named; and in his only-begotten Son, our Lord Jesus Christ, who was begotten of the Father before all ages; God of God; Light of Light; through whom all things in the heavens and upon the earth, both visible and invisible, were made: who is the Word, and Wisdom, and Power, and Life, and true Light: who in the last days for our sake was made man, and was born of the holy virgin; was crucified, and died; was buried, arose again from the dead on the third day, ascended into the heavens, is seated at the right hand of the Father, and shall come at the consummation of the ages, to judge the living and the dead, and to render to every one according to his works: whose kingdom being perpetual, shall continue to infinite ages; for he shall sit at the right hand of the Father, not only in this age, but also in that which is to come. [We believe] in the Holy Spirit, that is, in the Comforter, whom the Lord, according to his promise, sent to his apostles after his ascension into the heavens, to teach them, and bring all things to their remembrance: by whom also the souls of those who have sincerely believed on him shall be sanctified; and those who assert that the Son was made of things which are not, or of another substance, and not of God, or that there was a time when he did not exist, the Catholic Church accounts as aliens.
Having delivered this creed to the emperor, and exhibited it to many others also, they departed without attending to anything besides. But while there was yet an inseparable communion between the Western and Eastern churches, there sprang up another heresy at Sirmium, a city of Illyricum; for Photinus, who presided over the churches in that district, a native of the Lesser Galatia, and a disciple of that Marcellus who had been deposed, adopting his master’s sentiments, asserted that the Son of God was a mere man. We shall, however, enter into this matter more fully in its proper place.
Ως ὁ τῶν ἑσπερίων βασιλεὺς ἐζήτησε παρὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ πεμφθῆναι τοὺς λόγον δώσοντας περὶ Ἀθανασίου καὶ Παύλου: καὶ ὅτι ἑτέραν οἱ πεμφθέντες ὑπηγόρευσαν ἔκθεσιν πίστεως.
Ὁ δὲ τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν βασιλεὺς γνοὺς τὰ κατ’ αὐτοὺς ἰδιοπαθεῖ: καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν γράμματα διαπέμπεται, δηλῶν τρεῖς ἐπισκόπους πεμφθῆναι παῤ αὐτὸν τοὺς λόγον δώσοντας τῆς Παύλου καὶ Ἀθανασίου καθαιρέσεως. Καὶ πέμπονται Νάρκισσος ὁ Κίλιξ, καὶ Θεόδωρος ὁ Θρᾷξ, καὶ Μάρις Χαλκηδόνος, καὶ Μάρκος ὁ Σύρος: οἵ τινες παραγενόμενοι τοῖς μὲν περὶ Ἀθανάσιον οὐδαμῶς εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν κατεδέξαντο: τὴν δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν ἀποκρυψάμενοι, ἑτέραν δὲ συγκαττύσαντες ἐπιδεδώκασι τῷ βασιλεῖ Κώνσταντι ἐν τούτοις οὖσαν τοῖς ῥήμασιν: Ἄλλη ἔκθεσις. Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, κτίστην καὶ ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων, ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται. Καὶ εἰς τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, τὸν πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα, Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, φῶς ἐκ φωτὸς, δἰ οὗ ἐγένετο τὰ πάντα ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τά τε ὁρατὰ, καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, λόγον ὄντα, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ δύναμιν, καὶ ζωὴν, καὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν, τὸν ἐπ’ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν δἰ ἡμᾶς ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, καὶ γεννηθέντα ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου, τὸν σταυρωθέντα, καὶ ἀποθανόντα, καὶ ταφέντα, ἀναστάντα ἐκ νεκρῶν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἀνεληλυθότα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ καθεσθέντα ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς καὶ ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ: οὗ ἡ βασιλεία ἀκατάπαυστος οὖσα διαμενεῖ εἰς τοὺς ἀπείρους αἰῶνας: ἔσται γὰρ καθεζόμενος ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι. Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τουτέστι τὸν Παράκλητον, ὅπερ ἐπαγγειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις μετὰ τὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς αὐτοῦ ἄνοδον ἀπέστειλε διδάξαι καὶ ὑπομνῆσαι πάντα, δἰ οὗ καὶ ἁγιασθήσονται αἱ τῶν εἰλικρινῶς εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων ψυχαί. Τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὸν Υἱὸν, ἢ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως καὶ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἦν ποτε χρόνος ὅτε οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλοτρίους οἶδεν ἡ καθολικὴ ἐκκλησία. Ταῦτα ἐπιδεδωκότες τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ πολλοῖς ἑτέροις ἐκδόντες, οὐδὲν πλέον ἀνύσαντες ἀνεχώρησαν. Ἀδιαφόρου τοίνυν ἔτι τυγχανούσης τῆς μεταξὺ τῶν δυτικῶν τε καὶ ἀνατολικῶν κοινωνίας, ἐπεφύη ἐν Σιρμίῳ, πόλις δὲ αὕτη τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν, αἵρεσις ἑτέρα. Φωτεινὸς γὰρ τῶν ἐκεῖ ἐκκλησιῶν προεστὼς, γένος τῆς μικρᾶς Γαλατίας, Μαρκέλλου τε τοῦ καθῃρημένου μαθητὴς, ἀκολουθῶν τῷ διδασκάλῳ, ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν Υἱὸν ἐδογμάτισε. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων κατὰ χώραν ἐροῦμεν.
2.19 Of the Creed sent by the Eastern Bishops to those in Italy, called the Lengthy Creed PG 67, 228
After the lapse of about three years from the events above recorded, the Eastern bishops again assembled a Synod, and having composed another form of faith, they transmitted it to those in Italy by the hands of Eudoxius, at that time bishop of Germanicia, and Martyrius, and Macedonius, who was bishop of Mopsuestia in Cilicia. This expression of the Creed, being written in more lengthy form, contained many additions to those which had preceded it, and was set forth in these words:
‘We believe in one God, the Father Almighty, the Creator and Maker of all things, of whom the whole family in heaven and upon earth is named; and in his only-begotten Son Jesus Christ our Lord, who was begotten of the Father before all ages; God of God; Light of Light; through whom all things in the heavens and upon the earth, both visible and invisible, were made: who is the Word, and Wisdom, and Power, and Life, and true Light: who in the last days for our sake was made man, and was born of the holy virgin; who was crucified, and died, and was buried, and rose again from the dead on the third day, and ascended into heaven, and is seated at the right hand of the Father, and shall come at the consummation of the ages, to judge the living and the dead, and to render to every one according to his works: whose kingdom being perpetual shall continue to infinite ages; for he sits at the right hand of the Father, not only in this age, but also in that which is to come. We believe also in the Holy Spirit, that is, in the Comforter, whom the Lord according to his promise sent to his apostles after his ascension into heaven, to teach them and bring all things to their remembrance, through whom also the souls of those who sincerely believe on him are sanctified. But those who assert that the Son was made of things not in being, or of another substance, and not of God, or that there was a time or age when he did not exist, the holy catholic Church accounts as aliens. The holy and catholic Church likewise anathematizes those also who say that there are three Gods, or that Christ is not God before all ages, or that he is neither Christ, nor the Son of God, or that the same person is Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, or that the Son was not begotten, or that the Father begat not the Son by his own will or desire. Neither is it safe to affirm that the Son had his existence from things that were not, since this is nowhere declared concerning him in the divinely inspired Scriptures. Nor are we taught that he had his being from any other pre-existing substance besides the Father, but that he was truly begotten of God alone; for the Divine word teaches that there is one unbegotten principle without beginning, the Father of Christ. But those who unauthorized by Scripture rashly assert that there was a time when he was not, ought not to preconceive any antecedent interval of time, but God only who without time begat him; for both times and ages were made through him. Yet it must not be thought that the Son is co-inoriginate, or co-unbegotten with the Father: for there is properly no father of the co-inoriginate or co-unbegotten. But we know that the Father alone being inoriginate and incomprehensible, has ineffably and incomprehensibly to all begotten, and that the Son was begotten before the ages, but is not unbegotten like the Father, but has a beginning, viz. the Father who begat him, for “the head of Christ is God.” Now although according to the Scriptures we acknowledge three things or persons, viz. that of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit, we do not on that account make three Gods: since we know that that there is but one God perfect in himself, unbegotten, inoriginate, and invisible, the God and Father of the only-begotten, who alone has existence from himself, and alone affords existence abundantly to all other things. But neither while we assert that there is one God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the only-begotten, do we therefore deny that Christ is God before the ages, as the followers of Paul of Samosata do, who affirm that after his incarnation he was by exaltation deified, in that he was by nature a mere man. We know indeed that he was subject to his God and Father: nevertheless he was begotten of God, and is by nature true and perfect God, and was not afterwards made God out of man; but was for our sake made man out of God, and has never ceased to be God. Moreover we execrate and anathematize those who falsely style him the mere unsubstantial word of God, having existence only in another, either as the word to which utterance is given, or as the word conceived in the mind: and who pretend that before the ages he was neither the Christ, the Son of God, the Mediator, nor the Image of God; but that he became the Christ, and the Son of God, from the time he took our flesh from the virgin, about four hundred years ago. For they assert that Christ had the beginning of his kingdom from that time, and that it shall have an end after the consummation of all things and the judgment. Such persons as these are the followers of Marcellus and Photinus, the Ancyro-Galatians, who under pretext of establishing his sovereignty, like the Jews set aside the eternal existence and deity of Christ, and the perpetuity of his kingdom. But we know him to be not simply the word of God by utterance or mental conception, but God the living Word subsisting of himself; and Son of God and Christ; and who did, not by presence only, co-exist and was conversant with his Father before the ages, and ministered to him at the creation of all things, whether visible or invisible, but was the substantial Word of the Father, and God of God: for this is he to whom the Father said, “Let us make man in our image, and according to our likeness:” who in his own person appeared to the fathers, gave the law, and spake by the prophets; and being at last made man, he manifested his Father to all men, and reigns to endless ages. Christ has not attained any new dignity; but we believe that he was perfect from the beginning, and like his Father in all things; and those who say that the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, are the same person, impiously supposing the three names to refer to one and the same thing and person, we deservedly expel from the church because by the incarnation they render the Father, who is incomprehensible and insusceptible of suffering, subject to comprehension and suffering. Such are those denominated Patropassians among the Romans, and by us Sabellians. For we know that the Father who sent, remained in the proper nature of his own immutable deity; but that Christ who was sent, has fulfilled the economy of the incarnation. In like manner those who irreverently affirm that Christ was begotten not by the will and pleasure of his Father; thus attributing to God an involuntary necessity not springing from choice, as if he begat the Son by constraint, we consider most impious and strangers to the truth because they have dared to determine such things respecting him as are inconsistent with our common notions of God, and are contrary indeed to the sense of the divinely-inspired Scripture. For knowing that God is self-dependent and Lord of himself we devoutly maintain that of his own volition and pleasure he begat the Son. And while we reverentially believe what is spoken concerning him; “The Lord created me the beginning of his ways on account of his works”: yet we do not suppose that he was made similarly to the creatures or works made by him. For it is impious and repugnant to the church’s faith to compare the Creator with the works created by him; or to imagine that he had the same manner of generation as things of a nature totally different from himself: for the sacred Scriptures teach us that the alone only-begotten Son was really and truly begotten. Nor when we say that the Son is of himself, and lives and subsists in like manner to the Father, do we therefore separate him from the Father, as if we supposed them dissociated by the intervention of space and distance in a material sense. For we believe that they are united without medium or interval, and that they are incapable of separation from each other: the whole Father embosoming the Son; and the whole Son attached to and eternally reposing in the Father’s bosom. Believing, therefore, in the altogether perfect and most holy Trinity, and asserting that the Father is God, and that the Son also is God, we do not acknowledge two Gods, but one only, on account of the majesty of the Deity, and the perfect blending and union of the kingdoms: the Father ruling over all things universally, and even over the Son himself; the Son being subject to the Father, but except him, ruling over all things which were made after him and by him; and by the Father’s will bestowing abundantly on the saints the grace of the Holy Spirit. For the Sacred Oracles inform us that in this consists the character of the sovereignty which Christ exercises.
‘We have been compelled, since the publication of our former epitome, to give this more ample exposition of the creed; not in order to gratify a vain ambition, but to clear ourselves from all strange suspicion respecting our faith which may exist among those who are ignorant of our real sentiments. And that the inhabitants of the West may both be aware of the shameless misrepresentations of the heterodox party; and also know the ecclesiastical opinion of the Eastern bishops concerning Christ, confirmed by the unwrested testimony of the divinely-inspired Scriptures, among all those of unperverted minds.’
Περὶ τῆς μακροστίχου ἐκθέσεως.
Τριετοῦς δὲ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ διαδραμόντος χρόνου, αὖθις οἱ ἀνατολικοὶ ἐπίσκοποι συνέδριον ποιησάμενοι, καὶ ἑτέραν πίστιν συντάξαντες, τοῖς ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ ἀποστέλλουσι δἰ Εὐδοξίου τοῦ τότε ἐπισκόπου Γερμανικείας καὶ Μαρτυρίου καὶ Μακεδονίου, ὃς Μοψουεστίας τῆς ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ἐπίσκοπος ἦν. Ἡ δὲ πίστις διὰ μακροτέρων γραφεῖσα, προσθήκας τε πλείστας παρὰ τὰ προλαβόντα περιέχουσα, ἐν τούτοις ἐξετέθη τοῖς ῥήμασι: Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, κτίστην καὶ ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων, ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται. Καὶ εἰς τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, τὸν πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων γεννηθέντα ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς, Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, φῶς ἐκ φωτὸς, δἰ οὗ ἐγένετο τὰ πάντα τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, λόγον ὄντα, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ δύναμιν, καὶ ζωὴν, καὶ φῶς ἀληθιν̔??ʼν, τὸν ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν δἰ ἡμᾶς ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, καὶ γεννηθέντα ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου, τὸν σταυρωθέντα, καὶ ἀποθανόντα, καὶ ταφέντα, καὶ ἀναστάντα ἐκ νεκρῶν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἀναληφθέντα εἰς οὐρανὸν, καὶ καθεσθέντα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς καὶ ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, οὗ ἡ βασιλεία ἀκατάπαυστος οὖσα διαμένει εἰς ἀπείρους αἰώνας: καθέζεται γὰρ ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι. Πιστεύομεν δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τουτέστιν εἰς τὸν Παράκλητον: ὅπερ ἐπαγγειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, μετὰ τὴν εἰς οὐρανὸν ἄνοδον ἀπέστειλε διδάξαι καὶ ὑπομνῆσαι αὐτοὺς πάντα, δἰ οὗ καὶ ἁγιάζονται αἱ τῶν εἰλικρινῶς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστευόντων ψυχαί. Τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὸν Υἱὸν, ἤ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως, καὶ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ὅτι ἦν ποτε χρόνος ἢ αἰὼν ὅτε μὴ ἦν, ἀλλοτρίους οἶδεν ἡ ἁγία καθολικὴ ἐκκλησία. Ὁμοίως καὶ τοὺς λέγοντας τρεῖς εἶναι Θεοὺς, ἢ τὸν Χριστὸν μὴ εἶναι Θεὸν πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων, μήτε Χριστὸν, μήτε Υἱὸν Θεοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν, ἢ τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι Πατέρα καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, καὶ ἀγέννητον τὸν Υἱὸν, ἢ ὅτι οὐ βουλήσει οὐδὲ θελήσει ἐγέννησεν ὁ Πατὴρ τὸν Υἱὸν, ἀναθεματίζει ἡ ἁγία καὶ καθολικὴ ἐκκλησία. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων λέγειν τὸν Υἱὸν ἀσφαλὲς, ἐπεὶ μηδαμοῦ τοῦτο τῶν θεοπνεύστων γραφῶν ἐμφέρεται περὶ αὐτοῦ: οὔτε μὴν ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως παρὰ τὸν Πατέρα προϋποκειμένης, ἀλλ’ ἐκ μόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ γνησίως αὐτὸν γεγεννῆσθαι διδασκόμεθα: ἓν γὰρ τὸ ἀγέννητον καὶ ἄναρχον, τὸν Χριστοῦ Πατέρα, ὁ θεῖος διδάσκει λόγος. Ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸ ἦν ποτε ὅτε οὖκ ἦν ἐξ ἀγράφων ἐπισφαλῶς λέγοντας, χρονικὸν διάστημα προενθυμητέον αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἢ μόνον τὸν ἀχρόνως αὐτὸν γεγεννηκότα Θεόν: καὶ χρόνοι γὰρ καὶ αἰῶνες γεγόνασι δἰ αὐτοῦ. Οὔτε μὴν συνάναρχον, οὔτε συναγέννητον τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ εἶναι, νομιστέον: συνανάρχου γὰρ καὶ συναγεννήτου οὐδεὶς κυρίως πατὴρ ἢ υἱὸς λεχθήσεται: ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν Πατέρα μόνον ἄναρχον ὄντα καὶ ἀνέφικτον γεγεννηκέναι ἀνεφίκτως καὶ πᾶσιν ἀκαταλήπτως οἴδαμεν: τὸν δὲ Υἱὸν γεγεννῆσθαι πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων, καὶ μηκέτι ὁμοίως τῷ Πατρὶ ἀγέννητον εἶναι καὶ αὐτὸν, ἀλλ’ ἀρχὴν ἔχειν τὸν γεννήσαντα Πατέρα: κεφαλὴ γὰρ Χριστοῦ, ὁ Θεός. Οὔτε μὴν τρία ὁμολογοῦντες πράγματα, καὶ τρία πρόσωπα, τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς, τρεῖς διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς Θεοὺς ποιοῦμεν. Ἐπειδὴ τὸν αὐτοτελῆ καὶ ἀγέννητον ἄναρχόν τε καὶ ἀόρατον Θεὸν, ἕνα μόνον οἴδαμεν τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ Πατέρα τοῦ μονογενοῦς, τὸν μόνον μὲν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ εἶναι ἔχοντα, μόνον δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν ἀφθόνως τὸ εἶναι παρεχόμενον. Οὔτε μὴν ἕνα Θεὸν μόνον λέγοντες εἶναι τὸν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Πατέρα, τὸν μόνον ἀγέννητον, διὰ τοῦτο ἀρνούμεθα τὸν Χριστὸν Θεὸν εἶναι προαιώνιον: ὁποῖοι εἰσὶν οἱ ἀπὸ Παύλου τοῦ Σαμοσατέως, ὕστερον αὐτὸν μετὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ἐκ προκοπῆς τεθεοποιῆσθαι λέγοντες, τῷ τὴν φύσιν ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι. Οἴδαμεν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸν, εἰ καὶ ὑποτέτακται τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Θεῷ ἀλλ’ ὅμως γεννηθέντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, Θεὸν κατὰ φύσιν τέλειον εἶναι καὶ ἀληθῆ, καὶ μὴ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων μετὰ ταῦτα Θεὸν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐνανθρωπῆσαι δἰ ἡμᾶς, καὶ μηδὲ πώποτε ἀπολωλεκότα τὸ εἶναι Θεόν. Βδελυσσόμεθα δὲ πρὸς τούτοις καὶ ἀναθεματίζομεν καὶ τοὺς λόγον μὲν μόνον αὐτὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ψιλὸν καὶ ἀνύπαρκτον ἐπιπλάστως καλοῦντας, ἐν ἑτέρῳ τὸ εἶναι ἔχοντα, νῦν μὲν ὡς τὸν προφορικὸν λεγόμενον ὑπό τινων, νῦν δὲ ὡς τὸν ἐνδιάθετον, Χριστὸν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ μεσίτην, καὶ εἰκόνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, μὴ εἶναι πρὸ αἰώνων θέλοντας, ἀλλ’ ἔκτοτε Χριστὸν αὐτὸν γεγονέναι καὶ Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξ οὗ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐκ τῆς παρθένου σάρκα ἀνείληφε, πρὸ τετρακοσίων ὅλων ἐτῶν: ἔκτοτε γὰρ τὸν Χριστὸν ἀρχὴν βασιλείας ἐσχηκέναι θέλουσι, καὶ τέλος ἕξειν αὐτὴν μετὰ τὴν συντέλειαν καὶ κρίσιν. Τοιοῦτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἀπὸ Μαρκέλλου καὶ φωτεινοῦ, τῶν Ἀγκυρογαλατῶν: οἳ τὴν προαιώνιον ὕπαρξίν τε καὶ θεότητα τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀτελεύτητον αὐτοῦ βασιλείαν ὁμοίως Ἰουδαίοις ἀθετοῦσιν, ἐπὶ προφάσει τοῦ συνίστασθαι δοκεῖν τὴν μοναρχίαν. Ἴσμεν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡμεῖς οὐχ ἁπλῶς λόγον προφορικὸν ἢ ἐνδιάθετον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ζῶντα Θεὸν Λόγον, καθ̓ ἑαυτὸν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ Υἱὸν Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστὸν, καὶ οὐ προγνωστικῶς συνόντα καὶ συνδιατρίβοντα πρὸ αἰώνων τῷ ἑαυτοῦ Πατρὶ, καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν διακονησάμενον αὐτῷ τὴν δημιουργίαν, εἴτε τῶν ὁρατῶν, εἴτε τῶν ἀοράτων: ἀλλ’ ἐνυπόστατον Λόγον ὄντα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ. Οὗτος γάρ ἐστι πρὸς ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Πατὴρ, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ̓ ὁμοίωσιν: ὃς καὶ τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτοπροσώπως ὤφθη δεδωκὼς τὸν νόμον, καὶ λαλήσας διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα ἐνανθρωπήσας, καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Πατέρα πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις φανερώσας, καὶ βασιλεύων εἰς τοὺς ἀτελευτήτους αἰῶνας, οὐδὲν γὰρ πρόσφατον ὁ Χριστὸς προσείληφεν ἀξίωμα: ἀλλ’ ἄνωθεν τέλειον αὐτὸν, καὶ τῷ Πατρὶ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοιον πεπιστεύκαμεν. Καὶ τοὺς λέγοντας δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι Πατέρα καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, καθ̓ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ πράγματός τε καὶ προσώπου τὰ τρία ὀνόματα ἀσεβῶς ἐκλαμβάνοντας, εἰκότως ἀποκηρύσσομεν τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὅτι τὸν ἀχώρητον καὶ ἀπαθῆ Πατέρα χωρητὸν ἄμα καὶ παθητὸν διὰ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ὑποτίθενται. Τοιοῦτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ Πατροπασιανοὶ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, Σαβελλιανοὶ δὲ παῤ ἡμῖν λεγόμενοι. Οἴδαμεν γὰρ ἡμεῖς, τὸν μὲν ἀποστείλαντα Πατέρα ἐν τῷ οἰκείῳ τῆς ἀναλλοιώτου θεότητος ἤθει μεμενηκέναι: τὸν δὲ ἀποσταλέντα Χριστὸν τὴν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως οἰκονομίαν πεπληρωκέναι. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς οὐ βουλήσει οὐδὲ θελήσει γεγεννῆσθαι τὸν Χριστὸν εἰρηκότας ἀνευλαβῶς, ἀνάγκην δὲ δηλονότι ἀβούλητον οὖσαν καὶ ἀπροαίρετον περιτεθεικότας τῷ Θεῷ ἴνα ἄκων γεννήσῃ τὸν Υἱὸν, δυσσεβεστάτους καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ξένους ἐπιγινώσκομεν: ὅτι τε παρὰ τὰς κοινὰς ἐννοίας περὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ δὴ παρὰ τὸ βούλημα τῆς θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς, τοιαῦτα τετολμήκασι περὶ αὐτοῦ διορίσασθαι. Αὐτοκράτορα γὰρ ἡμεῖς τὸν Θεὸν καὶ Κύριον αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῦ εἰδότες, ἑκουσίως αὐτὸν καὶ θέλοντα τὸν Υἱὸν γεγεννηκέναι, εὐσεβῶς ὑπειλήφαμεν: πιστεύοντες δὲ ἐμφόβως καὶ τὸ περὶ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενον, Κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ὁμοίως αὐτὸν τοῖς δἰ αὐτοῦ γενομένοις κτίσμασιν ἣ ποιήμασι γεγενῆσθαι νοοῦμεν. Ἀσεβὲς γὰρ, καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς πίστεως ἀλλότριον, τὸ τὸν κτίστην τοῖς δἰ αὐτοῦ ἐκτισμένοις δημιουργήμασι παραβάλλειν, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τῆς γενέσεως τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις τρόπον ʽ??ʼχειν καὶ αὐτὸν νομίζειν. Μόνον γὰρ καὶ μόνως τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν γνησίως τε καὶ ἀληθῶς διδάσκουσιν ἡμᾶς αἰ θεῖαι γραφαὶ γεγεννῆσθαι: ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸν Υἱὸν καθ̓ ἑαυτὸν εἶναι ζῆν τε καὶ ὑπάρχειν ὁμοίως τῷ Πατρὶ λέγοντες, διὰ τοῦτο χωρίζομεν αὐτὸν τοῦ Πατρὸς, τόπους καὶ διαστήματά τινα μεταξὺ τῆς συναφείας αὐτῶν σωματικῶς ἐπινοοῦντες. Πεπιστεύκαμεν γὰρ ἀμεσιτεύτως αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀδιαστάτως ἐπισυνῆφθαι, καὶ ἀχωρίστως ὑπάρχειν ἑαυτῶν: ὅλον μὲν τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐνεστερνισμένου τὸν Υἱὸν, ὅλου δὲ τοῦ Υἱοῦ ἐξηρτημένου καὶ προσπεφυκότος τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ μόνον τοῖς πατρῴοις κόλποις ἀναπαυόμενον διηνεκῶς. Πιστεύοντες οὖν εἰς τὴν παντέλειον Τριάδα τὴν ἁγιωτάτην, τὸν Πατέρα λέγοντες Θεὸν, καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ δύο τούτους Θεοὺς, ἀλλ’ ἕνα ὁμολογοῦμεν, μετὰ τὸ τῆς θεότητος ἀξίωμα, καὶ μίαν ἀκριβῆ τῆς βασιλείας τὴν συνάφειαν: πανταρχοῦντος μὲν καθόλου τοῦ Πατρὸς πάντων, καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ: τοῦ δὲ Υἱοῦ ὑποτεταγμένου τῷ Πατρὶ, ἐκτὸς δὲ αὐτοῦ, πάντων τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸν βασιλεύοντος τῶν δἰ αὐτοῦ γενομένων, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος χάριν ἀφθόνως τοῖς ἁγίοις δωρουμένου πατρικῷ βουλήματι: οὕτως γὰρ τὸν περὶ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ μοναρχίας συνίστασθαι λόγον παραδεδώκασιν ἡμῖν οἱ ἱεροὶ λόγοι. Ταῦτα ἠναγκάσθημεν μετὰ τὴν ἐν ἐπιτομῇ ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν πλατύτερον ἐπεξεργάσασθαι, οὐ κατὰ περιττὴν φιλοτιμίαν, ἀλλ’ ἵνα πᾶσαν τὴν κατὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας ὑπολήψεως ἀλλοτρίαν ἀποκαθάρωμεν ὑποψίαν παρὰ τοῖς τὰ καθ̓ ἡμᾶς ἀγνοοῦσι: καὶ γνῶσιν οἱ κατὰ τὴν δύσιν πάντες ὁμοῦ μὲν τῆς συκοφαντίας τῶν ἑτεροδόξων τὴν ἀναίδειαν, ὁμοῦ δὲ τῶν ἀνατολικῶν τὸ ἐκκλησιαστικὸν ἐν Χριστῷ φρόνημα, μαρτυρούμενον ἀβιάστως ὑπὸ τῶν θεοπνεύστων γραφῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἀδιαστρόφοις.
2.20 Of the Council at Sardica
The Western prelates on account of their being of another language, and not understanding this exposition, would not admit of it; saying that the Nicene Creed was sufficient, and that they would not waste time on anything beyond it. But when the emperor had again written to insist on the restoration to Paul and Athanasius of their respective sees, but without effect in consequence of the continual agitation of the people—these two bishops demanded that another Synod should be convened, so that their case, as well as other questions in relation to the faith might be settled by an ecumenical council, for they made it obvious that their deposition arose from no other cause than that the faith might be the more easily perverted. Another general council was therefore summoned to meet at Sardica,—a city of Illyricum,—by the joint authority of the two emperors; the one requesting by letter that it might be so, and the other, of the East, readily acquiescing in it. It was the eleventh year after the death of the father of the two Augusti, during the consulship of Rufinus and Eusebius, that the Synod of Sardica met. According to the statement of Athanasius about 300 bishops from the western parts of the empire were present; but Sabinus says there came only seventy from the eastern parts, among whom was Ischyras of Mareotes, who had been ordained bishop of that country by those who deposed Athanasius. Of the rest, some pretended infirmity of body; others complained of the shortness of the notice given, casting the blame of it on Julius, bishop of Rome, although a year and a half had elapsed from the time of its having been summoned: in which interval Athanasius remained at Rome awaiting the assembling of the Synod. When at last they were convened at Sardica, the Eastern prelates refused either to meet or to enter into any conference with those of the West, unless they first excluded Athanasius and Paul from the convention. But as Protogenes, bishop of Sardica, and Hosius, bishop of Cordova, a city in Spain, would by no means permit them to be absent, the Eastern bishops immediately withdrew, and returning to Philippopolis in Thrace, held a separate council, wherein they openly anathematized the term homoousios; and having introduced the Anomoian opinion into their epistles, they sent them in all directions. On the other hand those who remained at Sardica, condemning in the first place their departure, afterwards divested the accusers of Athanasius of their dignity; then confirming the Nicene Creed, and rejecting the term anomoion, they more distinctly recognized the doctrine of consubstantiality, which they also inserted in epistles addressed to all the churches. Both parties believed they had acted rightly: those of the East, because the Western bishops had countenanced those whom they had deposed; and these again, in consequence not only of the retirement of those who had deposed them before the matter had been examined into, but also because they themselves were the defenders of the Nicene faith, which the other party had dared to adulterate. They therefore restored to Paul and Athanasius their sees, and also Marcellus of Ancyra in Lesser Galatia, who had been deposed long before, as we have stated in the former book. At that time indeed he exerted himself to the utmost to procure the revocation of the sentence pronounced against him, declaring that his being suspected of entertaining the error of Paul of Samosata arose from a misunderstanding of some expressions in his book. It must, however, be noticed that Eusebius Pamphilus wrote three entire books against Marcellus, in which he quotes that author’s own words to prove that he asserts with Sabellius the Libyan, and Paul of Samosata, that the Lord [Jesus] was a mere man.
Περὶ τῆς ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνόδου.
Ταῦτα οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἑσπέρια μέρη ἐπίσκοποι διὰ τὸ ἀλλογλώσσους εἶναι καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ συνιέναι οὐ προσεδέχοντο, ἀρκεῖν τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν λέγοντες, καὶ μηδὲν περαιτέρω περιεργάζεσθαι. Ἐπεὶ οὖν πάλιν γράψαντος τοῦ βασιλέως, ὥστε ἀποδοθῆναι Παύλῳ καὶ Ἀθανασίῳ τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους, οὐδὲν πλέον ἠνύετο—στάσις γὰρ μεταξὺ τοῦ πλήθους ἐγίνετο συνεχὴσ—σύνοδον ἄλλην παρακαλοῦσι γενέσθαι οἱ περὶ Παῦλον καὶ Ἀθανάσιον, ὥστε καὶ τὰ κατ’ αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐπὶ οἰκουμενικῆς συνόδου πέρας λαβεῖν, διδάσκοντες ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῆς πίστεως τὰς καθαιρέσεις γίνεσθαι. Κηρύσσεται οὖν αὖθις οἰκουμενικὴ σύνοδος ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν Σαρδικὴν— πόλις δὲ αὕτη Ἰλλυριῶν—γνώμῃ τῶν δυεῖν βασιλέων, τοῦ μὲν διὰ γραμμάτων αἰτήσαντος, τοῦ δὲ τῆς ἑῴας ἑτοίμως ὑπακούσαντος. Ἑνδέκατον ἔτος ἦν ἀπὸ τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν δύο Αὐγούστων, ὕπατοι δὲ ἦσαν Ῥουφῖνος καὶ Εὐσέβιος, ὅτε ἡ ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνεκροτήθη σύνοδος. Ἐκ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν περὶ τοὺς τριακοσίους συνῆλθον ἐπίσκοποι, ὥς φησιν Ἀθανάσιος: ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἑῴων ἑβδομήκοντα ἓξ μόνον ὁ Σαβῖνος φησὶν, ἐν οἶς κατηριθμεῖτο καὶ Ἰσχύρας ὁ τοῦ Μαρεώτου ἐπίσκοπος, ὃν οἱ καθελόντες Ἀθανάσιον εἰς τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν τῆσδε τῆς χώρας χειροτονοῦσι. Προὐβάλλοντο δὲ οἱ μὲν ἀσθένειαν τοῦ σώματος, ἄλλοι δὲ τὸ στενὸν τῆς προθεσμίας ἐμέμφοντο, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπὶ Ἰούλιον τὸν ἐπίσκοπον Ῥώμης ἀναφέροντες: καίτοι ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ ἓξ μηνῶν διαγενομένων, ἀφ̓ οὖ ἥ τε σύνοδος ἐκεκήρυκτο, καὶ οἱ περὶ Ἀθανάσιον ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ διέτριβον τὴν σύνοδον περιμένοντες. Ὡς οὖν συνῆλθον ἐν τῇ Σαρδικῇ, οἱ μὲν ἀνατολικοὶ εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἑσπερίων ἐλθεῖν οὐκ ἐβούλοντο, φάσκοντες μὴ ἄλλως εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς περὶ Ἀθανάσιον καὶ Παῦλον ἐξελάσωσι τοῦ συλλόγου. Ὡς δὲ Πρωτογένης ὁ Σαρδικῆς ἐπίσκοπος καὶ Ὅσιος ὁ Κουδρούβησ—πόλις δὲ αὕτη τῆς Ἱσπανίας, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἴρηται—οὐκ ἠνείχοντο μὴ παρεῖναι τοὺς περὶ Παῦλον καὶ Ἀθανάσιον, ἀπεχώρουν εὐθέως: καὶ γενόμενοι ἐν τῇ Φιλιππουπόλει τῆς Θρᾴκης, ἰδίαζον ποιοῦντες συνέδριον, καὶ φανερῶς λοιπὸν τὸ μὲν ὁμοούσιον ἀναθεματίζουσι, τὴν δὲ τοῦ ἀνομοίου δόξαν ἐπιστολὰς συγγράψαντες πανταχοῦ διαπέμπονται. Οἱ δὲ ἐν Σαρδικῇ πρῶτον μὲν τούτων ἐρήμην κατεψηφίσαντο, ἔπειτα τοὺς κατηγόρους Ἀθανασίου τῆς ἀξίας ἀφείλοντο, τὸν ὅρον τε τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ κρατύναντες, καὶ τὸ ἀνόμοιον ἐκβαλόντες, τὸ ὁμοούσιον φανερώτερον ἐκδιδόασι: καὶ ἐγγράψαντές τε καὶ αὐτοὶ πανταχοῦ διαπέμπονται. Γνώμῃ μὲν οὖν ἑκάτεροι τοιάδε δικαίως πεποιηκέναι νομίσαντες, οἱ μὲν ἀνατολικοὶ, ὅτι τοὺς ὑπ’ αὐτῶν καθαιρεθέντας οἱ ἑσπέριοι προσεδέξαντο: οἱ δὲ ἑσπέριοι, ὅτι πρὸ διαγνώσεως οἱ καθελόντες ἀπέφυγον, καὶ ὅτι αὐτοὶ μὲν τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν ἐφύλαττον, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ παραχαράττειν ἐτόλμησαν. Ἀποδιδόασιν οὖν τὸν τόπον τοῖς περὶ Παῦλον καὶ Ἀθανάσιον: ἔτι μὴν καὶ Μαρκέλλῳ τῷ Ἀγκύρας, τῆς πρὸς τῇ μικρᾷ Γαλατίᾳ, ὃς πάλαι μὲν καθήρητο, ὡς ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου βιβλίῳ πεποιήμεθα μνήμην: τότε δὲ ἐν τῷ τὴν καταδίκην ἀναπαλαῖσαι ἐσπούδασε, διδάξας ὡς οὐ νοηθείη ἡ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ φράσις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὑπόνοιαν τοῦ Σαμοσατέως λαβεῖν. Οὐκ ἀγνοητέον μέντοι ὅτι τὸ Μαρκέλλου βιβλίον ὁ Παμφίλου Εὐσέβιος ἀνεσκεύασεν ἐν ὅλοις τρισὶ βιβλίοις πρὸς αὐτὸν διαλεγόμενος, ἃ πρὸς Μάρκελλον ἐπέγραψε: καὶ τίθησι μὲν τὰ ῥήματα Μαρκέλλου, πρὸς αὐτὰ δὲ διαγωνίζεται, ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν Κύριον, καθὰ Σαβέλλιος ὁ Λίβυς καὶ Παῦλος ὁ Σαμοσατεὺς, τοῦ Μαρκέλλου εἰσάγοντος.
2.21 Defense of Eusebius Pamphilus
But since some have attempted to stigmatize even Eusebius Pamphilus himself as having favored the Arian views in his works, it may not be irrelevant here to make a few remarks respecting him. In the first place then he was both present at the council of Nicæa, which defined the doctrine of the homoousion and gave his assent to what was there determined. And in the third book of the Life of Constantine, he expressed himself in these words: ‘The emperor incited all to unanimity, until he had rendered them united in judgment on those points on which they were previously at variance; so that they were quite agreed at Nicæa in matters of faith.’ Since therefore Eusebius, in mentioning the Nicene Synod, says that all differences were removed, and that all came to unity of sentiment, what ground is there for assuming that he was himself an Arian? The Arians are also certainly deceived in supposing him to be a favorer of their tenets. But some one will perhaps say that in his discourses he seems to have adopted the opinions of Arius, because of his frequently saying through Christ, to whom we should answer that ecclesiastical writers often use this mode of expression and others of a similar kind denoting the economy of our Saviour’s humanity: and that before all these the apostle made use of such expressions, and never has been accounted a teacher of false doctrine. Moreover, inasmuch as Arius has dared to say that the Son is a creature, as one of the others, observe what Eusebius says on this subject, in his first book against Marcellus:
‘He alone, and no other, has been declared to be, and is the only-begotten Son of God; whence any one could justly censure those who have presumed to affirm that he is a Creature made of nothing, like the rest of the creatures; for how then would he be a Son? and how could he be God’s only-begotten, were he assigned the same nature as the other creatures…and were he one of the many created things, seeing that he, like them, would in that case be partaker of a creation from nothing? But the Sacred Scriptures do not thus instruct us.’ He again adds a little afterwards: ‘Whoever then defines the Son as made of things that are not, and as a creature produced from nothing pre-existing, forgets that while he concedes the name of Son, he denies him to be a Son in reality. For he that is made of nothing, cannot truly be the Son of God, any more than the other things which have been made; but the true Son of God, forasmuch as he is begotten of the Father, is properly denominated the only-begotten and beloved of the Father. For this reason also, he himself is God; for what can the offspring of God be, but the perfect resemblance of him who begot him? A sovereign indeed builds a city, but does not beget it; and is said to beget a son, not to build one. An artificer, also, may be called the framer, but not the father of his work; while he could by no means be styled the framer of him whom he had begotten. So also the God of the Universe is the Father of the Son; but might be fitly termed the Framer and Maker of the world. And although it is once said in Scripture, “The Lord created me the beginning of his ways on account of his works,” yet it becomes us to consider the import of this phrase, which I shall hereafter explain; and not, as Marcellus has done, from a single passage to jeopardize the most important doctrine of the church.’
These and many other such expressions Eusebius Pamphilus has given utterance to in the first book against Marcellus; and in his third book, declaring in what sense the term creature is to be taken, he says:
‘Accordingly, these things being thus established, it follows that in the same sense as that which preceded, the words, “The Lord created me the beginning of his ways, on account of his works,” must have been spoken. For although he says that he was created, it is not as if he should say that he had arrived at existence from what was not, nor that he himself also was made of nothing like the rest of the creatures, which some have erroneously supposed; but as subsisting, living, pre-existing, and being before the constitution of the whole world; and having been appointed to rule the universe by his Lord and Father: the word created being here used instead of ordained or constituted. Certainly the apostle expressly called the rulers and governors among men creature, when he said, “Submit yourselves to every human creature for the Lord’s sake; whether to the king as supreme, or to governors as those sent by him.” The prophet also when he says, “Prepare, Israel, to invoke thy God. For behold he who confirms the thunder, creates the Spirit, and announces his Christ unto men”: …has not used the word “he who creates” in the sense of makes out of nothing. For God did not then create the Spirit, when he declared his Christ to all men, since “There is nothing new under the sun”; but the Spirit existed, and had being previously: but he was sent at what time the apostles were gathered together, when like thunder “There came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind; and they were filled with the Holy Spirit.” And thus they declared unto all men the Christ of God, in accordance with that prophecy which says, “Behold he who confirms the thunder, creates the Spirit, and announces his Christ unto men”: the word “creates” being used instead of “sends down,” or appoints; and thunder in another figure implying the preaching of the Gospel. Again he that says, “Create in me a clean heart, O God,” said not this as if he had no heart; but prayed that his mind might be purified. Thus also it is said, “That he might create the two into one new man,” instead of unite. Consider also whether this passage is not of the same kind, “Clothe yourselves with the new man, which is created according to God”; and this, “If, therefore, any one be in Christ, he is a new creature”; and whatever other expressions of a similar nature any one may find who shall carefully search the divinely inspired Scripture. Wherefore, one should not be surprised if in this passage, “The Lord created me the beginning of his ways,” the term “created” is used metaphorically, instead of “appointed” or constituted.’
Such words Eusebius uses in his work against Marcellus; we have quoted them on account of those who have slanderously attempted to traduce and criminate him. Neither can they prove that Eusebius attributes a beginning of subsistence to the Son of God, although they may find him often using the expressions by accommodation; and especially so, because he was an emulator and admirer of the works of Origen, in which those who are able to comprehend the depth of Origen’s writings, will perceive it to be everywhere stated that the Son was begotten of the Father. These remarks have been made in passing, in order to refute those who have misrepresented Eusebius.
Ἀπολογία ὑπὲρ Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Παμφίλου.
Ἐπειδὴ δέ τινες ἐπεχείρησαν καὶ αὐτὸν λοιδορῆσαι, φημὶ δὴ τὸν Παμφίλου Εὐσέβιον, ὡς Ἀρειανίζοντα ἐν οἶς λόγοις ἐξέδωκε, μικρὰ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἄκαιρον ἡγοῦμαι. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τῇ ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδῳ τὸ ὁμοούσιον ὁριζούσῃ καὶ παρῆν καὶ συνέθετο: λέγει δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ βιβλίῳ τῷ εἰς τὸν βίον Κωνσταντίνου κατὰ λέξιν ταῦτα: Πάντας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ἐλαύνων, εἰς ὅτε ὁμογνώμονας καὶ ὁμοδόξους αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀμφισβητουμένοις ἅπασι τὸ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ κατέστησεν: ὡς ὁμόφωνον κρατῆσαι τὴν ʽἐν Νικαίᾳ, σοξ.ʼ πίστιν. Εἰ τοίνυν Εὐσέβιος, τῆς ἐκεῖσε συνόδου μνήμην ποιούμενος, λελύσθαι μὲν τὰ τότε ἀμφισβητούμενα λέγει, πάντας δὲ ὁμοφρονῆσαι καὶ ὁμοδοξῆσαι, πῶς Ἀρειανίζειν αὐτόν τινες ὑπολαμβάνουσιν; πλανῶνται δὲ καὶ Ἀρειανοὶ φρονεῖν αὐτὸν νομίζοντες τὰ αὐτῶν. Ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις ὡς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ Ἀρειανίζειν δοκεῖ τῷ συνεχῶς λέγειν διὰ Χριστοῦ. Πρὸς ὃν ἀποκρινούμεθα, ὅτι τῇ λέξει ταύτῃ πολλάκις καὶ οἱ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐχρήσαντο, καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ταῖς μηνυούσαις τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν. Καὶ πρό γε ἁπάντων τούτων ὁ ἀπόστολος ταῖς λέξεσι ταύταις ἐχρήσατο: καὶ οὐδὲ πώποτε ὡς κακοδοξίας διδάσκαλος ἐνομίσθη. Ἔτι μὴν καὶ Ἀρείου κτίσμα τὸν Υἱὸν ὡς ἓν τῶν ἄλλων τολμήσαντος εἰπεῖν, ἐπάκουσον οἶα Εὐσέβιος περὶ τούτου ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ βιβλίῳ τῷ πρὸς Μάρκελλον κατὰ λέξιν φησίν: Ὁ μονογενὴς Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ μόνος αὐτὸς, καὶ οὐ δὲ ἄλλος ἀνηγόρευταί τε καὶ ἔστιν: ὅθεν εἰκότως ἄν τις μέμψαιτο τοῖς κτίσμα αὐτὸν φᾶναι τετολμηκόσιν, ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ὅμοιον τοῖς λοιποῖς κτίσμασι γενόμενον. Καὶ πῶς γὰρ ἔτι ἔσται Υἱὸς, πῶς δὲ μονογενὴς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ τὴν αὐτὴν τοῖς λοιποῖς κτίσμασιν ἐπιγραφόμενος φύσιν;... τῶν τε πολλῶν γενητῶν ἔσται εἶς, ἅτε τῆς ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων κτίσεως ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς μετασχὼν κοινωνίας: ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὧδε περὶ αὐτοῦ τὰ θεῖα παιδεύει λόγια. Εἶτα μετ’ ὀλίγα πάλιν ἐπιφέρει: ὁ τοίνυν γενητὸν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων καὶ κτίσμα προηγμένον ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὸν Υἱὸν ὁριζόμενος, λέληθε τοὔνομα μὲν αὐτῷ μόνον χαριζόμενος, τὸ δὲ ἀληθῶς, Υἱὸς εἶναι ἀρνούμενος: ὁ γὰρ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγονὼς οὐκ ἀληθῶς γένοιτ̓ ἂν Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μηδὲ ἄλλο τι τῶν γενητῶν. Ἀλλ’ ἀληθῶς Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ὡς, ἅτε ἐκ Πατρὸς ἀποτεχθεὶς, εἰκότως ἂν καὶ μονογενὴς καὶ ἀγαπητὸς χρηματίσειε τοῦ Πατρός: οὕτω δὲ, καὶ Θεὸς ἂν εἴη. Τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ Θεοῦ γέννημα, ἢ τὸ τῷ γεγεννηκότι ἀφωμοιωμένον; Κτίζει μὲν οὖν βασιλεὺς πόλιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ γεννᾷ πόλιν: γεννᾷν δὲ υἱὸν, ἀλλ’ οὐ κτίζειν λέγεται. Καὶ τεχνίτης δημιουργὸς, ἀλλ’ οὐ πατὴρ γένοιτ̓ ἂν τοῦ πρὸς αὐτοῦ δημιουργουμένου: τοῦ δὲ ἐξ αὐτοῦ φύντος υἱοῦ οὐκ ἂν δημιουργὸς λεχθείη. Καὶ δὴ καὶ ὁ τῶν ὅλων Θεὸς τοῦ μὲν Υἱοῦ Πατὴρ, τοῦ δὲ κόσμου κτίστης ἂν εἰκότως καὶ ποιητὴς λέγοιτο. Εἰ δὲ ἅπαξ που τῆς γραφῆς εὑρίσκοι τις εἰρημένον τὸ, Κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, τὸν νοῦν ἐπισκοπεῖν χρὴ τοῦ λόγου, ὃν μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐκθήσομαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ κατὰ Μάρκελλον ἐκ μιᾶς λέξεως τὸ κυριώτατον τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρασαλεύειν δόγμα. Τοιαῦτα μὲν καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα ὁ Παμφίλου Εὐσέβιος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ λόγῳ τῷ πρὸς Μάρκελλον φησίν. Καὶ ἐν τρίτῳ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς, διδάσκων πῶς δεῖ τὸ κτίσμα τὴν λέξιν ἐκδέχεσθαι, τοιάδε φησίν: Τούτων τοίνυν ὧδε ἐπικατασκευαζομένων, ἀκόλουθον ἐστὶ μετὰ τῶν προεκτεθέντων ἁπάντων, καὶ τὸ, Κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, λελέχθαι. Εἰ δὲ λέγει ἐκτίσθαι ἑαυτὸν, οὐχ ὡς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παρελθὼν ταῦτα ἂν εἴποι, οὐδ’ ὡς τοῖς λοιποῖς κτίσμασι καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος ὁμοίως γεγονὼς, ὅ τινες οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑπειλήφασιν: ἀλλ’ ὡς ὑφεστὼς μὲν καὶ ζῶν, προών τε καὶ προϋπάρχων τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου συστάσεως, ἄρχειν δὲ τῶν ὅλων ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ Πατρὸς κατατεταγμένος: τοῦ ἔκτισεν ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ κατέταξεν ἢ κατέστησεν εἰρημένου. Διαρρήδην οὖν τοὺς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἄρχοντας καὶ ἡγεμόνας κτίσιν ὠνόμασεν ὁ εἰπὼν ἀπόστολος, Ὑποτάγητε οὖν πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κτίσει διὰ τὸν Κύριον, εἴτε βασιλεῖ, ὡς ὑπερέχοντι, εἴτε ἡγεμόσιν, ὡς δἰ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις. Καὶ ὁ εἰπὼν δὲ προφήτης, Ἑτοιμάζου τοῦ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸν Θεόν σου Ἰσραήλ: διότι ἰδοὺ στερεῶν βροντὴν, καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα, καὶ ἀναγγέλλων εἰς ἀνθρώπους τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ: . . . . τὸ κτίζων οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ γεγονότος ἐξ ἀνυπαρξίας παρείληφεν: οὐ γὰρ τότε ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα, ὅτε τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις κατήγγειλεν, Οὐδὲν γὰρ πρόσφατον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον: ἀλλ’ ἦν μὲν καὶ προϋπῆρχεν, ἀπεστέλλετο δὲ καθ̓ ὃν καιρὸν ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι συνηγμένοι, ὅτε δίκην βροντῆς Ἐγένετο ἦχος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας, ἐπληρώθησαν δὲ Πνεύματος Αγίου. Καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ κατήγγειλαν ἀκολούθως τῇ προφητείᾳ φησάσῃ, Διότι ἰδοὺ στερεῶν βροντὴν, καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα, καὶ ἀπαγγέλλων εἰς ἀνθρώπους τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ, τοῦ κτίζων ἀντὶ τοῦ καταπέμπων ἢ κατατάσσων εἰρημένου, τῆς δὲ βροντῆς καθ̓ ἕτερον τρόπον τὸ εὐαγγελικὸν κήρυγμα δηλούσης. Καὶ ὁ λέγων δὲ, Καρδίαν καθαρὰν κτίσον ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Θεὸς, οὐχ ὡς μὴ ἔχων καρδίαν τοῦτο ἔλεγε, καθαρὰν δὲ αὐτῷ τὴν διάνοιαν ἀποτελεσθῆναι ηὔχετο. Οὕτως εἴρηται καὶ, Ἵνα τοὺς δύο κτίσῃ εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀντὶ τοῦ συναγάγῃ. Ὅρα μήποτε τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ, Ἐνδύσασθε τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν κατὰ Θεὸν κτισθέντα: καὶ τὸ, Εἴ τις οὖν ἐν Χριστῷ, καινὴ κτίσις: καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα εὕροι τις ἂν τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ τὴν θεόπνευστον γραφὴν διερευνώμενος: μὴ θαυμάσῃς εἰ μεταφορικῶς καὶ ἐν τῷ, Κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ, τὸ ἔκτισεν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατέστησεν ἢ κατέταξε. Τοιαῦτα μὲν ὁ Εὐσέβιος ἐν τοῖς πρὸς Μάρκελλον διέξεισιν: ἡμεῖς δὲ αὐτὰ παρεθέμεθα διὰ τοὺς μάτην ἐρεσχελοῦντας καὶ βλασφημεῖν τὸν ἄνδρα ἐπιχειρήσαντας. Οὔτε γὰρ ἔχουσι δεῖξαι ὅτι Εὐσέβιος ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑπάρξεως δίδωσι τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ, κὰν ταῖς τῆς οἰκονομίας λέξεσιν ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις εὑρίσκουσιν αὐτὸν καταχρώμενον: μάλιστα δὲ ὅτι ζηλωτὴς καὶ θαυμαστὴς τῶν Ὠριγένους βιβλίων ἐστὶν, ἐν οἶς πανταχοῦ τὸν Υἱὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα εὑρίσκουσιν οἱ τῶν Ὠριγένους βιβλίων τὸ βάθος κατανοῆσαι δυνάμενοι. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐν παρεκβάσει διὰ τοὺς λοιδορεῖν ἐπιχειρήσαντας τὸν Εὐσέβιον εἴρηται.
2.22 The Council of Sardica restores Paul and Athanasius to their Sees; and on the Eastern Emperor's Refusal to admit them, the Emperor of the West threatens him with War
Those convened at Sardica, as well as those who had formed a separate council at Philippopolis in Thrace, having severally performed what they deemed requisite, returned to their respective cities. From that time, therefore, the Western church was severed from the Eastern; and the boundary of communion between them was the mountain called Soucis, which divides the Illyrians from the Thracians. As far as this mountain there was indiscriminate communion, although there was a difference of faith; but beyond it they did not commune with one another. Such was the perturbed condition of the churches at that period. Soon after these transactions, the emperor of the Western parts informed his brother Constantius of what had taken place at Sardica, and begged him to restore Paul and Athanasius to their sees. But as Constantius delayed to carry this matter into effect, the emperor of the West again wrote to him, giving him the choice either of re-establishing Paul and Athanasius in their former dignity, and restoring their churches to them; or, on his failing to do this, of regarding him as his enemy, and immediately expecting war. The letter which he addressed to his brother was as follows:
‘Athanasius and Paul are here with me; and I am quite satisfied after investigation, that they are persecuted for the sake of piety. If, therefore, you will pledge yourself to reinstate them in their sees, and to punish those who have so unjustly injured them, I will send them to you; but should you refuse to do this, be assured, that I will myself come thither, and restore them to their own sees, in spite of your opposition.’
Ὡς τῆς ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνόδου ἀποδούσης τοὺς θρόνους Ἀθανασίῳ καὶ Παύλῳ, καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως τῆς ἑῴας μὴ δεχομένου, πόλεμον ὁ τῶν ἑσπερίων ἠπείλησε βασιλεύς.
Οἱ μέντοι ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνελθόντες καὶ ἐν Φιλιππουπόλει τῆς Θρᾴκης ἰδιάζοντα συνέδρια ποιησάμενοι, τὰ δοκοῦντα αὐτοῖς ἑκάτεροι πράξαντες, κατὰ πόλεις τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀνεχώρησαν. Διεσπᾶτο οὖν τῆς ἀνατολῆς ἡ δύσις: καὶ ἦν ὅρος τῆς κοινωνίας αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄρος τὸ λεγόμενον Τισοῦκις, ὅπερ ἐστὶν Ἰλλυριῶν τε καὶ Θρᾳκῶν: καὶ ἕως μὲν τοῦ ὄρους τούτου ἀδιάφορος ἦν ἡ κοινωνία, διαφόρου τυγχανούσης τῆς πίστεως: περαιτέρω δὲ ἀλλήλοις οὐκ ἐκοινώνουν. Τοιαύτη τις ἦν τότε τῆς περὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας καταστάσεως σύγχυσις. Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ εὐθὺς ὁ τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν βασιλεὺς τὰ ἐν τῇ κατὰ Σαρδικὴν γενόμενα γνώριμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Κωνσταντίῳ καθίστησιν, ἀποδίδοσθαί τε τοῖς περὶ Παῦλον καὶ Ἀθανάσιον τοὺς ἰδίους τόπους παρεκελεύετο. Ὡς δὲ ὁ Κωνστάντιος παρεῖλκε πρὸς τὰ γραφόμενα, αἵρεσιν αὖθις προὐτίθει ὁ τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν βασιλεὺς, ἢ δέχεσθαι τοὺς περὶ Παῦλον καὶ Ἀθανάσιον ἐν τῇ οἰκείᾳ τάξει, καὶ ἀποδιδόναι αὐτοῖς τὰς ἐκκλησίας, ἢ μὴ ποιοῦντα τοῦτο ἐχθρόν τε εἶναι καὶ προσδέχεσθαι πόλεμον. Ἔστι δὲ τὰ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν γραφέντα τάδε: Ὧδε μέν εἰσι παῤ ἐμοὶ Ἀθανάσιος καὶ Παῦλος: ἀλλὰ πυνθανόμενος διέγνων εὐσεβείας αὐτοὺς χάριν διώκεσθαι. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐπαγγέλλῃ ἀποδιδόναι τούτοις τοὺς θρόνους, ἐπαμυνόμενος τοὺς μάτην αὐτοῖς προσφυομένους, ἀποστελῶ πρός σε τοὺς ἄνδρας: εἰ δ’ ἀνανεύοις ταῦτα οὕτω ποιεῖν, εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ αὐτόθι γενόμενος, καὶ ἄκοντός σου, τούτοις τοὺς οἰκείους ἀποδίδωμι θρόνους.
2.23 Constantius, being Afraid of his Brother's Threats, recalls Athanasius by Letter, and sends him to Alexandria
On receiving this communication the emperor of the East fell into perplexity; and immediately sending for the greater part of the Eastern bishops, he acquainted them with the choice his brother had submitted to him, and asked what ought to be done. They replied, it was better to concede the churches to Athanasius, than to undertake a civil war. Accordingly the emperor, urged by necessity, summoned Athanasius and his friends to his presence. Meanwhile the emperor of the West sent Paul to Constantinople, with two bishops and other honorable attendance, having fortified him with his own letters, together with those of the Synod. But while Athanasius was still apprehensive, and hesitated to go to him,—for he dreaded the treachery of his calumniators,—the emperor of the East not once only, but even a second and a third time, invited him to come to him; this is evident from his letters, which, translated from the Latin tongue, are as follows:
Epistle of Constantius to Athanasius.
Constantius Victor Augustus to Athanasius the bishop.
Our compassionate clemency cannot permit you to be any longer tossed and disquieted as it were by the boisterous waves of the sea. Our unwearied piety has not been unmindful of you driven from your native home, despoiled of your property, and wandering in pathless solitudes. And although I have too long deferred acquainting you by letter with the purpose of my mind, expecting your coming to us of your own accord to seek a remedy for your troubles; yet since fear perhaps has hindered the execution of your wishes, we therefore have sent to your reverence letters full of indulgence, in order that you may fearlessly hasten to appear in our presence, whereby after experiencing our benevolence, you may attain your desire, and be re-established in your proper position. For this reason I have requested my Lord and brother Constans Victor Augustus to grant you permission to come, to the end that by the consent of us both you may be restored to your country, having this assurance of our favor.
Another Epistle to Athanasius.
Constantius Victor Augustus to the bishop Athanasius.
Although we have abundantly intimated in a former letter that you might confidently come to our court, as we are extremely anxious to reinstate you in your proper place, yet we have again addressed this letter to your reverence. We therefore urge you, without any distrust or apprehension, to take a public vehicle and hasten to us, in order that you may be able to obtain what you desire.
Another Epistle to Athanasius.
Constantius Victor Augustus to the bishop Athanasius.
While we were residing at Edessa, where your presbyters were present, it pleased us to send one of them to you, for the purpose of hastening your arrival at our court, in order that after having been introduced to our presence, you might forthwith proceed to Alexandria. But inasmuch as a considerable time has elapsed since you received our letter, and yet have not come, we now therefore hasten to remind you to speedily present yourself before us, that so you may be able to return to your country, and obtain your desire. For the more ample assurance of our intention, we have despatched to you Achetas the deacon, from whom you will learn both our mind in regard to you, and that you will be able to secure what you wish; viz., our readiness to facilitate the objects you have in view.
When Athanasius had received these letters at Aquileia,—for there he abode after his departure from Sardica,—he immediately hastened to Rome; and having shown these communications to Julius the bishop, he caused the greatest joy in the Roman Church. For it seemed as if the emperor of the East also had recognized their faith, since he had recalled Athanasius. Julius then wrote to the clergy and laity of Alexandria on behalf of Athanasius as follows:
Epistle of Julius, Bishop of Rome, to those at Alexandria.
Julius, the bishop, to the presbyters, deacons, and people inhabiting Alexandria, brethren beloved, salutations in the Lord.
I also rejoice with you, beloved brethren, because you at length see before your eyes the fruit of your faith. For that this is really so, any one may perceive in reference to my brother and fellow-prelate Athanasius, whom God has restored to you, both on account of his purity of life, and in answer to your prayers. From this it is evident that your supplications to God have unceasingly been offered pure and abounding with love; for mindful of the divine promises and of the charity connected with them, which ye learned from the instruction of my brother, ye knew assuredly, and according to the sound faith which is in you clearly foresaw that your bishop would not be separated from you for ever, whom ye had in your devout hearts as though he were ever present. Wherefore it is unnecessary for me to use many words in addressing you, for your faith has already anticipated whatever I could have said; and the common prayer of you all has been fulfilled according to the grace of Christ. I therefore rejoice with you, and repeat that ye have preserved your souls invincible in the faith. And with my brother Athanasius I rejoice equally; because, while suffering many afflictions, he has never been unmindful of your love and desire; for although he seemed to be withdrawn from you in person for a season, yet was he always present with you in spirit. Moreover, I am convinced, beloved, that every trial which he has endured has not been inglorious; since both your faith and his has thus been tested and made manifest to all. But had not so many troubles happened to him, who would have believed, either that you had so great esteem and love for this eminent prelate, or that he was endowed with such distinguished virtues, on account of which also he will by no means be defrauded of his hope in the heavens? He has accordingly obtained a testimony of confession in every way glorious both in the present age and in that which is to come. For having suffered so many and diversified trials both by land and by sea, he has trampled on every machination of the Arian heresy; and though often exposed to danger in consequence of envy, he despised death, being protected by Almighty God, and our Lord Jesus Christ, ever trusting that he should not only escape the plots [of his adversaries], but also be restored for your consolation, and bring back to you at the same time greater trophies from your own conscience. By which means he has been made known even to the ends of the whole earth as glorious, his worth having been approved by the purity of his life, the firmness of his purpose, and his steadfastness in the heavenly doctrine, all being attested by your unchanging esteem and love. He therefore returns to you, more illustrious now than when he departed from you. For if the fire tries the precious metals (I speak of gold and silver) for purification, what can be said of so excellent a man proportionate to his worth, who after having overcome the fire of so many calamities and dangers, is now restored to you, being declared innocent not only by us, but also by the whole Synod? Receive therefore with godly honor and joy, beloved brethren, your bishop Athanasius, together with those who have been his companions in tribulation. And rejoice in having attained the object of your prayers, you who have supplied with meat and drink, by your supporting letters, your pastor hungering and thirsting, so to speak, for your spiritual welfare. And in fact ye were a comfort to him while he was sojourning in a strange land; and ye cherished him in your most faithful affections when he was plotted against and persecuted. As for me, it makes me happy even to picture to myself in imagination the delight of each one of you at his return, the pious greetings of the populace, the glorious festivity of those assembled to meet him, and indeed what the entire aspect of that day will be when my brother shall be brought back to you again; when past troubles will be at an end, and his prized and longed-for return will unite all hearts in the warmest expression of joy. This feeling will in a very high degree extend to us, who regard it as a token of divine favor that we should have been privileged to become acquainted with so eminent a person. It becomes us therefore to close this epistle with prayer. May God Almighty and his Son our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ afford you this grace continually, thus rewarding the admirable faith which ye have manifested in reference to your bishop by an illustrious testimony: that the things most excellent which ‘Eye has not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man; even the things which God has prepared for them that love him,’ may await you and yours in the world to come, through our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom be glory to God Almighty for ever and ever, Amen. I pray that ye may be strengthened, beloved brethren.
Athanasius, relying on these letters, arrived at the East. The Emperor Constantius did not at that time receive him with hostility of feeling; nevertheless at the instigation of the Arians he endeavored to circumvent him, and addressed him in these words: ‘You have been reinstated in your see in accordance with the decree of the Synod, and with our consent. But inasmuch as some of the people of Alexandria refuse to hold communion with you, permit them to have one church in the city.’ To this demand Athanasius promptly replied: ‘You have the power, my sovereign, both to order, and to carry into effect, whatever you may please. I also, therefore, would beg you to grant me a favor.’ The emperor having readily promised to acquiesce, Athanasius immediately added, that he desired the same thing might be conceded to him, which the emperor had sought from him, viz.: that in every city one church should be assigned to those who might refuse to hold communion with the Arians. The Arians perceiving the purpose of Athanasius to be inimical to their interests, said that this affair might be postponed to another time: but they suffered the emperor to act as he pleased. He therefore restored to Athanasius, Paul, and Marcellus their respective sees; as also to Asclepas, bishop of Gaza, and Lucius of Adrianople. For these, too, had been received by the Council of Sardica: Asclepas, because he showed records from which it appeared that Eusebius Pamphilus, in conjunction with several others, after having investigated his case, had restored him to his former rank; and Lucius, because his accusers had fled. Hereupon the emperor’s edicts were despatched to their respective cities, enjoining the inhabitants to receive them readily. At Ancyra indeed, when Basil was ejected, and Marcellus was introduced in his stead, there was a considerable tumult made, which afforded his enemies an occasion of calumniating him: but the people of Gaza willingly received Asclepas. Macedonius at Constantinople, for a short time gave place to Paul, convening assemblies by himself separately, in a separate church in that city. Moreover the emperor wrote on behalf of Athanasius to the bishops, clergy, and laity, in regard to receiving him cheerfully: and at the same time he ordered by other letters, that whatever had been enacted against him in the judicial courts should be abrogated. The communications respecting both these matters were as follows:
The Epistle of Constantius in Behalf of Athanasius.
Victor Constantius Maximus Augustus, to the bishops and presbyters of the Catholic Church.
The most reverend bishop Athanasius has not been forsaken by the grace of God. But although he was for a short time subjected to trial according to men, yet has he obtained from an omniscient Providence the exoneration which was due to him; having been restored by the will of God, and our decision, both to his country and to the church over which by divine permission he presided. It was therefore suitable that what is in accordance with this should be duly attended to by our clemency: so that all things which have been heretofore determined against those who held communion with him should now be rescinded; that all suspicion against him should henceforward cease; and that the immunity which those clergymen who are with him formerly enjoyed, should be, as it is meet, confirmed to them. Moreover, we thought it just to add this to our grace toward him, that the whole ecclesiastical body should understand that protection is extended to all who have adhered to him, whether bishops or other clergymen: and union with him shall be a sufficient evidence of each person’s right intention. Wherefore we have ordered, according to the similitude of the previous providence, that as many as have the wisdom to enroll themselves with the sounder judgment and party and to choose his communion, shall enjoy that indulgence which we have now granted in accordance with the will of God.
Another Epistle sent to the Alexandrians.
Victor Constantius Maximus Augustus, to the people of the Catholic Church at Alexandria.
Setting before us as an aim your good order in all respects, and knowing that you have long since been bereft of episcopal oversight, we thought it just to send back to you again Athanasius your bishop, a man known to all by the rectitude and sanctity of his life and manners. Having received him with your usual and becoming courtesy, and constituted him the assistant of your prayers to God, exert yourselves to maintain at all times, according to the ecclesiastical canon, harmony and peace, which will be alike honorable to yourselves, and grateful to us. For it is unreasonable that any dissension or faction should be excited among you, hostile to the prosperity of our times; and we trust that such a misfortune will be wholly removed from you. We exhort you, therefore, to assiduously persevere in your accustomed devotions, by his assistance, as we before said: so that when this resolution of yours shall become generally known, entering into the prayers of all, even the pagans, who are still enslaved in the ignorance of idolatrous worship, may hasten to seek the knowledge of our sacred religion, most beloved Alexandrians. Again, therefore, we exhort you to give heed to these things: heartily welcome your bishop, as one appointed you by the will of God and our decree; and esteem him worthy of being embraced with all the affections of your souls. For this becomes you, and is consistent with our clemency. But in order to check all tendency to seditions and tumult in persons of a factious disposition, orders have been issued to our judges to give up to the severity of the laws all whom they may discover to be seditious. Having regard, therefore, to our determination and God’s, as well as to the anxiety we feel to secure harmony among you, and remembering also the punishment that will be inflicted on the disorderly, make it your especial care to act agreeably to the sanctions of our sacred religion, with all reverence honoring your bishop; that so in conjunction with him you may present your supplications to the God and Father of the universe, both for yourselves, and for the orderly government of the whole human race.
An Epistle respecting the Rescinding of the Enactments against Athanasius.
Victor Constantius Augustus to Nestorius, and in the same terms to the governors of Augustamnica, Thebaïs, and Libya.
If it be found that at any time previously any enactment has been passed prejudicial and derogatory to those who hold communion with Athanasius the bishop, our pleasure is that it should now be wholly abrogated; and that his clergy should again enjoy the same immunity which was granted to them formerly. We enjoin strict obedience to this command, to the intent that since the bishop Athanasius has been restored to his church, all who hold communion with him may possess the same privileges as they had before, and such as other ecclesiastics now enjoy: that so their affairs being happily arranged, they also may share in the general prosperity.
Ὡς φοβηθεὶς ὁ Κωνστάντιος τὰς ἀπειλὰς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ δἰ ἐπιστολῶν ἐκάλεσε τὸν Ἀθανάσιον, καὶ εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἔπεμψε.
Ταῦτα γνοὺς ὁ τῆς ἑῴας βασιλεὺς εἰς ἀγωνίαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν κατέστη: μεταπεμψάμενός τε εὐθὺς πλείστους τῶν ἀνατολικῶν ἐπισκόπων, τήν τε αἵρεσιν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προὐτίθει, καὶ περὶ τοῦ πρακτέου διεπυνθάνετο. Οἱ δὲ κρεῖσσον ἔφασαν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν παραχωρῆσαι τοῖς περὶ Ἀθανάσιον, ἢ ἐμφύλιον ἀναδέξασθαι πόλεμον. Ὅθεν ἐπ’ ἀνάγκῃ καταστὰς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκάλει πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τοὺς περὶ Ἀθανάσιον. Καὶ τέως μὲν παραχρῆμα τὸν Παῦλον, μετὰ δυεῖν ἐπισκόπων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης τιμῆς, γράμμασί τε πάλιν τοῖς οἰκείοις ὁ τῶν ἑσπερίων βασιλεὺς, ἔτι τε καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς συνόδου, κατοχυρώσας, ἀποστέλλει ἐπὶ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Τοῦ δὲ Ἀθανασίου ἔτι ὑποστελλομένου καὶ ἀμφιβάλλοντος ἐλθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν—ηὐλαβεῖτο γὰρ τὰς τῶν συκοφαντῶν σκευωρίασ—ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς ἑῴας αὐτὸν οὐχ ἅπαξ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρὶς ἐκάλει παῤ ἑαυτόν: ὡς τὰ παῤ αὐτοῦ γράμματα δεικνύει, ἅπερ ἐκ τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς μεταβληθέντα γλώσσης τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον: Ἐπιστολὴ Κωνσταντίου πρὸς Ἀθανάσιον. Κωνστάντιος νικητὴς Αὔγουστος Ἀθανασίῳ ἐπισκόπῳ. Ἐπὶ πολύ σε κλυδωνίζεσθαι καὶ χειμάζεσθαι τοῖς τῆς θαλάσσης ὁμοίως κύμασιν ἀγρίοις οὐκ ἀφῆκεν ἡ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡμερότητος φιλανθρωπία. Γυμνωθέντα σε τῆς πατρῴας ἑστίας, καὶ στερηθέντα τῶν ἰδίων, καὶ πλανώμενον ἐν θηριώδεσιν ἀνοδίαις, οὐ παρεῖδεν ἡ ἀκάματος ἡμῶν εὐσέβεια. Εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἐπὶ πολὺ ὑπερεθέμην γράψαι τὴν πρόθεσιν τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας, προσδοκῶν αὐθαίρετόν σε παραγενέσθαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ τῶν καμάτων αἰτεῖν θεραπείαν: ὅμως ἐπειδὴ ἴσως ὁ φόβος τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς σῆς προθέσεως ἐνεπόδιζε, διὰ τοῦτο δωρεᾶς πληρέστατα γράμματα πρὸς τὴν σὴν στερρότητα διεπεμψάμεθα: ἵνα ἀφόβως ταῖς ἡμετέραις προσόψεσι ταχεῖαν τὴν σαυτοῦ παρουσίαν παρασχεῖν σπουδάσῃς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς σαυτοῦ ἐπιθυμίας ἀπολαῦσαι, καὶ πειραθεὶς ἡμῶν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας, τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀποκατασταθῇς. Τούτου γὰρ ἕνεκα καὶ τὸν δεσπότην καὶ ἀδελφόν μου Κώνσταντα τὸν νικητὴν Αὔγουστον ὑπὲρ σοῦ παρεκάλεσα, ἵνα τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἐξουσίαν σοι δῷ, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν ἐπινευσάντων τῇ πατρίδι ἀποκατασταθῇς, ἔχων τοῦτο τῆς ἡμῶν χάριτος ἐνέχυρον. Ἄλλη ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Ἀθανάσιον. Κωνστάντιος νικητὴς Αὔγουστος Ἀθανασίῳ ἐπισκόπῳ. Εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα διὰ προτέρων γραμμάτων ἐδηλώσαμεν, ὅπως ἀμερίμνως εἰς τὸ ἡμέτερον κομιτάτον παραγένῃ, διὰ τὸ μάλιστα βούλεσθαι ἡμᾶς ἀποστεῖλαί σε εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ὅμως καὶ νῦν ταῦτα τὰ γράμματα πρὸς τὴν σὴν στερρότητα δεδηλώκαμεν. Διὸ προτρεπόμεθα χωρὶς τινὸς ἀπιστίας καὶ φόβου ἐπιβῆναί σε δημοσίοις ὀχήμασι, καὶ σπουδάσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἵνα ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖς ἀπολαῦσαι δυνηθείης. Ἄλλη ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς τὸν αὐτόν. Κωνστάντιος νικητὴς Αὔγουστος Ἀθανασίῳ ἐπισκόπῳ. Ἡνίκα ἐν τῇ Ἐδέσῃ διετρίβομεν, παρόντων τῶν σῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἤρεσεν ὅπως ἀποσταλέντος πρεσβυτέρου πρός σε, ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὸ ἡμέτερον κομιτάτον σπουδάσῃς, ἐπὶ τῷ ἰδόντα σε τὴν ἡμετέραν πρόσοψιν εὐθέως εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὁδεῦσαι. Ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ πλεῖστος χρόνος παρῆλθεν, ἀφ̓ οὗ γράμματα δεξάμενος παῤ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἀπήντησας, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ὑπομνῆσαί σε ἐσπουδάσαμεν, ἵνα καὶ νῦν τὴν σὴν παρουσίαν ταχεῖαν ποιῆσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς σπουδάσῃς, καὶ οὕτω δυνηθῇς τῇ πατρίδι σου ἀποκατασταθῆναι, καὶ τῆς εὐχῆς σου ἐπιτυχεῖν. Πρὸς δὲ πληρεστάτην διήγησιν Ἀχήταν τὸν διάκονον ἀπεστείλαμεν, παῤ οὗ δυνήσῃ μαθεῖν τῆς τε ἡμετέρας ψυχῆς τὴν προαίρεσιν, καὶ ὅτι τούτων ὧν εὔχῃ τυχεῖν δυνήσῃ. Ταύτας τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἐν τῇ Ἀκυληΐᾳ δεξάμενος Ἀθανάσιοσ— ἐκεῖ γὰρ τῆς Σαρδικῆς ἀναχωρήσας διέτριβεν—εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην ἀνέδραμεν: ἐπιδείξας τε τὰ γράμματα τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Ἰουλίῳ, ἐν μεγίστῃ μὲν χαρᾷ τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἐκκλησίαν κατέστησεν. Ἐδόκει γὰρ καὶ ὁ τῆς ἑῴας βασιλεὺς συντίθεσθαι αὐτῶν τῇ πίστει διὰ τοῦ καλεῖν Ἀθανάσιον παῤ ἑαυτόν. Ἰούλιος δὲ τοῖς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ κληρικοῖς τε καὶ λαοῖς τάδε περὶ Ἀθανασίου ἐπέστειλεν: Ἐπιστολὴ Ἰουλίου ἐπισκόπου Ῥώμης πρὸς τοὺς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ. Ἰούλιος ἐπισκόποις καὶ πρεσβυτέροις καὶ διακόνοις καὶ λαῷ παροικοῦντι Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀγαπητοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, ἐν Κυρίῳ χαίρειν. Συγχαίρω κἀγὼ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοὶ, ὅτι τὸν καρπὸν τῆς ἑαυτῶν πίστεως ἐπ’ ὀφθαλμῶν λοιπὸν ὁρᾶτε. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἄν τις ἴδοι γενόμενον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ συνεπισκόπου μου Ἀθανασίου: ὃν διά τε τὴν καθαρότητα τοῦ βίου, καὶ διὰ τὰς ὑμετέρας εὐχὰς, ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποδίδωσιν. Ἐκ δὴ τούτου συνορᾷν ἐστὶν καθαρὰς ὑμῶν καὶ μεστὰς ἀγάπης ἀεὶ τὰς εὐχὰς ἀνενηνοχέναι πρὸς τὸν Θεόν. Μνήμονες γὰρ ὄντες τῶν οὐρανίων ἐπαγγελιῶν καὶ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὰς ἀγάπης, ἣν ἐκ τῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ προειρημένου ἀδελφοῦ μου ἐπαιδεύθητε, ἔγνωτε ἀληθῶς, καὶ κατὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν ὑμῖν ὀρθὴν πίστιν κατειλήφατε τοῦτο, ὡς οὐκ ἂν εἰς τέλος οὗτος ἀφ̓ ὑμῶν ἀποσχοινισθήσεται, ὃν ἐν ταῖς θεοσεβέσιν ὑμῶν ψυχαῖς ἐσχήκατε ὡς παρόντα ἀεί. Οὐκοῦν οὐ πολλῶν μοι χρεία λόγων πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστέλλοντι: ὅσα γὰρ ὑμῖν λέλεκται παῤ ἐμοῦ, ταῦτα ἡ ὑμετέρα πίστις προὔλαβε: καὶ πεπλήρωται κατὰ Χριστοῦ χάριν τὰ τῆς κοινῆς ὑμῶν πάντων εὐχῆς. Συγχαίρω τοίνυν ὑμῖν: πάλιν γὰρ ἐρῶ, ὅτι τὰς ψυχὰς ἀκαταμαχήτους ἐν τῇ πίστει τετηρήκατε. Καὶ αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ ἀδελφῷ μου Ἀθανασίῳ οὐκ ἔλαττον συγχαίρω, ὅτι, καίπερ πολλὰ πάσχων λυπηρὰ, οὐδεμίαν ὥραν ἐπιλήσμων γέγονε τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης καὶ τοῦ ὑμετέρου πόθου. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῷ σώματι πρὸς καιρὸν ἔδοξεν ἀφ̓ ὑμῶν ἀφελκυσθῆναι, ἀλλὰ τῷ πνεύματι διαπαντὸς ὡς συνὼν ὑμῖν διῆγε. Καὶ ἔγωγε, ἀγαπητοὶ, τὸν γενόμενον κατ’ αὐτοῦ πάντα πειρασμὸν οὐκ ἄδοξον ἡγοῦμαι γεγενῆσθαι: καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡ ὑμετέρα καὶ ἡ τούτου πίστις ἐγνώσθη παρὰ πᾶσι καὶ δεδοκίμασται. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοσαῦτα συμβεβήκει, τίς ἂν ἐπίστευσεν ἢ ὑμᾶς τοσαύτην κρίσιν καὶ τοσαύτην ἀγάπην περὶ τὸν τηλικοῦτον ἐπίσκοπον ἔχειν, ἢ ἐκεῖνον τοσαύταις ἀρεταῖς περιβεβλῆσθαι, δἰ ἃς καὶ τῆς ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐλπίδος οὐκ ἀλλότριος γένοιτο; Ἐπέτυχε τοίνυν οἱῳδήποτε τρόπῳ, καὶ ἐν τῷ νῦν καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι, καὶ ὁμολογίας ἔνδοξον μαρτυρίαν. Διαφόρως γὰρ κατά τε γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν πολλὰ χειμασθεὶς, τὴν σκευωρίαν πᾶσαν τῆς Ἀρειανῆς αἱρέσεως κατεπάτησε, καὶ πολλάκις διὰ φθόνον καὶ εἰς κίνδυνον ἐπιβουλευθεὶς κατεφρόνησε θανάτου, φρουρούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ παντοκράτορος Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ: ἐλπίζων ἅμα καὶ τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς ἐκκλίνειν, καὶ ἀποκατασταθήσεσθαι πρὸς ὑμετέραν παράκλησιν, φέρων ὑμῖν ἅμα ἐκ τῆς ὑμετέρας συνειδήσεως μείζονα τὰ τρόπαια. Ἐν οἷς καὶ ἄχρι τερμάτων πάσης τῆς γῆς ἔνδοξος ἐγνώσθη, δοκιμασθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ βίου, παρρησιασάμενος μὲν τῇ προθέσει καὶ τῇ οὐρανίᾳ διδασκαλίᾳ, ἀποδειχθεὶς δὲ ἀθανάτῳ κρίσει παῤ ὑμῶν ἀγαπώμενος. Ἐπανέρχεται τοιγαροῦν πρὸς ὑμᾶς λαμπρότερος νῦν ἢ ὅτε παῤ ὑμῶν ἀπεδήμησεν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰς τιμίας ὕλας, χρυσὸν δὴ λέγω καὶ ἄργυρον, εἰς καθαρότητα τὸ πῦρ δοκιμάζει, τί ἄν τις εἴποι κατ’ ἀξίαν τοῦ τοσούτου ἀνδρὸς, ὃς τοσούτων θλίψεων πυρὰν καὶ κινδύνους νικήσας ἀποδίδοται νῦν ὑμῖν, ἀθῷος οὐ παῤ ἡμῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ πάσης τῆς συνόδου ἀποδεχθείς; Ὑποδέξασθε τοίνυν, ἀγαπητοὶ ἀδελφοὶ, μετὰ πάσης τῆς κατὰ Θεὸν δόξης τε καὶ χαρᾶς τὸν ἐπίσκοπον ὑμῶν Ἀθανάσιον, μετὰ τούτων οἵ τινες αὐτῶν κοινωνοὶ γεγόνασι: καὶ χαίρετε τῶν εὐχῶν ἀπολαύοντες, οἳ τὸν ποιμένα τὸν ὑμέτερον, ἵν’ οὕτως εἴπω, ποθοῦντα καὶ διψῶντα τὴν ὑμετέραν θεοσέβειαν, σωτηρίοις γραφαῖς ἐθρέψατέ τε καὶ ἐποτίσατε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ ξένης αὐτοῦ διατριβῆς ὑμεῖς παραμυθεία γεγόνατε: καὶ διωκόμενον καὶ ἐπιβουλευόμενον ἐθάλψατε ταῖς πιστοτάταις ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς καὶ διανοίαις. Ἐμὲ δὲ ἤδη εὐφραίνει ἐννοούμενον καὶ προορῶντα τῷ λογισμῷ τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ ἐπανόδῳ ἑκάστου ὑμῶν χαρὰν, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τὰς θεοσεβεστάτας ἀπαντήσεις, καὶ τὴν ἔνδοξον τῶν συντρεχόντων ἑορτὴν, καὶ τίς ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρη ὑμῖν καὶ ποία ἔσται, ἐπανερχομένου μὲν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου, παυσαμένων δὲ τῶν προγενομένων, καὶ τῆς πολυτιμήτου κατ’ εὐχὴν ἐπανόδου εἰς εὐφροσύνην τινα πληρεστάτης χαρᾶς συναπτούσης τοὺς πάντας. Ἡ τοιαύτη χαρὰ κατὰ τὸ μέγιστον μέχρις ἡμῶν φθάνει, οἷς θεόθεν καὶ τοῦτο συγκεχωρῆσθαι συνέστηκεν, ὅπως εἰς γνῶσιν τοῦ τηλικούτου ἀνδρὸς ἐλθεῖν δυνηθῶμεν. Εἰς εὐχὴν οὖν τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τελειῶσαι καλόν. Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, καὶ ὁ τούτου Υἱὸς, ὁ Κύριος καὶ Σωτὴρ ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, διηνεκῆ τὴν χάριν ταύτην ὑμῖν παράσχοι, διδοὺς ἔπαθλον τῇ θαυμαστῇ ὑμῶν πίστει, ἣν περὶ τὸν ἐπίσκοπον ὑμῶν ἐνδόξῳ μαρτυρίᾳ ἐνεδείξασθε, ἵνα ὑμῖν τε καὶ τοῖς μεθ̓ ὑμᾶς ἐνταῦθα, καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι τὰ βελτίονα μένοι, ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δἰ οὗ τῷ παντοκράτορι Θεῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ἀμήν. Ἐρρῶσθαι ὑμᾶς εὔχομαι, ἀγαπητοὶ ἀδελφοί. Τούτοις πεπιστευκὼς τοῖς γράμμασιν Ἀθανάσιος ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνατολὴν παρεγένετο. Κωνστάντιος δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἀπεχθῶς μὲν τότε ἀπεδέξατο, σοφίζεσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπεχείρει ἐκ κατασκευῆς τῶν Ἀρειανιζόντων ὑποβαλλόμενος: καὶ φησὶ πρὸς αὐτόν: Τὸν μὲν θρόνον τὸν σαυτοῦ ψήφῳ τῆς συνόδου καὶ ἡμετέρᾳ συναινέσει ἀπείληφας: ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰσὶν ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ τινες τοῦ λαοῦ διακρινόμενοι τὴν πρός σε κοινωνίαν, μίαν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκκλησίαν ἔασον ἔχειν αὐτούς. Πρὸς τὴν πρότασιν ταύτην Ἀθανάσιος γοργῶς ὑπαπήντησε καὶ φησὶ, Ὦ βασιλεῦ, ἐπ’ ἐξουσίας μὲν ἔχεις κελεύειν τε καὶ πράττειν ὅσα ἂν θέλῃς: χάριν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς αἰτῶ, καὶ δέομαι, δός μοι. Τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως δώσειν ἑτοίμως ἐπαγγειλαμένου, εὐθὺς ἐπήγαγεν Ἀθανάσιος, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀξιῶν χάριν λαβεῖν, ἣν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπεζήτει λαβεῖν. Μίαν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκκλησίαν ἀπονεμηθῆναι ἠξίου καθ̓ ἑκάστην πόλιν τοῖς διακρινομένοις πρὸς τὴν τῶν Ἀρειανιζόντων κοινωνίαν. Τὴν Ἀθανασίου τοίνυν γνώμην ἀλυσιτελῆ γνόντες οἱ Ἀρειανίζοντες, ὑπερτίθεσθαι μὲν τοῦτο ἔλεγον, πράττειν δὲ τὰ δοκοῦντα τῷ βασιλεῖ παρεχώρουν. Διόπερ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀθανασίῳ τε καὶ Παύλῳ καὶ Μαρκέλλῳ τοὺς ἰδίους ἀπεδίδου θρόνους: ἔτι μὲν καὶ Ἀσκληπᾷ τῷ Γάζης, καὶ Λουκίῳ Ἀδριανουπόλεως. Καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνόδου ἐδέχθησαν: Ἀσκληπᾶς μὲν ὑπομνήματα ἐπιδείξας, ἐν οἷς ἐδέδεικτο Εὐσέβιος ὁ Παμφίλου ἅμα πλείοσι διαγνοὺς τὰ κατ’ αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀποδοὺς τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτοῦ: Λούκιος δὲ, ὅτι οἱ κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ φυγῇ ἐχρήσαντο. Προστάγματα οὖν τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐφοίτα πόλεις, κελεύοντα ἑτοίμως αὐτοὺς ὑποδέχεσθαι. Ἐν μὲν οὖν Ἀγκύρᾳ, Βασιλείου ἐξωθουμένου καὶ ἀντεισιόντος Μαρκέλλου, ταραχὴ οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα ἐγένετο, ἣ πρόφασιν λοιδορίας παρέσχε τοῖς τὰ ἐναντία φρονοῦσιν: Ἀσκληπᾶν δὲ ἑτοίμως Γαζαῖοι ἐδέξαντο. Ἐν δὲ τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει Μακεδόνιος Παύλῳ πρὸς ὀλίγον ὑπεξέστη, καθ̓ ἑαυτὸν ἐν ἰδιαζούσῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ τῆς πόλεως τὰς συνόδους ποιούμενος. Ὑπὲρ μέντοι Ἀθανασίου ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπισκόποις τε καὶ κληρικοῖς καὶ λαοῖς περὶ τοῦ ἀσμένως αὐτὸν ὑποδεχθῆναι ἐπέστειλεν: ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὰ κατ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν δικαστηρίοις πραχθέντα δἰ ἑτέρων γραμμάτων ἀφανισθῆναι ἐκέλευσε. Τὰ δὲ περὶ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων γραφέντα ἔστι τάδε. Ἐπιστολὴ Κωνσταντίου ὑπὲρ Ἀθανασίου. Νικητὴς Κωνστάντιος, μέγιστος, Σεβαστὸς, ἐπισκόποις καὶ πρεσβυτέροις τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας. Οὐκ ἀπελείφθη τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριτος ὁ αἰδεσιμώτατος ἐπίσκοπος Ἀθανάσιος. Ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ ἐν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ τῇ κατὰ ἀνθρώπους δοκιμασίᾳ ὑπεβλήθη, ὅμως τὴν ὀφειλομένην παρὰ τῆς παντεφόρου προνοίας ἀπηνέγκατο ψῆφον: ἀπολαβὼν βουλήσει τοῦ κρείττονος καὶ κρίσει ἡμετέρᾳ τὴν πατρίδα ὁμοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἧς θείῳ νεύματι προστάτης ἐτύγχανε. Τούτῳ τὰ ἀκόλουθα ἔδει παρὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας ὑπᾶρξαι πρᾳότητος: ὥστε πάντα τὰ πρὸ τούτου κατὰ τῶν αὐτῷ κεκοινωνηκότων ὡρισμένα νῦν ἀμνηστίᾳ παραδοθῆναι, πᾶσάν τε ὑποψίαν τὴν κατ’ αὐτοῦ σχολάσαι τοῦ λοιποῦ, τήν τε ἀτέλειαν ἧς ἔτυχον πάλαι οἱ ἅμα αὐτῷ κληρικοὶ, τούτοις βεβαιωθῆναι προσηκόντως. Ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτο τῇ εἰς αὐτὸν χάριτι προστεθῆναι ἐδικαιώσαμεν, ὥστε πάντας τοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καταλόγου γινώσκειν ἐνδεδόσθαι τὸ ἄφοβον πᾶσι τοῖς αὐτῷ προστεθειμένοις, εἴτε ἐπισκοποῖς εἴτε κληρικοῖς. Ἱκανὸν δὲ γνώρισμα τῆς ἑκάστου ὀρθῆς προαιρέσεως ἔσται ἡ πρὸς τοῦτον ἕνωσις. Ὅσοι γὰρ ἂν, τῆς καλλίονος ὁμοῦ κρίσεώς τε καὶ μοίρας γενόμενοι, τὴν τούτου ἕλωνται κοινωνίαν, τούτους πάντας ἐκελεύσαμεν, καθ̓ ὁμοιότητα τῆς φθανούσης προνοίας, καὶ νῦν τῆς ὑφ̓ ἡμῶν βουλήσει τοῦ κρείττονος παρασχεθείσης χάριτος ἀπολαύειν. Ἄλλη ἐπιστολὴ τοῖς Ἀλεξανδρεῦσι πεμφθεῖσα. Νικητὴς Κωνστάντιος, μέγιστος, Σεβαστὸς, τῷ λαῷ τῆς κατὰ Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας. Σκοπὸν ποιούμενοι τὴν ὑμετέραν ἐν ἅπασιν εὐνομίαν, εἰδότες τε ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς τοῦ ἐπισκοποῦντος προνοίας ἐστέρησθε, Ἀθανάσιον τὸν ἐπίσκοπον, ἄνδρα τοῖς πᾶσι διά τε τὴν προσοῦσαν ὀρθοτήτα καὶ διὰ τὴν οἰκείαν εὐτροπίαν γνώριμον, πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀποστεῖλαι ἐδικαιώσαμεν. Τοῦτον συνήθως καὶ προσηκόντως ὑποδεξάμενοι, καὶ ταῖς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν εὐχαῖς βοηθὸν προστησάμενοι, τὴν ὑμῖν τε ἀπρέπουσαν καὶ ἡμῖν ἀρεστὴν ὁμόνοιαν καὶ εἰρήνην κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας θεσμὸν διαρκῆ φυλάττειν σπουδάσατε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εὔλογόν ἐστι, διχόνοιάν τινα ἢ στάσιν ἐν ὑμῖν κινηθῆναι ὑπεναντίαν τῆς τῶν ἡμετέρων καιρῶν εὐμοιρίας. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἀπεῖναι ἀφ̓ ὑμῶν παντελῶς βουλόμεθα: τὸ δέ γε ταῖς εὐχαῖς ὑμᾶς διαρκῶς αὐτῷ, ὡς προείρηται, προστάτῃ καὶ ἐπικούρῳ χρωμένους πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον ἐμμένειν συνήθως παραινοῦμεν: ὡς ἂν τῆς τοιαύτης ὑμῶν προθέσεως εἰς τὰς ἁπάντων εὐχὰς διαβαινούσης, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν οἳ τῇ τῶν εἰδώλων πλάνῃ ἔτι καὶ νῦν προσανέχοντες ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἱερᾶς θρησκείας ἐπίγνωσιν προθυμότατα σπεύδοιεν, Ἀλεξανδρεῖς προσφιλέστατοι. Καὶ αὖθις οὖν παραινοῦμεν τοῖς προειρημένοις ἐμμένειν: τὸν δὲ ἐπίσκοπον ψήφῳ τοῦ κρείττονος καὶ ἡμετέρᾳ γνώμῃ ἀπεσταλμένον ἡδέως δέξασθε, καὶ πάσῃ ψυχῇ καὶ γνώμῃ ἀσπαστὸν ἡγήσασθε. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὑμῖν πρέπει, καὶ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πρᾳότητι προσήκειν συνέστηκεν. Ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ πᾶσαν ἀνασοβὴν καὶ στάσεως πρόφασιν περιαιρεθῆναι τῶν ἐθελοκακίᾳ χρωμένων, τοῖς παῤ ὑμῖν δικασταῖς διὰ γραμμάτων προσετάξαμεν ἅπαντας οὓς ἂν στασιώδεις καταμάθοιεν τῇ τῶν νόμων ὑποβάλλειν ἐκδικίᾳ. Ἀμφότερα τοίνυν συνορῶντες, καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν μετὰ τοῦ κρείττονος γνώμην καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ τῆς ὁμονοίας λόγον, καὶ τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἀτάκτων τιμωρίαν, τὰ πρέποντα καὶ ἁρμόζοντα τῷ τῆς ἱερᾶς θρησκείας θεσμῷ διαφυλάττοντες, τὸν προειρημένον διὰ πάσης αἰδοῦς καὶ τιμῆς ἄγοντες, τὰς εὐχὰς ἅμα αὐτῷ ὑπέρ τε ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς τοῦ βίου παντὸς εὐνομίας τῷ τῶν ὅλων Πατρὶ Θεῷ ἀναπέμπειν σπουδάζετε. Ἐπιστολὴ περὶ τοῦ ἀφανισθῆναι τὰ πραχθέντα κατὰ Ἀθανασίου. Νικητὴς Κωνστάντιος Αὔγουστος Νεστορίῳ: τῷ δὲ αὐτῷ τύπῳ καὶ τοῖς ἐν Αὐγουστομνίκῃ καὶ Θηβαΐδι καὶ Λιβύῃ ἡγεμόσιν. Εἴ τί ποτε πρὸ τούτου ἐπὶ βλάβῃ καὶ ὕβρει τῶν κοινωνούντων Ἀθανασίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ πραχθὲν εὑρίσκεται, τοῦτο νῦν ἀπαλειφθῆναι βουλόμεθα: καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἀλειτουργησίαν, ἣν οἱ αὐτοῦ κληρικοὶ εἶχον, τὴν αὐτὴν πάλιν θέλομεν ἔχειν. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν πρόσταξιν φυλαχθῆναι βουλόμεθα: ὥστε ἀποδοθέντος Ἀθανασίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τοὺς κοινωνοῦντας αὐτῷ ἔχειν ἀλειτουργησίαν ἣν ἀεὶ ἔσχον, ἣν καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ κληρικοὶ ἔχουσιν: ἵν’ οὕτως ἔχοντες καὶ αὐτοὶ χαίρωσιν.
2.24 Athanasius, passing through Jerusalem on his Return to Alexandria, is received into Communion by Maximus: and a Synod of Bishops, convened in that City, confirms the Nicene Creed
Athanasius the bishop being fortified with such letters as these, passed through Syria, and came into Palestine. On arriving at Jerusalem he acquainted Maximus the bishop both with what had been done in the Council of Sardica, and also that the Emperor Constantius had confirmed its decision: he then proposed that a Synod of the bishops there should be held. Maximus, therefore, without delay sent for certain of the bishops of Syria and Palestine, and having assembled a council, he restored Athanasius to communion, and to his former dignity. After which the Synod communicated by letter to the Alexandrians, and to all the bishops of Egypt and Libya, what had been determined respecting Athanasius. Whereupon the adversaries of Athanasius exceedingly derided Maximus, because having before assisted in his deposition, he had suddenly changed his mind, and as if nothing had previously taken place, had voted for his restoration to communion and rank. When Ursacius and Valens, who had been fiery partisans of Arianism, ascertained these things, condemning their former zeal, they proceeded to Rome, where they presented their recantation to Julius the bishop, and gave their assent to the doctrine of consubstantiality: they also wrote to Athanasius, and expressed their readiness to hold communion with him in future. Thus Ursacius and Valens were at that time subdued by the good fortune of Athanasius and induced to recognize the orthodox faith. Athanasius passed through Pelusium on his way to Alexandria, and admonished the inhabitants of every city to beware of the Arians, and to receive those only that professed the Homoousian faith. In some of the churches also he performed ordination; which afforded another ground of accusation against him, because of his undertaking to ordain in the dioceses of others. Such was the progress of affairs at that period in reference to Athanasius.
Ὡς Ἀθανάσιος ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν διὰ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων παριὼν ὑπὸ Μαξίμου εἰς κοινωνίαν ἀνεδέχθη, καὶ σύνοδον ἐπισκόπων τὰ ἐν Νικαίᾳ κυροῦσαν συνήγαγεν.
Ταῖς τοιαύταις ἐπιστολαῖς ὀχυρωθεὶς Ἀθανάσιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, διὰ τῆς Συρίας ὁρμήσας τῆς Παλαιστίνης ἐπέβη: καταλαβών τε τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Μαξίμῳ καταφανῆ ποιήσας τά τε ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνόδου γνωσθέντα, καὶ ὡς ὁ βασιλεὺς Κωνστάντιος τῇ ἐκείνων κρίσει ἐγένετο σύμψηφος, παρασκευάζει σύνοδον τῶν ἐκεῖ ἐπισκόπων γενέσθαι. Μάξιμός τε μηδὲν μελλήσας μετεπέμπετό τινας τῶν ἀπὸ Συρίας καὶ Παλαιστίνης ἐπισκόπων: καὶ καθίσας συνέδριον, ἀποδίδωσι καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν κοινωνίαν Ἀθανασίῳ καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν. Γράφει τε καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ συνόδος τοῖς τε ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ Λιβύῃ ἐπισκόποις τὰ ἐγνωσμένα καὶ ἐψηφισμένα περὶ Ἀθανασίου: ἐφ̓ ᾧ σφόδρα κατεμωκήσαντο τοῦ Μαξίμου οἱ ἀπεχθῶς ἔχοντε πρὸς Ἀθανάσιον, ὅτι πρότερον καθελὼν αὐτὸν, αὖθις ἐκ μεταμελείας, ὡς μηδενὸς γενομένου, ψῆφον ὑπὲρ Ἀθανασίου ἐξήνεγκεν τήν τε κοινωνίαν αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν παρέχουσαν. Ταῦτα γνόντες Οὐρσάκιος καὶ Οὐάλης, οἱ περὶ τὸ Ἀρειάνιον δόγμα πρότερον διαπύρως σπουδάζοντες, καταγνόντες τότε τῆς προλαβούσης σπουδῆς ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην ἀνῆλθον: βιβλίον τε μετανοίας τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Ἰουλίῳ ἐπιδόντες, τῷ τε ὁμοουσίῳ συνέθεντο, καὶ γράμματα πρὸς Ἀθανάσιον διαπεμψάμενοι κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ τοῦ λοιποῦ ὡμολόγησαν. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν τότε Οὐρσάκιος καὶ Οὐάλης, τοῖς ἐπὶ Ἀθανασίῳ γεγονόσιν ἡττηθέντες, ὡς ἔφην, τῷ ὁμοουσίῳ συνέθεντο. Ἀθανάσιος δὲ διὰ τοῦ Πηλουσίου ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπορεύετο: κατὰ πόλεις τε παριὼν ἐδίδασκε, τοὺς μὲν Ἀρειανίζοντας ἐκτρέπεσθαι, ἀσπάζεσθαι δὲ τοὺς τὸ ὁμοούσιον ὁμολογοῦντας. Ἔν τισι δὲ τῶν ἐκκλησίων καὶ χειροτονίας ἐποίει: καὶ τοῦτο γέγονεν ἀρχὴ ἑτέρας μέμψεως κατ’ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐν ταῖς ἄλλων παροικίαις χειροτονεῖν ἐπεχείρει. Τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ Ἀθανάσιον οὕτως τότε προέβαινεν.
2.25 Of the Usurpers Magnentius and Vetranio
About this time an extraordinary commotion shook the whole state, of the principal heads, of which we shall give a brief account, deeming it necessary not to pass over them altogether. We mentioned in our first book, that after the death of the founder of Constantinople, his three sons succeeded him in the empire: it must now be also stated, that a kinsman of theirs, Dalmatius, so named from his father, shared with them the imperial authority. This person after being associated with them in the sovereignty for a very little while, the soldiers put to death, Constantius having neither commanded his destruction, nor forbidden it. The manner in which Constantine the younger was also killed by the soldiers, on his invading that division of the empire which belonged to his brother, has already been recorded more than once. After his death, the Persian war was raised against the Romans, in which Constantius did nothing prosperously: for in a battle fought by night on the frontiers of both parties, the Persians had to some slight extent the advantage. And this at a time when the affairs of the Christians became no less unsettled, there being great disturbance throughout the churches on account of Athanasius, and the term homoousion. Affairs having reached this pass, there sprang up a tyrant in the western parts called Magnentius, who by treachery slew Constans, the emperor of the western division of the empire, at that time residing in the Gauls. This being done, a furious civil war arose, and Magnentius made himself master of all Italy, reduced Africa and Libya under his power, and even obtained possession of the Gauls. But at the city of Sirmium in Illyricum, the military set up another tyrant whose name was Vetranio; while a fresh trouble threw Rome itself into commotion. For there was a nephew of Constantine’s, Nepotian by name, who, supported by a body of gladiators, there assumed the sovereignty. He was, however, slain by some of the officers of Magnentius, who himself invaded the western provinces, and spread desolation in every direction.
Περὶ τῶν τυράννων Μαγνεντίου καὶ Βετρανίωνος.
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τὰ δημόσια οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα ταραχὴ διεδέχετο: περὶ ἦς ὅσα κεφαλαιώδη παραδραμεῖν οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἀναλαβόντες, βραχὺ λέξομεν. Ὅτι τοῦ κτίστου τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως τελευτήσαντος, οἱ τρεῖς αὐτοῦ παῖδες τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ διεδέξαντο, ὡς ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου βιβλίῳ πεποιήμεθα μνήμην. Ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι συνεβασίλευσε τούτοις ἀνεψιὸς αὐτῶν, ᾧ ὄνομα Δαλμάτιος ὁμώνυμος τῷ ἰδίῳ πατρί: ὃν ἐπ’ ὀλίγον συμβασιλεύσαντα οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνεῖλον, οὐ κελεύοντος Κωνσταντίου τὴν σφαγὴν, ἀλλὰ μὴ κωλύοντος. Ὡς δὲ Κωνσταντῖνος ὁ νέος τοῖς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μέρεσιν ἐπιὼν καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν συμβαλὼν ἀνῄρεθη, ἤδη πολλάκις πρότερον εἴρηται. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐκείνου ἀναίρεσιν ὁ Περσικὸς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐκινήθη πόλεμος, καθ̓ ὃν Κωνστάντιος οὐδὲν ἔπραττεν εὐτυχῶς: νυκτομαχίας γὰρ περὶ τοὺς ὅρους Ῥωμαίων καὶ Περσῶν γενομένης, ἐπικρατέστερα τότε τὰ Περσῶν πρὸς ὀλίγον ἔδοξε γίνεσθαι. Καθ̓ ὃν καιρὸν οὔτε τὰ Χριστιανῶν ἡσύχαζεν, ἀλλὰ δἰ Ἀθανάσιον καὶ τὴν τοῦ ὁμοουσίου λέξιν περὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας πόλεμος ἦν. Ἐν τούτοις καθεστώτων τῶν πραγμάτων, Μαγνέντιος περὶ τὰ ἑσπέρια μέρη ἐπεφύη τύραννος: ὃς Κώνσταντα, τὸν τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν βασιλεύοντα, περὶ τὰς Γαλλίας διάγοντα ἐκ συσκευῆς ἀνεῖλε. Οὖ γενομένου, ἐμφύλιος μέγιστος ἀνερριπίσθη πόλεμος. Μαγνέντιος μὲν γὰρ ὁ τύραννος πάσης Ἰταλίας ἐκράτει, Ἀφρικήν τε καὶ Λιβύην ὑφ̓ ἑαυτῷ πεποίητο, καὶ αὐτὰς τὰς Γαλλίας ἔσχε λαβών. Ἐν Ἰλλυρικοῖς δὲ ἐν Σιρμίῳ πόλει ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἕτερος ἐπῇρτο τύραννος: ὄνομα δὲ αὐτῷ Βετρανίων. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν Ῥώμην ταραχὴ κατεῖχεν: τοῦ Κωνσταντίου γὰρ ἀδελφιδοῦς ἦν, ᾧ Νεπωτιανὸς ὄνομα, ὃς ἀντεποιεῖτο τῆς βασιλείας χειρὶ μονομάχων δορυφορούμενος. Νεπωτιανὸν μὲν οὖν οἱ Μαγνεντίου καθεῖλον στρατηγοί: Μαγνέντιος δὲ ἐπιὼν πάντα τὰ ἑσπέρια κατεστρέφετο.
2.26 After the Death of Constans, the Western Emperor, Paul and Athanasius are again ejected from their Sees: the Former on his Way into Exile is slain; but the Latter escapes by Flight
The conflux of these disastrous events occurred during a short space of time; for they happened in the fourth year after the council at Sardica, during the consulate of Sergius and Nigrinian. When these circumstances were published, the entire sovereignty of the empire seemed to devolve on Constantius alone, who, being accordingly proclaimed in the East sole Autocrat, made the most vigorous preparations against the usurpers. Hereupon the adversaries of Athanasius, thinking a favorable crisis had arisen, again framed the most calumnious charges against him, before his arrival at Alexandria; assuring the Emperor Constantius that he was subverting all Egypt and Libya. And his having undertaken to ordain out of the limits of his own diocese, tended not a little to accredit the accusations against him. Meanwhile in this conjuncture, Athanasius entered Alexandria; and having convened a council of the bishops in Egypt, they confirmed by their unanimous vote, what had been determined in the Synod at Sardica, and that assembled at Jerusalem by Maximus. But the emperor, who had been long since imbued with Arian doctrine, reversed all the indulgent proceedings he had so recently resolved on. And first of all he ordered that Paul, bishop of Constantinople, should be sent into exile; whom those who conducted strangled, at Cucusus in Cappadocia. Marcellus was also ejected, and Basil again made ruler of the church at Ancyra. Lucius of Adrianople, being loaded with chains, died in prison. The reports which were made concerning Athanasius so wrought on the emperor’s mind, that in an ungovernable fury he commanded him to be put to death wherever he might be found: he moreover included Theodulus and Olympius, who presided over churches in Thrace, in the same proscription. Athanasius, however, was not ignorant of the intentions of the emperor; but learning of them he once more had recourse to flight, and so escaped the emperor’s menaces. The Arians denounced this retreat as criminal, particularly Narcissus, bishop of Neronias in Cilicia, George of Laodicæa, and Leontius who then had the oversight of the church at Antioch. This last person, when a presbyter, had been divested of his rank, because in order to remove all suspicion of illicit intercourse with a woman named Eustolium, with whom he spent a considerable portion of his time, he had castrated himself and thenceforward lived more unreservedly with her, on the ground that there could be no longer any ground for evil surmises. Afterwards however, at the earnest desire of the Emperor Constantius, he was created bishop of the church at Antioch, after Stephen, the successor of Placitus. So much respecting this.
Ὡς τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν ἑσπερίων τελευτήσαντος αὖθις τῶν ἰδίων ἐξεβλήθησαν τόπων Παῦλος καὶ Ἀθανάσιος: καὶ ὡς Παῦλος μὲν εἰς ἐξορίαν ἀγόμενος ἀνῃρέθη: Ἀθανάσιος δὲ ἀπέδρα.
Τούτων δὲ πάντων τῶν κακῶν σύρροια ἐν βραχεῖ γέγονε χρόνῳ: τετάρτῳ γὰρ ὕστερον ἔτει μετὰ τὴν ἐν Σαρδικῇ σύνοδον γέγονε, κατὰ τὴν ὑπατείαν Σεργίου καὶ Νιγριανοῦ. Τούτων ἀγγελθέντων, ἐδόκει μὲν εἰς Κωνστάντιον μόνον περιεληλυθέναι τὰ τῆς βασιλείας: αὐτοκράτωρ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀνατολικοῖς ἀναδειχθεὶς μέρεσι, κατὰ τῶν τυράννων παντοῖος ἦν εὐτρεπίζεσθαι. Καιρὸν δὲ εὔκαιρον οἱ πρὸς Ἀθανάσιον διαφερόμενοι εὑρηκέναι νομίσαντες, αὖθις κατ’ αὐτοῦ καὶ μηδέπω τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπιστάντος μεγίστας διαβολὰς ἐξειργάζοντο: διδάσκουσί τε τὸν βασιλέα Κωνστάντιον, ὡς εἴη πᾶσαν ἀνατρέπων Αἴγυπτον καὶ Λιβύην. Μάλιστα δὲ τὴν διαβολὴν ηὔξησε τὸ χειροτονίας αὐτὸν ἐν ἀλλοτρίαις παροικίαις ποιήσασθαι. Ἀθανάσιος δὲ ἐν τοσούτῳ καταλαβὼν τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν συνόδους τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐπισκόπων συνήθροισεν: οἱ ὁμόφωνα ἐψηφίσαντο τοῖς τότε ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνελθοῦσι καὶ τῇ παρὰ Μαξίμου ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις γενομένῃ συνόδῳ. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, καὶ αὐτὸς πάλαι τῇ Ἀρειανῇ κατεχόμενος δόξῃ, πάντα τὰ μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῷ δεδογμένα εἰς τοὐναντίον μετέστρεφε. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως τὸν ἐπίσκοπον Παῦλον ἐξόριστον γενέσθαι ἐκέλευσεν, ὃν οἱ ἀπαγαγόντες ἐν Κουκουσῷ τῆς Καππαδοκίας ἀπέπνιξαν. Μαρκέλλου δὲ ἐκβληθέντος, αὖθις τῆς ἐν Ἀγκύρᾳ ἐκκλησίας ἐγκρατὴς Βασίλειος γέγονε. Λούκιος δὲ, ὁ τῆς Ἀδριανουπόλεως, σιδηροδέσμιος ἐν εἱρκτῇ διεφθάρη. Τοσοῦτο δὲ ἐπεκράτησε τὰ περὶ Ἀθανασίου λεγόμενα, ὡς εἰς ἄμετρον ὀργὴν ἐκπεσεῖν τὸν βασιλέα, κελεῦσαί τε ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὸν, ἔνθα ἂν εὑρίσκοιτο: σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ Θεόδουλον καὶ Ὀλύμπιον, προεστῶτας ἐκκλησιῶν ἐν Θρᾴκῃ. Ἀθανάσιον δὲ τὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ δεδογμένα οὐκ ἔλαθεν: ἀλλὰ προαισθόμενος αὖθις φυγῇ ἐχρήσατο, καὶ οὕτως τὴν ἀπειλὴν τοῦ βασιλέως διέφυγεν. Ταύτην αὐτοῦ τὴν φυγὴν διέβαλλον οἱ Ἀρειανίζοντες, καὶ μάλιστα Νάρκισσος ὁ Νερωνιάδος τῆς ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Γεώργιος ὁ Λαοδικείας, καὶ Λεόντιος ὁ τῆς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκκλησίας τότε προεστηκὼς, ὅστις ἡνίκα πρεσβύτερος ἦν ἀφῃρέθη τῆς ἀξίας, ὅτι γυναικὶ συνδιημερεύων Εὐστολίῳ ὄνομα, καὶ τὴν εἰς αὐτὴν αἰσχρὰν ὑπόνοιαν ἐπικρύψαι σπουδάσας, τῶν γεννητικῶν ἐξέτεμεν ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ παρρησιέστερον τῇ γυναικὶ συνδιῆγεν, ὡς μὴ ἔχων δἰ ἃ εἰς αὐτὴν διεβάλλετο. Γνώμῃ δὲ καὶ σπουδῇ τοῦ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίου τῆς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκκλησίας προεβλήθη ἐπίσκοπος μετὰ Στέφανον, ὃς Πλάκιτον διεδέδεκτο πρότερον. Τοσαῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτου.
2.27 Macedonius having possessed himself of the See of Constantinople inflicts much Injury on those who differ from him
At that time Paul having been removed in the manner described, Macedonius became ruler of the churches in Constantinople; who, acquiring very great ascendancy over the emperor, stirred up a war among Christians, of a no less grievous kind than that which the usurpers themselves were waging. For having prevailed on his sovereign to co-operate with him in devastating the churches, he procured that whatever pernicious measures he determined to pursue should be ratified by law. And on this account throughout the several cities an edict was proclaimed, and a military force appointed to carry the imperial decrees into effect. Accordingly those who acknowledged the doctrine of consubstantiality were expelled not only from the churches, but also from the cities. Now at first they were satisfied with expulsion; but as the evil grew they resorted to the worse extremity of inducing compulsory communion with them, caring but little for such a desecration of the churches. Their violence indeed was scarcely less than that of those who had formerly obliged the Christians to worship idols; for they applied all kinds of scourgings, a variety of tortures, and confiscation of property. Many were punished with exile; some died under the torture; and others were put to death while they were being led into exile. These atrocities were exercised throughout all the eastern cities, but especially at Constantinople; the internal strife which was but slight before was thus savagely increased by Macedonius, as soon as he obtained the bishopric. The cities of Greece, however, and Illyricum, with those of the western parts, still enjoyed tranquillity; inasmuch as they preserved harmony among themselves, and continued to adhere to the rule of faith promulgated by the council of Nicæa.
Ὡς Μακεδόνιος τοῦ θρόνου ἐπιλαβόμενος πολλὰ κακὰ τοὺς μὴ φρονοῦντας τὰ αὐτοῦ πεποίηκε.
Τότε δὲ καὶ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει Μακεδόνιος τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἐγκρατὴς γίνεται, Παύλου ἐκποδὼν γενομένου καθ̓ ὃν εἴρηται τρόπον: παρρησίαν τε παρὰ βασιλεῖ μεγίστην κτησάμενος, Χριστιανικὸν ἐκίνησε πόλεμον, οὐχ ἥττονα ἢ ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἐποίουν οἱ τύραννοι: πείσας τε τὸν βασιλέα συλλαμβάνεσθαι αὐτῷ πορθοῦντι τὰς ἐκκλησίας, παρασκευάζει νόμῳ κυροῦσθαι ὅσα κακῶς πράττειν ἐβούλετο. Καὶ τὸ ἐντεῦθεν κατὰ πόλεις μὲν νόμος προὐτίθετο, στρατιωτικὴ δὲ χεὶρ ὑπουργεῖν κεκέλευστο τοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως θεσπίσμασιν: ἐξωθοῦντό τε οἱ φρονοῦντες τὸ ὁμοούσιον οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ ἐκ τῶν πόλεων. Καὶ τὸ μὲν πρότερον περὶ τὸ ἐξωθεῖν μόνον ἐσχόλαζον: προβαίνοντος δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸ ἀναγκάζειν συγκοινωνεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐτρέποντο, μικρὰ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν φροντίσαντες. Ἦν δὲ ἡ ἀνάγκη οὐ μείων ἧς πρότερον παρέσχον οἱ τοῖς ἀγάλμασι προσκυνεῖν ἀναγκάσαντες. Καὶ γὰρ παντοίας αἰκίας προσέφερον, καὶ στρεβλώσεις ποικίλας καὶ δημεύσεις χρημάτων: ἐξορίαις τε πολλοὶ ὑπεβάλλοντο: καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῖς βασάνοις ἐναπέθνησκον, οἱ δὲ ἐφθείροντο κατὰ τὰς ἐξορίας ἀπαγόμενοι. Καὶ ταῦτα ἐγίνοντο κατὰ πάσας μὲν τὰς ἀνατολικὰς πόλεις, ἐξαιρέτως δὲ ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει. Τοῦτον μὲν οὖν τὸν ἐμφύλιον διωγμὸν, βραχὺν ὄντα πρότερον, εἰς τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν παρελθὼν Μακεδόνιος ηὔξησεν. Αἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πόλεις καὶ Ἰλλυριοὺς καὶ τὰ ἑσπέρια μέρη ἔμμενον ἔτι ἀσάλευτοι, τῷ συμφωνεῖν τε ἀλλήλοις καὶ τὸν παραδοθέντα ἐκ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου κανόνα κρατεῖν.
2.28 Athanasius' Account of the Deeds of Violence committed at Alexandria by George the Arian
What cruelties George perpetrated at Alexandria at the same time may be learned from the narration of Athanasius, who both suffered in and witnessed the occurrences. In his ‘Apology for his flight,’ speaking of these transactions, he thus expresses himself:
‘Moreover, they came to Alexandria, again seeking to destroy me: and on this occasion their proceedings were worse than before; for the soldiery having suddenly surrounded the church, there arose the din of war, instead of the voice of prayer. Afterwards, on his arrival during Lent, George, sent from Cappadocia, added to the evil which he was instructed to work. When Easter-week was passed, the virgins were cast into prison, the bishops were led in chains by the military, and the dwellings even of orphans and widows were forcibly entered and their provisions pillaged. Christians were assassinated by night; houses were sealed; and the relatives of the clergy were endangered on their account. Even these outrages were dreadful; but those that followed were still more so. For in the week after the holy Pentecost, the people, having fasted, went forth to the cemetery to pray, because all were averse to communion with George: that wickedest of men being informed of this, instigated against them Sebastian, an officer who was a Manichæan. He, accordingly, at the head of a body of troops armed with drawn swords, bows, and darts, marched out to attack the people, although it was the Lord’s day: finding but few at prayers,—as the most part had retired because of the lateness of the hour,—he performed such exploits as might be expected from them. Having kindled a fire, he set the virgins near it, in order to compel them to say that they were of the Arian faith: but seeing they stood their ground and despised the fire, he then stripped them, and so beat them on the face, that for a long time afterwards they could scarcely be recognized. Seizing also about forty men, he flogged them in an extraordinary manner: for he so lacerated their backs with rods fresh cut from the palm-tree, which still had their thorns on, that some were obliged to resort repeatedly to surgical aid in order to have the thorns extracted from their flesh, and others, unable to bear the agony, died under its infliction. All the survivors with one virgin they banished to the Great Oasis. The bodies of the dead they did not so much as give up to their relatives, but denying them the rites of sepulture they concealed them as they thought fit, that the evidences of their cruelty might not appear. They did this acting as madmen. For while the friends of the deceased rejoiced on account of their confession, but mourned because their bodies were uninterred, the impious inhumanity of these acts was sounded abroad the more conspicuously. For soon after this they sent into exile out of Egypt and the two Libyas the following bishops: Ammonius, Thmuïs, Caïus, Philo, Hermes, Pliny, Psenosiris, Nilammon, Agatho, Anagamphus, Mark, Ammonius, another Mark, Dracontius, Adelphius, and Athenodorus; and the presbyters Hierax and Discorus. And so harshly did they treat them in conducting them, that some expired while on their journey, and others in the place of banishment. In this way they got rid of more than thirty bishops, for the anxious desire of the Arians, like Ahab’s, was to exterminate the truth if possible.’
Such are the words of Athanasius in regard to the atrocities perpetrated by George at Alexandria. The emperor meanwhile led his army into Illyricum. For there the urgency of public affairs demanded his presence; and especially the proclamation of Vetranio as emperor by the military. On arriving at Sirmium, he came to a conference with Vetranio during a truce; and so managed, that the soldiers who had previously declared for him changed sides, and saluted Constantius alone as Augustus and sovereign autocrat. In the acclamations, therefore, no notice was taken of Vetranio. Vetranio, perceiving himself to be abandoned, immediately threw himself at the feet of the emperor; Constantius, taking from him his imperial crown and purple, treated him with great clemency, and recommended him to pass the rest of his days tranquilly in the condition of a private citizen: observing that a life of repose at his advanced age was far more suitable than a dignity which entailed anxieties and care. Vetranio’s affairs came to this issue; and the emperor ordered that a liberal provision out of the public revenue should be given him. Often afterwards writing to the emperor during his residence at Prusa in Bithynia, Vetranio assured him that he had conferred the greatest blessing on him, by liberating him from the disquietudes which are the inseparable concomitants of sovereign power. Adding that he himself did not act wisely in depriving himself of that happiness in retirement, which he had bestowed upon him. Let this suffice on this point. After these things, the Emperor Constantius having created Gallus his kinsman Cæsar, and given him his own name, sent him to Antioch in Syria, providing thus for the guarding of the eastern parts. When Gallus was entering this city, the Savior’s sign appeared in the East: for a pillar in the form of a cross seen in the heavens gave occasion of great amazement to the spectators. His other generals the emperor despatched against Magnentius with considerable forces, and he himself remained at Sirmium, awaiting the course of events.
Περὶ τῶν γεγονότων ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ὑπὸ Γεωργίου τοῦ Ἀρειανοῦ, ἐκ τῆς Ἀθανασίου διηγήσεως.
Οἷα δὲ τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ Γεώργιος ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον εἰργάζετο, τῆς φωνῆς Ἀθανασίου τοῦ πεπονθότος καὶ παρόντος τοῖς γινομένοις ἐπάκουσον. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἀπολογητικῷ περὶ τῆς φυγῆς ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ κατὰ λέξιν περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ γεγενημένων φησί: Καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπεφύησαν ζητοῦντες πάλιν ἡμᾶς ἀποκτεῖναι. Καὶ γέγονε τὰ ὕστερα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων: στρατιῶται γὰρ ἐξαίφνης τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐκύκλωσαν, καὶ τὰ πολέμων ἀντὶ τῶν εὐχῶν ἐγίνετο. Εἶτα εἰσελθὼν τῇ Τεσσαρακοστῇ ὁ παῤ αὐτῶν ἀποσταλεὶς ἐκ Καππαδοκίας Γεώργιος ηὔξησεν ἃ παῤ αὐτῶν μεμάθηκε κακά. Μετὰ γὰρ τὰ ἕβδομα τοῦ Πάσχα παρθένοι εἰς δεσμωτήριον ἐβάλλοντο: ἐπίσκοποι ἤγοντο ὑπὸ στρατιωτῶν δεδεμένοι: ὀρφανῶν καὶ χηρῶν ἡρπάζοντο οἰκίαι τε καὶ ἄρτοι: ἔφοδοι κατὰ τῶν οἰκιῶν ἐγίνοντο: καὶ νυκτὸς οἱ Χριστιανοὶ κατεφέροντο: ἐπεσφραγίσθησαν οἰκίαι: καὶ ἀδελφοὶ κληρικῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐκινδύνευον. Καὶ δεινὰ μὲν ταῦτα, δεινότερα δὲ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα τετολμημένα. Τῇ γὰρ ἑβδομάδι μετὰ τὴν ἁγίαν Πεντηκοστὴν ὁ λαὸς νηστεύσας ἐξῆλθε περὶ τὸ κοιμητήριον εὔξασθαι, διὰ τὸ πάντας ἀποστρέφεσθαι τὴν πρὸς Γεώργιον κοινωνίαν. Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μαθὼν ὁ παμπόνηρος αὐτὸς παροξύνει τὸν στρατηλάτην Σεβαστιανὸν, Μανιχαῖον ὄντα. Καὶ λοιπὸν αὐτὸς μετὰ πλήθους στρατιωτῶν, ὅπλα καὶ ξίφη γυμνὰ καὶ τόξα καὶ βέλη φερόντων, ὥρμησεν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ Κυριακῇ κατὰ τῶν λαῶν. Καὶ ὀλίγους εὑρὼν εὐχομένουσ—οἱ γὰρ πλεῖστοι λοιπὸν διὰ τὴν ὥραν ἀναχωρήσαντες ἔτυχον—τοιαῦτα εἰργάσατο, οἷα παῤ αὐτῶν ἔπρεπε πραχθῆναι. Πυρκαϊὰν γὰρ ἅψας, καὶ στήσας παρθένους παρὰ τὸ πῦρ, ἠνάγκαζε λέγειν αὐτὰς τῆς Ἀρείου πίστεως εἶναι. Ὡς δὲ νικώσας αὐτὰς ἔβλεπε καὶ μὴ φροντιζούσας τοῦ πυρὸς, γυμνώσας λοιπὸν οὕτω κατέκοψεν αὐτὰς εἰς τὰ πρόσωπα, ὡς μετὰ χρόνον μόγις ἐπιγνωσθῆναι. Ἄνδρας τε κρατήσας τεσσαράκοντα, καινοτέρῳ τρόπῳ κατέκοψε: ῥάβδους γὰρ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν φοινίκων εὐθὺς τεμὼν ἐν ἑαυταῖς ἐχούσας ἔτι τοὺς σκόλοπας, τὰ νῶτα τούτων οὕτως ἐξέδειρεν, ὡς τινὰς μὲν πολλάκις χειρουργηθῆναι διὰ τοὺς ἀποπαγέντας ἐν αὐτοῖς σκόλοπας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ μὴ φέροντας ἀποθανεῖν. Πάντας μὲν οὖν τοὺς περιλειφθέντας ἀθρόως καὶ τὴν παρθένον ἐξώρισαν εἰς τὴν μεγάλην Ὄασιν. Τὰ δὲ σώματα τῶν τετελευτηκότων οὐδὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀποδοθῆναι συνεχώρησαν: ἀλλ’ ἔκρυψαν ὡς ἠθέλησαν, ἄταφα βαλόντες ὑπὲρ τοῦ δοκεῖν αὐτοὺς λανθάνειν τὴν τοσαύτην ὠμότητα. Πράττουσι δὲ τοῦτο πεπλανημένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ οἱ παράφρονες. Τῶν γὰρ οἰκείων τῶν τετελευτηκότων χαιρόντων μὲν διὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν, θρηνούντων δὲ διὰ τὰ σώματα, μεῖζον ἐξηχεῖτο κατ’ αὐτῶν ὁ τῆς ἀσεβείας καὶ ὠμότητος ἔλεγχος. Καὶ γὰρ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῶν Λιβύων ἐξώρισαν μὲν ἐπισκόπους Ἀμμώνιον, Θμοῦϊν, Γάϊον, Φίλωνα, Ἑρμῆν, Πλήνιον, Ψενόσιριν, Νειλάμμωνα, Ἀγάθωνα, Ἀνάγαμφον, Μάρκον, Ἀμμώνιον, ἕτερον Μάρκον, Δρακόντιον, Ἀδέλφιον, Ἀθηνόδωρον, καὶ πρεσβυτέρους Ἱέρακα καὶ Διόσκορον. Καὶ οὕτω πικρῶς ἤλασαν αὐτοὺς, ὥς τινας μὲν αὐτῶν ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς, τινὰς δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ἐξορισμῷ ἀποθανεῖν: ἐφυγάδευσαν δὲ ἐπισκόπους πλείους ἢ τριάκοντα. Σπουδὴ γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸν Ἀχαὰβ, εἰ δυνατὸν ἐξᾶραι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Τοιαῦτα μὲν Ἀθανάσιος περὶ τῶν ὑπὸ Γεωργίου κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν γενομένων οἰκείαις διεξῆλθε φωναῖς. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα ἐστρατοπεδεύετο: ἦγε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖσε τῶν δημοσίων χρειῶν ἡ ἀνάγκη, μάλιστα δὲ ἡ Βετρανίωνος ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀναγόρευσις. Γενόμενος δὲ ἐν Σιρμίῳ κατὰ συνθήκας ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Βετρανίωνι, κατασκευάζει τε μεταθέσθαι τοὺς ἀνακηρύξαντας αὐτὸν στρατιώτας: οἱ καὶ μεταθέμενοι Κωνστάντιον μόνον ἀνεφώνουν Αὔγουστον καὶ βασιλέα καὶ αὐτοκράτορα: Βετρανίωνος δὲ οὐδαμοῦ μνήμη βοώντων ἐγίνετο. Ὁ δὲ εὐθὺς αἰσθόμενος προδίδοσθαι, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας ἐκυλινδεῖτο τοῦ βασιλέως. Κωνστάντιος δὲ αὐτοῦ περιελὼν τὸν βασιλικὸν στέφανον καὶ τὴν ἁλουργίδα φιλανθρωπεύεται, παραινέσας ἰδιωτικῷ σχήματι ἡσυχέστερον διάγειν: πρέπειν γὰρ τῷ προβεβηκότι τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀπραγμονέστερον βιοῦν ἢ ἔχειν ὄνομα φροντίδων μεστόν. Τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ Βετρανίωνα τοιαύτην ἔσχε τὴν ἔκβασιν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ παντοίαν δαπάνην ἐκ δημοσίων φόρων ἐκέλευσε δίδοσθαι. Πολλάκις δὲ αὐτῷ ὕστερον ἐν Προύσῃ τῆς Βιθυνίας διάγοντι γράφων ἐδήλου, ὡς εἴη μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος αὐτῷ γεγονὼς, ἀπαλλάξας φροντίδων καὶ ὅσα σύνεστι τῇ βασιλείᾳ κακά: οὐκ εὖ τε πράττειν ἔλεγεν αὐτὸν, ὅτι ὧν ἐκείνῳ παρέσχεν, αὐτὸς οὐκ ἀπέλαυσε. Καὶ τοσαῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτων λελέχθω. Τότε δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς Γάλλον μὲν ἀνεψιὸν ἑαυτοῦ Καίσαρα καταστήσας, τό τε οἰκεῖον θεὶς αὐτῷ ὄνομα, εἰς τὴν Συρίας Ἀντιοχείαν ἔπεμψε, φρουρεῖσθαι τὰ τῆς ἑῴας μέρη δἰ αὐτοῦ προνοούμενος. Ὅτε καὶ ἐπιστάντος αὐτοῦ τῇ Ἀντιοχέων, τὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος σημεῖον περὶ τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἐφάνη: στύλος γὰρ σταυροειδὴς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ὀφθεὶς μέγιστον θαῦμα τοῖς ὁρῶσιν ἐγένετο. Τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους αὐτοῦ στρατηγοὺς σὺν δυνάμει πολλῇ κατὰ Μαγνεντίου προὔπεμπε: παρεῖλκέ τε ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ προσμένων τὰ ἐκβησόμενα.
2.29 Of the Heresiarch Photinus
During this time Photinus, who then presided over the church in that city more openly avowed the creed he had devised; wherefore a tumult being made in consequence, the emperor ordered a Synod of bishops to be held at Sirmium. There were accordingly convened there of the Oriental bishops, Mark of Arethusa, George of Alexandria, whom the Arians sent, as I have before said, having placed him over that see on the removal of Gregory, Basil who presided over the church at Ancyra after Marcellus was ejected, Pancratius of Pelusium, and Hypatian of Heraclea. Of the Western bishops there were present Valens of Mursa, and the then celebrated Hosius of Cordova in Spain, who attended much against his will. These met at Sirmium, after the consulate of Sergius and Nigrinian, in which year no consul celebrated the customary inaugural solemnities, in consequence of the tumults of war; and having met and found that Photinus held the heresy of Sabellius the Libyan, and Paul of Samosata, they immediately deposed him. This decision was both at that time and afterwards universally commended as honorable and just; but those who continued there, subsequently acted in a way which was by no means so generally approved.
Περὶ Φωτεινοῦ τοῦ αἱρεσιάρχου.
Τότε δὴ καὶ Φωτεινὸς ὁ τῆς ἐκεῖ ἐκκλησίας προεστηκὼς τὸ παρευρεθὲν αὐτῷ δόγμα φανερώτερον ἐξεθρύλει. Διὸ ταραχῆς ἐκ τούτου γενομένης, ὁ βασιλεὺς σύνοδον ἐπισκόπων ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ γένεσθαι ἐκέλευσε. Συνῆλθον οὖν ἐκεῖ τῶν μὲν ἀνατολικῶν Μάρκος ὁ Ἀρεθούσιος, Γεώργιός τε ὁ Ἀλεξανδρείας, ὃν οἱ Ἀρειανίζοντες ἔπεμψαν ἀποκινήσαντες Γρηγόριον, ὥς μοι πρότερον εἴρηται, Βασίλειός τε ὁ ἐκβληθέντος Μαρκέλλου τῆς ἐν Ἀγκύρᾳ προεστὼς ἐκκλησίας, Παγκράτιος Πηλουσίου, Ὑπατιανὸς Ἡρακλείας. Τῶν δὲ δυτικῶν, Οὐάλης Μουρσῶν, καὶ ὁ περιβόητος τοῖς τότε ἀνθρώποις Ὅσιος, ὁ τῆς ἐν Ἱσπανίᾳ Κουδρούβης ἐπίσκοπος, ἄκων παρῆν. Οὗτοι μετὰ τὴν ὑπατείαν Σεργίου καὶ Νιγριανοῦ, καθ̓ ὃν ἐνιαυτὸν διὰ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πολέμων θορύβους οὐδεὶς ὕπατος τὰς συνήθεις ὑπατείας ἐπετέλεσε, συνελθόντες δὲ ἐν Σιρμίῳ, καὶ τὸν Φωτεινὸν τὸ δόγμα Σαβελλίου τοῦ Λίβυος καὶ Παύλου τοῦ Σαμοσατέως φρονοῦντα φωράσαντες, καθεῖλον εὐθύς. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ὡς καλῶς καὶ δικαίως γενόμενον πάντες ἐπῄνεσαν καὶ τότε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα: οἱ δὲ ἐπιμείναντες ἔπραξαν ὅπερ οὐ πᾶσιν ἦν ἀρεστόν.
2.30 Creeds published at Sirmium in Presence of the Emperor Constantius
As if they would rescind their former determinations respecting the faith, they published anew other expositions of the creed, viz.: one which Mark of Arethusa composed in Greek; and others in Latin, which harmonized neither in expression nor in sentiment with one another, nor with that dictated by the bishop of Arethusa. I shall here subjoin one of those drawn up in Latin, to that prepared in Greek by Mark: the other, which was afterwards recited at Sirmium, will be given when we describe what was done at Ariminum. It must be understood, however, that both the Latin forms were translated into Greek. The declaration of faith set forth by Mark, was as follows:
‘We believe in one God the Father Almighty, the Creator and Maker of all things, of whom the whole family in heaven and on earth is named, and in his only begotten Son, our Lord Jesus Christ, who was begotten of the Father before all ages, God of God, Light of Light, by whom all things visible and invisible, which are in the heavens and upon the earth, were made: who is the Word, and the Wisdom, and the true Light, and the Life; who in the last days for our sake was made man and born of the holy virgin, and was crucified and died, and was buried, and rose again from the dead on the third day, and was received up into heaven, and sat at the right hand of the Father, and is coming at the completion of the age to judge the living and the dead, and to requite every one according to his works: whose kingdom being everlasting, endures into infinite ages; for he will be seated at the Father’s right hand, not only in the present age, but also in that which is to come. [We believe] also in the Holy Spirit, that is to say the Comforter, whom, having promised to his apostles after his ascension into the heavens, to teach them, and bring all things to their remembrance, he sent; by whom also the souls of those who have sincerely believed in him are sanctified. But those who affirm that the Son is of things which are not, or of another substance, and not of God, and that there was a time or an age when he was not, the holy and catholic Church recognizes to be aliens. We therefore again say, if any one affirms that the Father and Son are two Gods, let him be anathema. And if any one admits that Christ is God and the Son of God before the ages, but does not confess that he ministered to the Father in the formation of all things, let him be anathema. If any one shall dare to assert that the Unbegotten, or a part of him, was born of Mary, let him be anathema. If any one should say that the Son was of Mary according to foreknowledge, and not that he was with God, begotten of the Father before the ages, and that all things were not made by him, let him be anathema. If any one affirms the essence of God to be dilated or contracted, let him be anathema. If any one says that the dilated essence of God makes the Son, or shall term the Son the dilatation of his essence, let him be anathema. If any one calls the Son of God the internal or uttered word, let him be anathema. If any one declares that the Son that was born of Mary was man only, let him be anathema. If any man affirming him that was born of Mary to be God and man, shall imply the unbegotten God himself, let him be anathema. If any one shall understand the text, “I am the first, and I am the last, and besides me there is no God,” which was spoken for the destruction of idols and false gods, in the sense the Jews do, as if it were said for the subversion of the only-begotten of God before the ages, let him be anathema. If any one hearing “the Word was made flesh,” should imagine that the Word was changed into flesh, or that he underwent any change in assuming flesh, let him be anathema. If any one hearing that the only-begotten Son of God was crucified, should say that his divinity underwent any corruption, or suffering, or change, or diminution, or destruction, let him be anathema. If any one should affirm that the Father said not to the Son, “Let us make man,” but that God spoke to himself, let him be anathema. If any one says that it was not the Son that was seen by Abraham, but the unbegotten God, or a part of him, let him be anathema. If any one says that it was not the Son that as man wrestled with Jacob, but the unbegotten God, or a part of him, let him be anathema. If any one shall understand the words, “The Lord rained from the Lord,” not in relation to the Father and the Son, but shall say that he rained from himself, let him be anathema: for the Lord the Son rained from the Lord the Father. If any one hearing “the Lord the Father, and the Lord the Son,” shall term both the Father and the Son Lord, and saying “the Lord from the Lord” shall assert that there are two Gods, let him be anathema. For we do not co-ordinate the Son with the Father, but [conceive him to be] subordinate to the Father. For he neither came down to the body without his Father’s will; nor did he rain from himself, but from the Lord (i.e. the Father) who exercises supreme authority: nor does he sit at the Father’s right hand of himself, but in obedience to the Father saying, “Sit thou at my right hand” [let him be anathema]. If any one should say that the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are one person, let him be anathema. If any one, speaking of the Holy Spirit the Comforter, shall call him the unbegotten God, let him be anathema. If any one, as he hath taught us, shall not say that the Comforter is other than the Son, when he has himself said, “the Father, whom I will ask, shall send you another Comforter,” let him be anathema. If any one affirm that the Spirit is part of the Father and of the Son, let him be anathema. If any one say that the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are three Gods, let him be anathema. If any one say that the Son of God was made as one of the creatures by the will of God, let him be anathema. If any one shall say that the Son was begotten without the Father’s will, let him be anathema: for the Father did not, as compelled by any natural necessity, beget the Son at a time when he was unwilling; but as soon as it pleased him, he has declared that of himself without time and without passion, he begot him. If any one should say that the Son is unbegotten, and without beginning, intimating that there are two without beginning, and unbegotten, so making two Gods, let him be anathema: for the Son is the head and beginning of all things; but “the head of Christ is God.” Thus do we devoutly trace up all things by the Son to one source of all things who is without beginning. Moreover, to give an accurate conception of Christian doctrine, we again say, that if any one shall not declare Christ Jesus to have been the Son of God before all ages, and to have ministered to the Father in the creation of all things; but shall affirm that from the time only when he was born of Mary, was he called the Son and Christ, and that he then received the commencement of his divinity, let him be anathema, as the Samosatan.’
Another Exposition of the Faith set forth at Sirmium in Latin,
and afterwards translated into Greek.
Since it appeared good that some deliberation respecting the faith should be undertaken, all points have been carefully investigated and discussed at Sirmium, in presence of Valens, Ursacius, Germinius, and others.
It is evident that there is one God, the Father Almighty, according as it is declared over the whole world; and his only-begotten Son Jesus Christ, our Lord, God, and Saviour, begotten of him before the ages. But we ought not to say that there are two Gods, since the Lord himself has said ‘I go unto my Father and your Father, and unto my God and your God.’ Therefore he is God even of all, as the apostle also taught, ‘Is he the God of the Jews only? Is he not also of the Gentiles? Yea of the Gentiles also; seeing that it is one God who shall justify the circumcision by faith.’ And in all other matters there is agreement, nor is there any ambiguity. But since it troubles very many to understand about that which is termed substantia in Latin, and ousia in Greek; that is to say, in order to mark the sense more accurately, the word homoousion or homoiousion, it is altogether desirable that none of these terms should be mentioned: nor should they be preached on in the church, for this reason, that nothing is recorded concerning them in the holy Scriptures; and because these things are above the knowledge of mankind and human capacity, and that no one can explain the Son’s generation, of which it is written, ‘And who shall declare his generation?’ It is manifest that the Father only knows in what way he begat the Son; and again the Son, how he was begotten by the Father. But no one can doubt that the Father is greater in honor, dignity, and divinity, and in the very name of Father; the Son himself testifying ‘My Father who hath sent me is greater than I.’ And no one is ignorant that this is also catholic doctrine, that there are two persons of the Father and Son, and that the Father is the greater: but that the Son is subject, together with all things which the Father has subjected to him. That the Father had no beginning, and is invisible, immortal, and impassible: but that the Son was begotten of the Father, God of God, Light of Light; and that no one comprehends his generation, as was before said, but the Father alone. That the Son himself, our Lord and God, took flesh or a body, that is to say human nature, according as the angel brought glad tidings: and as the whole Scriptures teaches, and especially the apostle who was the great teacher of the Gentiles, Christ assumed the human nature through which he suffered, from the Virgin Mary. But the summary and confirmation of the entire faith is, that [the doctrine of] the Trinity should be always maintained, according as we have read in the gospel, ‘Go ye and disciple all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.’ Thus the number of the Trinity is complete and perfect. Now the Comforter, the Holy Spirit, sent by the Son, came according to his promise, in order to sanctify and instruct the apostles and all believers.
They endeavored to induce Photinus, even after his deposition, to assent to and subscribe these things, promising to restore him his bishopric, if by recantation he would anathematize the dogma he had invented, and adopt their opinion. But he did not accept their proposal, and on the other hand he challenged them to a disputation: and a day being appointed by the emperor’s arrangement, the bishops who were there present assembled, and not a few of the senators, whom the emperor had directed to attend to the discussion. In their presence, Basil, who at that time presided over the church at Ancyra, was appointed to oppose Photinus, and short-hand writers took down their respective speeches. The conflict of arguments on both sides was extremely severe; but Photinus having been worsted, was condemned, and spent the rest of his life in exile, during which time he composed treatises in both languages—for he was not unskilled in Latin—against all heresies, and in favor of his own views. Concerning Photinus let this suffice.
Now the bishops who were convened at Sirmium, were afterwards dissatisfied with that form of the creed which had been promulgated by them in Latin; for after its publication, it appeared to them to contain many contradictions. They therefore endeavored to get it back again from the transcribers; but inasmuch as many secreted it, the emperor by his edicts commanded that the version should be sought for, threatening punishment to any one who should be detected concealing it. These menaces, however, were incapable of suppressing what had already fallen into the hands of many. Let this suffice in regard to these affairs.>
Περὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ ἐκτεθεισῶν πίστεων παρουσίᾳ τοῦ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίου.
Ὥσπερ γὰρ καταγινώσκοντες τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς πίστεως δεδογμένων, αὖθις ἑτέρας περὶ τῆς πίστεως ἐνομοθέτουν ἐκθέσεις: μίαν μὲν ἣν Μάρκος ὁ Ἀρεθούσιος ὑπηγόρευσεν Ἑλλάδι γλώσσῃ: ἄλλας δὲ τῇ Ῥωμαίων φωνῇ, σύμφωνον οὐκ ἐχούσας οὔτε τὴν λέξιν οὔτε τὴν σύνθεσιν, οὔτε πρὸς ἑαυτὰς οὔτε μὴν πρὸς τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἣν ὁ Ἀρεθούσιος ὑπηγόρευσε. Τὴν μὲν οὖν μίαν τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν ἐκθέσεων τῇ ὑπὸ Μάρκου συντεθείσῃ συζεύξας ἐνταῦθα ὑποτάξω: τὴν δὲ δευτέραν, ἣν ὕστερον ἐν Σιρμίῳ ἀνέγνωσαν, τῷ οἰκείῳ τάξομεν τόπῳ, ὅτε τὰ ἐν Ἀριμήνῳ γενόμενα ἐκτιθέμεθα. Ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ἀμφότεραι εἰς Ἑλλάδα μετεβλήθησαν γλῶτταν. Ἔστι δὲ ἡ ὑπὸ Μάρκου ὑπαγορευθεῖσα τῆς πίστεως ἔκθεσις ἥδε. Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, τὸν κτίστην καὶ ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων, ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται. Καὶ εἰς τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, τὸν πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα, Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, φῶς ἐκ φωτὸς, δἰ οὗ ἐγένετο τὰ πάντα, τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα: Λόγον ὄντα, καὶ Σοφίαν, καὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν, καὶ ζωήν: τὸν ἐπ’ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν δἰ ἡμᾶς ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, καὶ γεννηθέντα ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου, καὶ σταυρωθέντα καὶ ἀποθανόντα καὶ ταφέντα, καὶ ἀναστάντα ἐκ νεκρῶν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἀναληφθέντα εἰς οὐρανὸν, καὶ καθίσαντα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς, καὶ ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὁ??ʼ, οὗ ἡ βασιλεία ἀκατάπαυστος οὖσα διαμένει εἰς τοὺς ἀπείρους αἰῶνας: ἔσται γὰρ καθεζόμενος ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι. Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τουτέστι τὸν Παράκλητον: ὅπερ ἐπαγγειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις μετὰ τὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἄνοδον ἀποστεῖλαι, διδάξαι καὶ ὑπομνῆσαι αὐτοὺς πάντα, ἔπεμψεν: δἰ οὗ καὶ ἁγιάζονται αἱ τῶν εἰλικρινῶς εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων ψυχαί. Τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὸν Υἱὸν ἢ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως, καὶ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ὅτι ἦν χρόνος ἢ αἰὼν ὅτε οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλοτρίους οἶδεν ἡ ἁγία καὶ καθολικὴ ἐκκλησία. Πάλιν οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εἴ τις τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δύο λέγει Θεοὺς, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω: καὶ εἴ τις, λέγων Θεὸν τὸν Χριστὸν πρὸ αἰώνων Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὑπουργηκότα τῷ Πατρὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργίαν μὴ ὁμολογοίη, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸν ἀγέννητον, ἢ μέρος αὐτοῦ, ἐκ Μαρίας λέγειν γεγεννῆσθαι τολμᾷ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις κατὰ πρόγνωσιν τὸν ἐκ Μαρίας λέγοι Υἱὸν εἶναι, καὶ μὴ πρὸ αἰώνων ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεγεννημένον πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν εἶναι, καὶ δἰ αὐτοῦ γεγενῆσθαι τὰ πάντα, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ πλατύνεσθαι ἢ συστέλλεσθαι φάσκοι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις πλατυνομένην τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν Υἱὸν λέγοι ποιεῖν, ἢ τὸν πλατυσμὸν τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν ὀνομάζοι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις ἐνδιάθετον ἢ προφορικὸν λόγον λέγοι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις ἄνθρωπον μόνον λέγοι τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν ἐκ Μαρίας, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις, Θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον τὸν ἐκ Μαρίας λέγων, Θεὸν τὸν ἀγέννητον αὐτὸν νοεῖ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸ, Ἐγὼ Θεὸς πρῶτος, καὶ ἐγὼ μετὰ ταῦτα, καὶ πλὴν ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἔστι Θεὸς, τὸ ἐπ’ ἀναιρέσει εἰδώλων καὶ τῶν μὴ ὄντων Θεῶν εἰρημένον, ἐπ’ ἀναιρέσει τοῦ μονογενοῦς πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων Θεοῦ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ἐκλαμβάνοι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸ, Ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, ἀκούων, τὸν Λόγον εἰς σάρκα μεταβεβλῆσθαι νομίζοι, ἢ τροπὴν ὑπομεμενηκότα ἀνειληφέναι τὴν σάρκα, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις, τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσταυρωμένον ἀκούων, φθορὰν ἢ πάθος ἢ τροπὴν ἢ μείωσιν ἢ ἀναίρεσιν ὑπομεμενηκέναι λέγοι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸ, Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον, μὴ τὸν Πατέρα πρὸς τὸν Υἱὸν λέγειν, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λέγοι τὸν Θεὸν εἰρηκέναι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις μὴ τὸν Υἱὸν λέγοι τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἑωρᾶσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀγέννητον Θεὸν, ἢ μέρος αὐτοῦ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τῷ Ἰακὼβ μὴ τὸν Υἱὸν ὡς ἄνθρωπον πεπαλαικέναι, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀγέννητον Θεὸν, ἢ μέρος αὐτοῦ, λέγοι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸ, Ἔβρεξε Κύριος παρὰ Κυρίου, μὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ ἐκλαμβάνοι, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸν παῤ ἑαυτοῦ λέγοι βεβρεχέναι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω: ἔβρεξε γὰρ Κύριος ὁ Υἱὸς, παρὰ Κυρίου τοῦ Πατρός. Εἴ τις ἀκούων Κύριον τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν Κύριον, καὶ Κύριον τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν εἴποι, καὶ Κύριος ἐκ Κυρίου λέγων, δύο λέγοι Θεοὺς, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Οὐ γὰρ συντάσσομεν τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ, ἀλλ’ ὑποτεταγμένον τῷ Πατρί: οὔτε γὰρ κατῆλθεν εἰς σῶμα ἄνευ βουλῆς τοῦ Πατρός: οὐδὲ ἔβρεξεν ἀφ̓ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ παρὰ Κυρίου αὐθεντοῦντος, δηλαδὴ τοῦ Πατρός. Οὔτε κάθηται ἐκ δεξιῶν ἀφ̓ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἀκούει τοῦ Πατρὸς λέγοντος, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου [ἀνάθεμα ἔστω]. Εἴ τις τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἓν πρόσωπον λέγοι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον Παράκλητον λέγων, τὸν ἀγέννητον λέγοι Θεὸν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις, ὡς ἐδίδαξεν ἡμᾶς, μὴ ἄλλον λέγει τὸν Παράκλητον παρὰ τὸν Υἱὸν, εἴρηκε γὰρ, Καὶ ἄλλον Παράκλητον πέμψει ὑμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ ὃν ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸ Πνεῦμα μέρος λέγοι τοῦ Πατρὸς ἢ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα τρεῖς λέγοι Θεοὺς, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις βουλήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς ἓν τῶν κτισμάτων, γεγονέναι λέγοι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις μὴ θελήσαντος τοῦ Πατρὸς γεγεννῆσθαι τὸν Υἱὸν λέγοι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Οὐ γὰρ μὴ βουλομένου τοῦ Πατρὸς, βιασθεὶς ὁ Πατὴρ ὑπὸ ἀνάγκης φυσικῆς ἀχθεὶς, ὡς οὐκ ἤθελεν, ἐγέννησε τὸν Υἱόν: ἀλλ’ ἅμα τε ἐβουλήθη, καὶ ἀχρόνως καὶ ἀπαθῶς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ αὐτὸν γεννήσας ἐπέδειξεν. Εἴ τις ἀγέννητον καὶ ἄναρχον λέγοι τὸν Υἱὸν, ὡς δύο ἄναρχα καὶ δύο ἀγέννητα λέγων, καὶ δύο ποιῶν Θεοὺς, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Κεφαλὴ γάρ ἐστι καὶ ἀρχὴ πάντων ὁ Υἱός: κεφαλὴ δὲ ἐστὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁ Θεός: οὕτω γὰρ εἰς μίαν ἄναρχον τῶν ὅλων ἀρχὴν δἰ Υἱοῦ εὐσεβῶς τὰ πάντα ἀνάγομεν. Καὶ πάλιν οὖν διακριβοῦντες τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ τὴν ἔννοιαν λέγομεν ὅτι, εἴ τις Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸ αἰώνων ὄντα, ὑπουργηκότα τῷ Πατρὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργίαν μὴ λέγοι, ἀλλ’ ἐξ οὗ ἐγεννήθη ἐκ Μαρίας, ἔκ τοτε καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ Χριστὸν κεκλῆσθαι, καὶ ἀρχὴν εἰληφέναι τοῦ Θεὸν εἶναι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω, ὡς ὁ Σαμοσατεύς. Πίστις ἐκτεθεῖσα ἑτέρως ἐν Σιρμίῳ Ῥωμαϊστὶ καὶ ἑρμηνευθεῖσα. Ἐπειδὴ περὶ πίστεως ἔδοξέ τινα διάσκεψιν γεγενῆσθαι, πάντα ἀσφαλῶς ἐζητήθη καὶ διηρμηνεύθη ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ ἐπὶ παρουσίᾳ Οὐάλεντος καὶ Οὐρσακίου καὶ Γερμινίου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν. Συνέστηκεν, ἕνα Θεὸν εἶναι Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, καθὼς καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ καταγγέλλεται: καὶ ἕνα μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, τὸν Κύριον καὶ Θεὸν καὶ Σωτῆρα ἡμῶν, ἐξ αὐτοῦ πρὸ αἰώνων γεννηθέντα. Δύο δὲ Θεοὺς μὴ χρῆναι λέγειν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος εἴρηκεν, Πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πάντων Θεός ἐστι, καθὼς καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐδίδαξεν, Ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ ἐθνῶν; ναὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν: ἐπείπερ εἷς Θεὸς, ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως: καὶ τὰ μὲν λοιπὰ πάντα συμφωνεῖ, καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἀμφιβολίαν ἔχει. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλούς τινας κινεῖ περὶ τῆς λεγομένης Ῥωμαϊστὶ μὲν σουβεσταντίας, Ἑλληνιστὶ δὲ λεγομένης οὐσίας, τουτέστιν ἵνα ἀκριβέστερον γνωσθῇ τὸ ὁμοούσιον, ἤτοι λεγόμενον ὁμοιούσιον, οὐ χρή τινα τούτων παντελῶς μνήμην γενέσθαι, οὐδὲ περὶ τούτων ἐξηγεῖσθαι τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λογισμὸν, ὅτι ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς οὐ γέγραπται περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γνῶσιν καὶ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον νοῦν ἐστίν: καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς δύναται τὴν γενεὰν τοῦ Υἱοῦ διηγήσασθαι, καθὼς γέγραπται, Τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; μόνον γὰρ εἰδέναι τὸν Πατέρα φανερόν ἐστι, πῶς τὸν Υἱὸν ἐγέννησε: καὶ πάλιν τὸν Υἱὸν, πῶς αὐτὸς γεγέννηται ἀπὸ τοῦ Πατρός. Οὐδενὶ δὲ ἀμφίβολον ἐστὶ, μείζονα εἶναι τὸν Πατέρα τιμῇ καὶ ἀξίᾳ καὶ θεότητι, καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ πατρικῷ μείζονα εἶναι, διαμαρτυρομένου αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, Ὁ ἐμὲ πέμψας Πατὴρ μείζων μου ἐστί. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ καθολικὸν εἶναι οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ δύο πρόσωπα εἶναι Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ: καὶ τὸν μὲν Πατέρα μείζονα, τὸν δὲ Υἱὸν ὑποτεταγμένον μετὰ πάντων ὧν αὐτῷ ὁ Πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπέταξεν. Τὸν δὲ Πατέρα ἀρχὴν μὴ ἔχειν, καὶ ἀόρατον εἶναι, καὶ ἀθάνατον εἶναι, καὶ ἀπαθῆ εἶναι: τὸν δὲ Υἱὸν γεγεννῆσθαι ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, φῶς ἐκ φωτός: καὶ τούτου τὴν γένεσιν, καθὼς προείρηται, μηδένα γινώσκειν, εἰ μὴ μόνον τὸν Πατέρα. Αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν Κύριον καὶ Θεὸν ἡμῶν, σάρκα ἤτοι σῶμα, τουτέστιν ἄνθρωπον, εἰληφέναι, καθάπερ καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος εὐηγγελίσατο: καθὼς δὲ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ γραφαὶ διδάσκουσι, καὶ μάλιστα αὐτὸς ἀπόστολος, ὁ διδάσκαλος τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἄνθρωπον ἀνέλαβεν ὁ Χριστὸς ἀπὸ Μαρίας τῆς παρθένου, δἰ οὗ πέπονθεν. Τὸ δὲ κεφάλαιον πάσης τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἡ βεβαιότης ἐστὶν, ἵνα Τριὰς ἀεὶ φυλάττηται, καθὼς ἀνέγνωμεν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος: ἀκέραιος δὲ καὶ τέλειος ἐστὶν ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῆς Τριάδος. Ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον δἰ Υἱοῦ ἀποσταλὲν, ἦλθε κατὰ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν, ἵνα τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἁγιάσῃ καὶ ἀναδιδάξῃ. Τούτοις τὸν Φωτεινὸν καὶ μετὰ καθαίρεσιν συνθέσθαι καὶ συνυπογράψαι συμπείθειν ἐπειρῶντο, ἐπαγγειλάμενοι ἀποδώσειν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐὰν ἐκ μετανοίας ἀναθεματίσῃ μὲν τὸ παρευρεθὲν αὐτῷ δόγμα, συνθῆται δὲ τῇ αὐτῶν γνώμῃ. Ὁ δὲ τὴν μὲν πρότασιν οὐκ ἐδέξατο, προεκαλεῖτο δὲ αὐτοὺς εἰς διάλεξιν. Ὁρισθείσης δὲ ἡμέρας γνώμῃ καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως συνῆλθον οἵτε παρόντες ἐπίσκοποι καὶ τῶν συγκλητικῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι, οὓς ἐκέλευσε παρεῖναι τῇ διαλέξει ὁ βασιλεύς. Ἐφ̓ ὧν ἀντικατέστη τῷ Φωτεινῷ Βασίλειος ὁ τῆς ἐν Ἀγκύρᾳ τότε προεστὼς ἐκκλησίας, ὀξυγράφων τε τὰς φωνὰς αὐτῶν γραφόντων. Μεγίστη δὲ μάχη μεταξὺ τῶν παῤ ἑκατέρου λόγων ἐγένετο: ἐν οἷς ὁ Φωτεινὸς ἡττηθεὶς κατεκρίθη, ἐν φυγῇ τε διάγων τοῦ λοιποῦ λόγους συνέγραψεν ἀμφοτέραις γλώσσαις, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἦν ἄμοιρος. Ἔγραφε δὲ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων, τὸ οἰκεῖον μόνον δόγμα παρατιθέμενος. Περὶ μὲν οὖν Φωτεινοῦ τοσαῦτα εἰρήσθω. Ἰστέον μέντοι ὅτι οἱ ἐν Σιρμίῳ συνελθόντες ἐπίσκοποι μετέγνωσαν ἐπὶ τῇ Ῥωμαϊκῇ τῆς πίστεως ἐκδόσει: πολλὰ γὰρ μετὰ τὴν ἔκδοσιν ἐναντία ἔχειν αὐτοῖς κατεφαίνετο. Διὸ σπουδὴν ἐτίθεντο παρὰ τῶν ἐγγραψαμένων ἀναλαμβάνειν αὐτήν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολλοὶ ἀπέκρυπτον, ὁ βασιλεὺς διατάγμασιν ἐκέλευσε ζητεῖσθαι τὴν ἔκδοσιν, τιμωρίαν ἀπειλήσας εἴ τις φωραθείη κρύπτων αὐτήν. Ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ αἱ ἀπειλαὶ τὴν ἅπαξ ἐκδοθεῖσαν ἀφανίσαι δεδύνηνται τῷ φθάσαι εἰς πλείονας ἐμπεσεῖν. Τοσαῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτου λέλεχθω.
2.31 Of Hosius, Bishop of Cordova
Since we have observed that Hosius the Spaniard was present [at the council of Sirmium] against his will, it is necessary to give some brief account of him. A short time before he had been sent into exile by the intrigues of the Arians: but at the earnest solicitation of those convened at Sirmium, the emperor summoned him thither, wishing that by persuasion, or by compulsion he should give his sanction to their proceedings; for if this could be effected, they considered it would give great authority to their sentiments. On this ground, therefore, as I have said, he was most unwillingly obliged to be present: and when he refused to concur with them, stripes and tortures were inflicted on the old man. Wherefore he was constrained by force to acquiesce in and subscribe to their exposition of the faith. Such was the issue of affairs at that time transacted at Sirmium. But the emperor Constantius after these things still continued to reside at that place, awaiting there the result of the war against Magnentius.
Περὶ Ὁσίου τοῦ Κουδρούβης ἐπισκόπου.
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ περὶ Ὁσίου τοῦ Ἱσπανοῦ μνήμην ὡς ἀκουσίως παρόντος πεποιήμεθα, βραχέα καὶ περὶ τούτου λεκτέον. Μικρὸν γὰρ ἔμπροσθεν οὗτος ἐκ συσκευῆς τῶν Ἀρειανιζόντων εἰς ἐξορίαν ἀπέσταλτο: τότε δὲ σπουδῇ τῶν ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ συνελθόντων ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτὸν μετεπέμψατο, βουλόμενος ἢ πειθοῖ ἢ ἀνάγκῃ τοῖς παροῦσιν ὁμοφωνῆσαι. Τούτου γὰρ γενομένου, μέγιστον ἐδόκει μαρτύριον ὑπάρχειν τῆς ἐκείνων πίστεως. Διὰ ταῦτα οὖν, ὡς ἔφην, ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἄκων παρῆν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτὸς παρῃτεῖτο συντίθεσθαι, πληγάς τε καὶ στρεβλώσεις τῷ πρεσβύτῃ προσέφερον: διὸ καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ταῖς τότε ἐκδοθείσαις ὑπαγορεύσεσι καὶ συνέθετο καὶ ὑπέγραψε. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν Σιρμίῳ τότε γενόμενα τοιοῦτον ἔχει τὸ τέλος. Ὁ μέντοι βασιλεὺς Κωνστάντιος παρεῖλκεν ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ, περιμένων τοῦ πρὸς Μαγνέντιον πολέμου τὴν ἔκβασιν.
2.32 Overthrow of the Usurper Magnentius
Magnentius in the meanwhile having made himself master of the imperial city Rome, put to death many members of the senatorial council, as well as many of the populace. But as soon as the commanders under Constantius had collected an army of Romans, and commenced their march against him, he left Rome, and retired into the Gauls. There several battles were fought, sometimes to the advantage of one party, and sometimes to that of the other: but at last Magnentius having been defeated near Mursa—a fortress of Gaul—was there closely besieged. In this place the following remarkable incident is said to have occurred. Magnentius desiring to reassure the courage of his soldiers who were disheartened by their late overthrow, ascended a lofty tribunal for this purpose. They, wishing to give utterance to the usual acclamation with which they greet emperors, contrary to their intention simultaneously all shouted the name not of Magnentius, but of Constantius Augustus. Regarding this as an omen unfavorable to himself, Magnentius immediately withdrew from the fortress, and retreated to the remotest parts of Gaul. Thither the generals of Constantius hastened in pursuit. An engagement having again taken place near Mount Seleucus, Magnentius was totally routed, and fled alone to Lyons, a city of Gaul, which is distant three days’ journey from the fortress at Mursa. Magnentius, having reached this city, first slew his own mother; then having killed his brother also, whom he had created Cæsar, he at last committed suicide by falling on his own sword. This happened in the sixth consulate of Constantius, and the second of Constantius Gallus, on the fifteenth day of August. Not long after, the other brother of Magnentius, named Decentius, put an end to his own life by hanging himself. Such was the end of the enterprises of Magnentius. The affairs of the empire were not altogether quieted; for soon after this another usurper arose whose name was Silvanus: but the generals of Constantius speedily put him also out of the way, whilst raising disturbances in Gaul.
Περὶ τῆς ἥττης Μαγνεντίου τοῦ τυράννου.
Μαγνέντιος μὲν οὖν τὴν βασιλεύουσαν Ῥώμην καταλαβὼν πολλοὺς μὲν τῆς συγκλήτου βουλῆς ἀνῄρει, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ τοῦ δήμου ἀπώλλυεν: ὡς δὲ οἱ στρατηγοὶ Κωνσταντίου τὴν Ῥωμαϊκὴν δύναμιν συγκροτήσαντες ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἐχώρουν, ἀναχωρήσας τῆς Ῥώμης τὰς Γαλλίας κατέλαβεν. Ἔνθα συμβολαὶ συνεχεῖς ἐγίνοντο: καὶ ποτὲ μὲν τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ποτὲ δὲ θάτερον ἐκράτει. Τέλος δὲ περὶ Μούρσαν—φρούριον δὲ τοῦτο τῶν Γαλλιῶν—ὁ Μαγνέντιος ἡττηθεὶς συνεκλείσθη. Ἐν ᾧ φρουρίῳ λέγεται τοιόνδε θαῦμα συμβῆναι. Ὁ Μαγνέντιος, ὑπὸ τῆς ἥττης καταπεπτωκότας τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτας ἀναρρῶσαι σπουδάζων, ὑψηλοῦ βήματος ἐπέβη. Οἱ δὲ τὴν συνήθη τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν εὐφημίαν ἐπιβοῆσαι βουλόμενοι, παρὰ γνώμην ἐπὶ τὸν Κωνστάντιον ταύτην μεταφέρουσιν: οὐ γὰρ Μαγνέντιον, ἀλλὰ Κωνστάντιον Αὔγουστον κοινῇ πάντες ἐβόησαν. Τοῦτο σύμβολον καθ̓ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ Μαγνέντιος ἡγησάμενος, ἐκ τοῦ φρουρίου εὐθὺς ἀπανίσταται φυγῇ ἐπὶ τὰ περαιτέρω τῆς Γαλλίας χωρῶν. Ἐπέκειντο δὲ οἱ τοῦ Κωνσταντίου στρατηγοὶ διώκοντες: αὖθίς τε γίνεται συμβολὴ περὶ τόπον, ᾧ ὄνομα Μιλτοσέλευκος: ἐν ᾧ κατὰ κράτος ἡττηθεὶς ὁ Μαγνέντιος φεύγει μόνος εἰς Λουγδοῦνον πόλιν τῆς Γαλλίας, εἰς ἣν ἀπὸ Μούρσων ἐστὶ τοῦ φρουρίου τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδός. Ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ Λουγδούνῳ γενόμενος ὁ Μαγνέντιος ἀναιρεῖ μὲν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μητέρα: ἀνελὼν δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ὃν Καίσαρα ἑαυτῷ πεποιήκει, τέλος ἐπικατέσφαξεν ἑαυτόν. Τοῦτο ἐπράχθη ἐν ὑπατείᾳ Κωνσταντίου τὸ ἕκτον καὶ Κωνσταντίου τοῦ Γάλλου τὸ δεύτερον, περὶ τὴν πεντεκαιδεκάτην τοῦ Αὐγούστου μηνός. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τοῦ Μαγνεντίου ἀδελφὸς, Δεκένιος ὄνομα αὐτῷ, τοῦ βίου ἐξήγαγεν ἑαυτὸν ἀγχόνῃ χρησάμενος. Τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ Μαγνέντιον τέλος τοιοῦτο ἐδέξατο: τὰ δὲ δημόσια τελέως οὐχ ἡσύχαζεν. Μετὰ ταῦτα γὰρ εὐθὺς ἕτερος ἐπανέστη τύραννος, ᾧ ὄνομα Σιλουανός. Καὶ τοῦτον δὲ οἱ Κωνσταντίου στρατηγοὶ περὶ τὴν Γαλλίαν ταράττοντα ταχέως καθεῖλον.
2.33 Of the Jews inhabiting Dio-Cæsarea in Palestine
About the same time there arose another intestine commotion in the East: for the Jews who inhabited Dio-Cæsarea in Palestine took up arms against the Romans, and began to ravage the adjacent places. But Gallus who was also called Constantius, whom the emperor, after creating Cæsar, had sent into the East, despatched an army against them, and completely vanquished them: after which he ordered that their city Dio-Cæsarea should be razed to the foundations.
Περὶ τῶν ἐν Διοκαισαρείᾳ τῆς Παλαιστίνης Ἰουδαίων.
Ἐπισυνήχθη δὲ τοῖς γινομένοις καὶ περὶ τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἕτερος ἐγχώριος πόλεμος. Οἱ γὰρ ἐν Διοκαισαρείᾳ τῆς Παλαιστίνης Ἰουδαῖοι κατὰ Ῥωμαίων ὅπλα ἀντῇραν, καὶ περὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐκείνους κατέτρεχον. Ἀλλὰ τούτους μὲν Γάλλος, ὁ καὶ Κωνστάντιος, ὃν Καίσαρα καταστήσας ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὴν ἑῴαν ἐξαπέστειλεν, δύναμιν ἀποστείλας κατηγωνίσατο: καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν Διοκαισάρειαν εἰς ἔδαφος κατενεχθῆναι ἐκέλευσεν.
2.34 Of Gallus Cæsar
Gallus, having accomplished these things, was unable to bear his success with moderation; but forthwith attempted innovations against the authority of him who had constituted him Cæsar, himself aspiring to the sovereign power. His purpose was, however, soon detected by Constantius: for he had dared to put to death, on his own responsibility, Domitian, at that time Prætorian prefect of the East, and Magnus the quæstor, not having disclosed his designs to the emperor. Constantius, extremely incensed at this conduct, summoned Gallus to his presence, who being in great terror went very reluctantly; and when he arrived in the western parts, and had reached the island of Flanona, Constantius ordered him to be slain. But not long after he created Julian, the brother of Gallus, Cæsar, and sent him against the barbarians in Gaul. It was in the seventh consulate of the emperor Constantius that Gallus, who was surnamed Constantius, was slain, when he himself was a third time consul: and Julian was created Cæsar on the 6th of November in the following year, when Arbetion and Lollian were consuls; of him we shall make farther mention in the next book. When Constantius was thus relieved from the disquietudes which had occupied him, his attention was again directed to ecclesiastical contentions. Going therefore from Sirmium to the imperial city Rome, he again appointed a synod of bishops, summoning some of the eastern prelates to hasten into Italy, and arranging for those of the west to meet them there. While preparations were making in the east for this purpose, Julius bishop of Rome died, after having presided over the church in that place fifteen years, and was succeeded in the episcopal dignity by Liberius.
Περὶ Γάλλου τοῦ Καίσαρος.
Ταῦτά τε πράξας ὁ Γάλλος τὴν εὐτυχίαν οὐκ ἤνεγκεν: ἀλλ’ εὐθὺς νεωτερίζειν κατὰ τοῦ προχειρισαμένου αὐτὸν ἐπεχείρησεν, τυραννεῖν τε καὶ αὐτὸς ἐβούλετο: ὥστε οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ὁ σκοπὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ Κωνσταντίου κατάφωρος ἐγένετο. Δομετιανὸν γὰρ τὸν τότε ἔπαρχον τῆς ἑῴας, καὶ Μάγνον κυαίστωρα, αὐθεντήσας ἀνεῖλε, μὴ μηνύσας τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν σκοπὸν αὐτοῦ. Ἐφ̓ ᾧ κινηθεὶς ὁ Κωνστάντιος μετάπεμπτον ἐκάλει τὸν Γάλλον πρὸς ἑαυτόν: ὁ δὲ περίφοβος γενόμενος ἄκων ἐπορεύετο. Καταλαβόντα δὲ αὐτὸν τὰ ἑσπέρια μέρη καὶ περὶ Φλάνωνα τὴν νῆσον γενόμενον ὁ Κωνστάντιος ἀναιρεθῆναι ἐκέλευσεν. μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ Ἰουλιανὸν τὸν Γάλλου ἀδελφὸν Καίσαρα καταστήσας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐν Γαλλίᾳ βαρβάρους ἀπέστειλεν. Γάλλος μὲν οὖν ὁ καὶ Κωνστάντιος ἐν τῇ ἑβδόμῃ τοῦ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίου ὑπατείᾳ ἀνῃρέθη, καθ̓ ἣν καὶ αὐτὸς ὕπατος ἦν τὸ τρίτον. Ἰουλιανὸς δὲ τῇ ἑξῆς ὑπατείᾳ Ἀρβιτίωνος καὶ Λολλιανοῦ κατέστη Καῖσαρ, τῇ ἕκτῃ τοῦ Νοεμβρίου μηνός. Περὶ μὲν οὖν Ἰουλιανοῦ ἐν τῷ μετὰ τοῦτο βιβλίῳ ποιησόμεθα μνήμην. Κωνστάντιος δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἐν ποσὶ κακῶν ἡσυχάσας, ἐπὶ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν αὖθις πόλεμον τὴν οἰκείαν ἔτρεπε γνώμην. Ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ Σιρμίου ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλεύουσαν πόλιν Ῥώμην ἀπιὼν, συνόδον ἐπισκόπων αὖθις ἐκήρυξεν, καί τινας τῶν ἀνατολικῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν σπεύδειν ἐκέλευσεν: ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ ἰέναι καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν παρεσκεύαζεν. Ἐν τοσούτῳ δὲ, τούτων ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν παρασκευαζομένων πορεύεσθαι, τάδε ἐπισυνέβη γενέσθαι. Ἰούλιος μὲν ὁ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος ἐτελεύτησε, πέντε πρὸς τοῖς δέκα ἐνιαυτοὺς τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκκλησίας προστάς: Λιβέριος δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν διαδέχεται.
2.35 Of Aëtius the Syrian, Teacher of Eunomius PG 67, 300
At Antioch in Syria another heresiarch sprang up, Aëtius, surnamed Atheus. He agreed in doctrine with Arius, and maintained the same opinions: but separated himself from the Arian party because they had admitted Arius into communion. For Arius, as I have before related, entertaining one opinion in his heart, professed another with his lips; having hypocritically assented to and subscribed the form of faith set forth at the council of Nicæa, in order to deceive the reigning emperor. On this account, therefore, Aëtius separated himself from the Arians. He had, however, previously been a heretic, and a zealous advocate of Arian views. After receiving some very scanty instruction at Alexandria, he departed thence, and arrived at Antioch in Syria, which was his native place, was ordained deacon by Leontius, who was then bishop of that city. Upon this he began to astonish those who conversed with him by the singularity of his discourses. And this he did in dependence on the precepts of Aristotle’s Categories; there is a book of that name, the scope of which he neither himself perceived, nor had been enlightened on by intercourse with learned persons: so that he was little aware that he was framing fallacious arguments to perplex and deceive himself. For Aristotle had composed this work to exercise the ingenuity of his young disciples, and to confound by subtle arguments the sophists who affected to deride philosophy. Wherefore the Ephectic academicians, who expound the writings of Plato and Plotinus, censure the vain subtlety which Aristotle has displayed in that book: but Aëtius, who never had the advantage of an academical preceptor, adhered to the sophisms of the Categories. For this reason he was unable to comprehend how there could be generation without a beginning, and how that which was begotten can be co-eternal with him who begat. In fact, Aëtius was a man of so superficial attainments, and so little acquainted with the sacred Scriptures, and so extremely fond of caviling, a thing which any clown might do, that he had never carefully studied those ancient writers who have interpreted the Christian oracles; wholly rejecting Clemens and Africanus and Origen, men eminent for their information in every department of literature and science. But he composed epistles both to the emperor Constantius, and to some other persons, wherein he interwove tedious disputes for the purpose of displaying his sophisms. He has therefore been surnamed Atheus. But although his doctrinal statements were similar to those of the Arians, yet from the abstruse nature of his syllogisms, which they were unable to comprehend, his associates in Arianism pronounced him a heretic. Being for that reason expelled from their church, he pretended to have separated himself from their communion. Even in the present day there are to be found some who from him were formerly named Aëtians, but now Eunomians. For some time later Eunomius, who had been his amanuensis, having been instructed by his master in this heretical mode of reasoning, afterwards became the head of that sect. But of Eunomius we shall speak more fully in the proper place.
Περὶ Ἀετίου τοῦ Σύρου τοῦ διδασκάλου Εὐνομίου.
Ἐν δὲ Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Συρίας ἕτερος ἐπεφύη αἱρεσιάρχης Ἀέτιος, ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Ἄθεος. Οὗτος τὰ αὐτὰ μὲν ἐφρόνει Ἀρείῳ, καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν συνεκρότει δόξαν: πρὸς δὲ Ἀρειανίζοντας διεκρίνετο, διότι Ἄρειον εἰς κοινωνίαν ἐδέξαντο. Ἄρειος γὰρ, ὡς πρότερον ἔφην, ἕτερα κατὰ διάνοιαν φρονῶν ἕτερα τῇ φωνῇ ὡμολόγησεν, ὅτε τὸν ἐν Νικαίᾳ τῆς συνόδου τύπον δεχόμενος καθυπέγραψε, τὸν τότε βασιλέα πλανῶν. Διὰ τοῦτο μὲν οὖν καὶ Ἀέτιος πρὸς Ἀρειανοὺς διεκρίνετο. Ἦν δὲ καὶ πρότερον Ἀέτιος αἱρετικὸς ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τῷ Ἀρείου δόγματι συνηγορεῖν διαπύρως ἔσπευδεν. Ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ μικρὰ παιδευθεὶς, ἀναζεύγνυσι, καὶ καταλαβὼν τὴν ἐν Συρίᾳ Ἀντιόχειαν—ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ἦν—ὑπὸ Λεοντίου τοῦ τότε τῆς Ἀντιοχείας ἐπισκόπου χειροτονεῖται διάκονος. Εὐθὺς οὖν ἐξενοφώνει τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει ταῖς Κατηγορίαις Ἀριστοτέλους πιστεύων: βιβλίον δὲ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἐπιγεγραμμένον αὐτῷ: ἐξ αὐτῶν τε διαλεγόμενος καὶ ἑαυτῷ σόφισμα ποιῶν οὐκ ᾔσθετο, οὐδὲ παρὰ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων ἔμαθε τὸν Ἀριστοτέλους σκοπόν. Ἐκεῖνος γὰρ διὰ τοὺς σοφιστὰς, τὴν φιλοσοφίαν τότε χλευάζοντας, γυμνασίαν ταύτην συγγράψας τοῖς νέοις, τὴν διαλεκτικὴν τοῖς σοφισταῖς διὰ τῶν σοφισμάτων ἀντέθηκεν. Οἱ γοῦν ἐφεκτικοὶ τῶν φιλοσόφων, τὰ Πλάτωνος καὶ Πλωτίνου ἐκτιθεμένοι, ἐξελέγχουσι τὰ τεχνικῶς παρὰ Ἀριστοτέλους λεγόμενα. Ἀλλὰ Ἀέτιος, ἐφεκτικοῦ μὴ τυχὼν διδασκάλου, τοῖς ἐκ τῶν Κατηγοριῶν σοφίσμασι συνεπέμεινε. Διὸ οὔτε νοῆσαι δεδύνηται, πῶς ἐστὶν ἀγέννητος γέννησις, καὶ ὅπως τὸ γεννώμενον συναΐδιόν ἐστι τῷ γεννήσαντι. Οὕτω δὲ ἦν ὀλιγομαθὴς ὁ Ἀέτιος καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων ἀμύητος, τὸ ἐριστικὸν δὲ κατωρθώκει μόνον, ὅπερ ἂν καὶ ἄγροικός τις ποιήσειεν, ὡς μήτε τοὺς ἀρχαίους τοὺς τὰ Χριστιανικὰ λόγια ἑρμηνεύσαντας ἀσκηθῆναι, πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσας τοῖς περὶ Κλήμεντα καὶ Ἀφρικανὸν καὶ Ὠριγένην, ἄνδρας πάσης σοφίας ἐπιστήμονας. Ἐπιστολάς τε συνεκάττυε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Κωνστάντιον καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρους τινας, ἐρεσχελίας συμπλέκων καὶ σοφίσματα μελετῶν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπεκαλεῖτο ὁ Ἄθεος. Ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς Ἀρειανίζουσιν ἔλεγεν, ὅμως ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων, οὐ δυναμένων συνιέναι τὸ περισκελὲς τῶν συλλογισμῶν, ὡς αἱρετικὸς ὁ ὁμόφρων αὐτοῖς ἐνομίζετο. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξελαθεὶς τῆς αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίας, ἔδοξεν αὐτὸς μὴ βούλεσθαι κοινωνεῖν αὐτοῖς. Καὶ νῦν εἰσὶν ἐξ ἐκείνου οἱ τότε μὲν Ἀετιανοὶ, νῦν δὲ Εὐνομιανοὶ προσαγορευόμενοι: χρόνῳ γὰρ ὕστερον Εὐνόμιος, ταχυγράφος ὢν ἐκείνου, καὶ ὑπ’ αὐτῷ παιδευθεὶς τὴν αἱρετικὴν λέξιν, τοῦ στίφους τούτου προέστη. Περὶ μὲν οὖν Εὐνομίου κατὰ χώραν ἐροῦμεν.
2.36 Of the Synod at Milan PG 67, 301
Now at that time the bishops met in Italy, very few indeed from the East, most of them being hindered from coming either by the firmities of age or by the distance; but of the West there were more than three hundred. It was a command of the emperor that they should be assembled at Milan. On meeting, the Eastern prelates opened the Synod by calling upon those convened to pass a unanimous sentence of condemnation against Athanasius; with this object in view, that he might thenceforward be utterly shut out from Alexandria. But Paulinus, bishop of Treves in Gaul, and Dionysius, of whom the former was bishop of Alba, the metropolis of Italy, and Eusebius of Vercellæ, a city of Liguria in Italy, perceiving that the Eastern bishops, by demanding a ratification of the sentence against Athanasius, were intent on subverting the faith, arose and loudly exclaimed that ‘this proposition indicated a covert plot against the principles of Christian truth. For they insisted that the charges against Athanasius were unfounded, and merely invented by his accusers as a means of corrupting the faith.’ Having made this protest with much vehemence of manner, the congress of bishops was then dissolved.
Περὶ τῆς ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ συνόδου.
Τότε δὲ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ συνῆλθον ἐπίσκοποι, τῶν μὲν ἀνατολικῶν οὐ σφόδρα πολλοὶ, ἐπεὶ τοὺς πλείους αὐτῶν τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας γῆρας καὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ διάστημα παρεῖναι ἐκώλυσεν: τῶν δὲ ἑσπερίων ὑπὲρ τοὺς τριακοσίους ἀπήντησαν. Πρόσταγμα δὲ ἦν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ πόλει ποιεῖσθαι τὴν σύνοδον: καθ̓ ἣν συνελθόντων, οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀνατολῆς πρὸ πάντων ψῆφον κοινὴν κατὰ Ἀθανασίου ἐκφέρειν ἠξίουν, ὅπως ἂν, τούτου γενομένου, τελέως ἄβατος ἐκείνῳ ἡ Ἀλεξάνδρεια γένηται. Ὡς δὲ ᾔσθοντο Παυλῖνος ὁ τῆς ἐν Γαλλίᾳ Τριβέρεως ἐπίσκοπος, Διονύσιός τε καὶ Εὐσέβιος, ὧν ὁ μὲν Ἄλβας τῆς Ἰταλῶν μητροπόλεως ἐπίσκοπος ἦν, Εὐσέβιος δὲ Βρεκέλλων— πόλις δὲ αὕτη τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ Λιγύων—ὡς ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς πίστεως τοὺς ἀνατολικοὺς σπεύδειν κυρῶσαι τὸ κατὰ Ἀθανασίου ψήφισμα, ἀναστάντες ἐβόων μακρὰ, δόλον ὑπομένειν καὶ ἀπάτην διὰ τῶν γινομένων τὸν Χριστιανισμόν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀληθῆ τὴν κατὰ Ἀθανασίου μέμψιν ἔλεγον εἶναι, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παρατροπῇ τῆς πίστεως ταῦτα αὐτοὺς ἐπινοεῖν. Τοιαῦτα κεκραγότων, διαλύεται μὲν τότε τῶν ἐπισκόπων ὁ σύλλογος.
2.37 Of the Synod at Ariminum, and the Creed there published PG 67, 301
The emperor on being apprised of what had taken place, sent these three bishops into exile; and determined to convene an ecumenical council, that by drawing all the Eastern bishops into the West, he might if possible bring them all to agree. But when, on consideration, the length of the journey seemed to present serious obstacles, he directed that the Synod should consist of two divisions; permitting those present at Milan to meet at Ariminum in Italy: but the Eastern bishops he instructed by letters to assemble at Nicomedia in Bithynia. The emperor’s object in these arrangements was to effect a general unity of opinion; but the issue was contrary to his expectation. For neither of the Synods was in harmony with itself, but each was divided into opposing factions: for those convened at Ariminum could not agree with one another; and the Eastern bishops assembled at Seleucia in Isauria made another schism. The details of what took place in both we will give in the course of our history, but we shall first make a few observations on Eudoxius. About that time Leontius having died, who had ordained the heretic Aëtius as deacon, Eudoxius bishop of Germanicia—this city is in Syria—who was then at Rome, thinking no time was to be lost, speciously represented to the emperor that the city over which he presided was in need of his counsel and care, and requested permission to return there immediately. This the emperor readily acceded to, having no suspicion of a clandestine purpose: Eudoxius having some of the principal officers of the emperor’s bedchamber as coadjutors, deserted his own diocese, and fraudulently installed himself in the see of Antioch. His first desire was to restore Aëtius; accordingly he convened a council of bishops for the purpose of reinvesting Aëtius with the dignity of the diaconate. But this could in no way be brought about, for the odium with which Aëtius was regarded was more prevalent than the exertions of Eudoxius in his favor. When the bishops were assembled at Ariminum, those from the East declared that they were willing to pass in silence the case of Athanasius: a resolution that was zealously supported by Ursacius and Valens, who had formerly maintained the tenets of Arius; but, as I have already stated, had afterwards presented a recantation of their opinion to the bishop of Rome, and publicly avowed their assent to the doctrine of consubstantiality. For these men always inclined to side with the dominant party. Germinius, Auxentius, Demophilus and Gaius made the same declaration in reference to Athanasius. When therefore some endeavored to propose one thing in the convocation of bishops, and some another, Ursacius and Valens said that all former draughts of the creed ought to be considered as set aside, and the last alone, which had been prepared at their late convention at Sirmium, regarded as authorized. They then caused to be read a paper which they held in their hands, containing another form of the creed: this had indeed been drawn up at Sirmium, but had been kept concealed, as we have before observed, until their present publication of it at Ariminum. It has been translated from the Latin into Greek, and is as follows:
’The catholic faith was expounded at Sirmium in presence of our lord Constantius, in the consulate of the most illustrious Flavius Eusebius, and Hypatius, on the twenty-third of May.
‘We believe in one only and true God, the Father Almighty, the Creator and Framer of all things: and in one only-begotten Son of God, before all ages, before all beginning, before all conceivable time, and before all comprehensible thought, begotten without passion: by whom the ages were framed, and all things made: who was begotten as the only-begotten of the Father, only of only, God of God, like to the Father who begat him, according to the Scriptures: whose generation no one knows, but the Father only who begat him. We know that this his only-begotten Son came down from the heavens by his Father’s consent for the putting away of sin, was born of the Virgin Mary, conversed with his disciples, and fulfilled every dispensation according to the Father’s will: was crucified and died, and descended into the lower parts of the earth, and disposed matters there; at the sight of whom the (door-keepers of Hades trembled ): having arisen on the third day, he again conversed with his disciples, and after forty days were completed he ascended into the heavens, and is seated at the Father’s right hand; and at the last day he will come in his Father’s glory to render to every one according to his works. [We believe] also in the Holy Spirit, whom the only-begotten Son of God Jesus Christ himself promised to send to the human race as the Comforter, according to that which is written: “I go away to my Father, and will ask him, and he will send you another Comforter, the Spirit of truth. He shall receive of mine, and shall teach you, and bring all things to your remembrance.” As for the term “substance,” which was used by our fathers for the sake of greater simplicity, but not being understood by the people has caused offense on account of the fact that the Scriptures do not contain it, it seemed desirable that it should be wholly abolished, and that in future no mention should be made of substance in reference to God, since the divine Scriptures have nowhere spoken concerning the substance of the Father and the Son. But we say that the Son is in all things like the Father, as the Holy Scriptures affirm and teach.’
These statements having been read, those who were dissatisfied with them rose and said ‘We came not hither because we were in want of a creed; for we preserve inviolate that which we received from the beginning; but we are here met to repress any innovation upon it which may have been made. If therefore what has been recited introduces no novelties, now openly anathematize the Arian heresy, in the same manner as the ancient canon of the church has rejected all heresies as blasphemous: for it is evident to the whole world that the impious dogma of Arius has excited the disturbances of the church, and the troubles which exist until now.’ This proposition, which was not accepted by Ursacius, Valens, Germinius, Auxentius, Demophilus, and Gaïus, rent the church asunder completely: for these prelates adhered to what had then been recited in the Synod of Ariminum; while the others again confirmed the Nicene Creed. They also ridiculed the superscription of the creed that had been read; and especially Athanasius, in a letter which he sent to his friends, wherein he thus expresses himself:
‘What point of doctrine was wanting to the piety of the catholic church, that they should now make an investigation respecting the faith, and prefix moreover the consulate of the present times to their published exposition of it? For Ursacius, Valens, and Germinius have done what was neither done, nor even heard of, at any time before among Christians: having composed a creed such as they themselves are willing to believe, they prefaced it with the consulate, month, and day of the present time, in order to prove to all discerning persons that theirs is not the ancient faith, but such as was originated under the reign of the present emperor Constantius. Moreover they have written all things with a view to their own heresy: and besides this, pretending to write respecting the Lord, they name another “Lord” as theirs, even Constantius, who has countenanced their impiety, so that those who deny the Son to be eternal, have styled him eternal emperor. Thus are they proved to be the enemies of Christ by their profanity. But perhaps the holy prophets’ record of time afforded them a precedent for [noticing] the consulate! Now even if they should presume to make this pretext, they would most glaringly expose their own ignorance. The prophecies of these holy men do indeed mark the times. Isaiah and Hosea lived in the days of Uzziah, Joatham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah; Jeremiah in the time of Josiah; Ezekiel and Daniel in the reign of Cyrus and Darius; and others uttered their predictions in other times. Yet they did not then lay the foundations of religion. That was in existence before them, and always was, even before the creation of the world, God having prepared it for us in Christ. Nor did they designate the commencement of their own faith; for they were themselves men of faith previously: but they signified the times of the promises given through them. Now the promises primarily referred to our Saviour’s advent; and all that was foretold respecting the course of future events in relation to Israel and the Gentiles was collateral and subordinate. Hence the periods mentioned indicated not the beginning of their faith, as I before observed, but the times in which these prophets lived and foretold such things. But these sages of our day, who neither compile histories, nor predict future events, after writing, “The Catholic Faith was published,” immediately add the consulate, with the month and the day: and as the holy prophets wrote the date of their records and of their own ministration, so these men intimate the era of their own faith. And would that they had written concerning their own faith only—since they have now begun to believe—and had not undertaken to write respecting the Catholic faith. For they have not written, “Thus we believe”; but, “The Catholic Faith was published.” The temerity of purpose herein manifested argues their ignorance; while the novelty of expression found in the document they have concocted shows it to be the same as the Arian heresy. By writing in this manner, they have declared when they themselves began to believe, and from what time they wish it to be understood their faith was first preached. And just as when the evangelist Luke says, “A decree of enrolment was published,” he speaks of an edict which was not in existence before, but came into operation at that time, and was published by him who had written it; so these men by writing “The faith has now been published,” have declared that the tenets of their heresy are of modern invention, and did not exist previously. But since they apply the term “Catholic” to it, they seem to have unconsciously fallen into the extravagant assumption of the Cataphrygians, asserting even as they did, that “the Christian faith was first revealed to us, and commenced with us.” And as those termed Maximilla and Montanus, so these style Constantius their Lord, instead of Christ. But if according to them the faith had its beginning from the present consulate, what will the fathers and the blessed martyrs do? Moreover what will they themselves do with those who were instructed in religious principles by them, and died before this consulate? By what means will they recall them to life, in order to obliterate from their minds what they seemed to have taught them, and to implant in its stead those new discoveries which they have published? So stupid are they as to be only capable of framing pretenses, and these such as are unbecoming and unreasonable, and carry with them their own refutation.’
Athanasius wrote thus to his friends: and the interested who may read through his whole epistle will perceive how powerfully he treats the subject; but for brevity’s sake we have here inserted a part of it only. The Synod deposed Valens, Ursacius, Auxentius, Germinius, Gaïus, and Demophilus for refusing to anathematize the Arian doctrine; who being very indignant at their deposition, hastened directly to the emperor, carrying with them the exposition of faith which had been read in the Synod. The council also acquainted the emperor with their determinations in a communication which translated from the Latin into Greek, was to the following effect:
Epistle of the Synod of Ariminum to the Emperor Constantius.
We believe that it was by the appointment of God, as well as at the command of your piety, that the decrees formerly published have been executed. Accordingly we Western bishops came out of various districts to Ariminum, in order that the faith of the catholic church might be made manifest, and that those who held contrary views might be detected. For on a considerate review by us of all points, our decision has been to adhere to the ancient faith which the prophets, the gospels, and the apostles have revealed through our Lord Jesus Christ, the guardian of your empire, and the protector of your person, which faith also we have always maintained. We conceived that it would be unwarrantable and impious to mutilate any of those things which have been justly and rightly ratified, by those who sat in the Nicene council with Constantine of glorious memory, the father of your piety. Their doctrine and views have been infused into the minds and preached in the hearing of the people, and found to be powerfully opposed, even fatal, to the Arian heresy. And not only this heresy, but also all others have been put down by it. Should therefore anything be added to or taken away from what was at that time established, it would prove perilous; for if either of these things should happen, the enemy will have boldness to do as they please.
Wherefore Ursacius and Valens being heretofore suspected of entertaining Arian sentiments, were suspended from communion: but in order to be restored to it they made an apology, and claimed that they had repented of their shortcoming, as their written recantation attests: they therefore obtained pardon and complete absolution.
The time when these things occurred was when the council was in session at Milan, when the presbyters of the church of Rome were also present.
At the same time, having known that Constantine, who even after his death is worthy of honorable mention, exposed the faith with due precision, but being born of men was baptized and departed to the peace due to him as his reward, we have deemed it improper to innovate after him disregarding so many holy confessors and martyrs, who also were authors of this confession, and persevered in their faith in the ancient system of the catholic church. Their faith God has perpetuated down to the years of your own reign through our Lord Jesus Christ, through whose grace it also became possible for you to so strengthen your dominion as to rule over one portion of the world.
Yet have these infatuated and wretched persons, endued with an unhappy disposition, again had the temerity to declare themselves the propagators of false doctrine, and even endeavor to subvert the constitution of the Church. For when the letters of your piety had ordered us to assemble for the examination of the faith, they laid bare their intention, stripped of its deceitful garb. For they attempted with certain craft and confusion to propose innovations, having in this as allies Germinius, Auxentius, and Gaius, who continually cause strife and dissension, and their single teaching has surpassed the whole body of blasphemies. But when they perceived that we had not the same disposition or mind as they in regard to their false views they changed their minds during our council and said another expression of belief should be put forth. And short indeed was the time which convinced them of the falsity of their views.
In order, therefore, that the affairs of the Church may not be continually brought into the same condition, and in order that trouble and tumult may not continually arise and confuse all things, it appeared safe to preserve the previously determined views firm and unalterable, and to separate from our communion the persons above named; for which reason we have despatched to your clemency delegates who will communicate the opinion of the council to you. And to our delegates we have given this commission above all, that they should accredit the truth taking their motive from the ancient and right decisions. They will inform your holiness that peace will not be established as Ursacius and Valens say when some point of the right be overturned. For how can those be at peace who destroy peace? Rather will strife and tumult be occasioned by these things in the church of Rome also, as in the other cities. Wherefore, now, we beseech your clemency that you should look upon our delegation with a calm eye and listen to it with favor, and not allow that anything should be changed, thus bringing insult to the deceased, but permit us to continue in those things which have been defined and legislated by our ancestors; who, we should say, acted with shrewdness and wisdom and with the Holy Spirit. For the innovations they introduce at present fill the believing with distrust and the unbelieving with cruelty. We further implore you to instruct that the bishops who dwell in foreign parts, whom both the infirmity of age and the ills of poverty harass should be assisted to return easily and speedily to their own homes, so that the churches may not remain bereft of their bishops. Still further we beg of you this also, that nothing be stricken off, nor anything be added, to the articles [of faith] remaining over from the times of your pious father even until now; but that these may continue inviolate. Permit us not to toil and suffer longer, nor to be separated from our dioceses, but that together with our own peoples we may in peace have time to offer prayers and thanksgiving, supplicating for your safety and continuance in the dominion, which may the divinity grant unto you perpetually. Our delegates bear the signatures and greetings of the bishops. These [delegates] will from the Divine Scriptures themselves instruct your piety.
The Synod then thus wrote and sent their communications to the emperor by the bishops [selected for that purpose]. But the partisans of Ursacius and Valens having arrived before them, did their utmost to calumniate the council, exhibiting the exposition of the faith which they had brought with them. The emperor, prejudiced beforehand towards Arianism, became extremely exasperated against the Synod, but conferred great honor on Valens and Ursacius and their friends. Those deputed by the council were consequently detained a considerable time, without being able to obtain an answer: at length, however, the emperor replied through those who had come to him, in the manner following:
‘Constantius Victor and Triumphator Augustus to all the bishops convened at Ariminum.
‘That our especial care is ever exercised respecting the divine and venerated law even your sanctity is not ignorant. Nevertheless we have hitherto been unable to give an audience to the twenty bishops sent as deputation from you, for an expedition against the barbarians has become necessary. And since, as you will admit, matters relative to the divine law ought to be entered on with a mind free from all anxiety; I have therefore ordered these bishops to await our return to Adrianople; that when all public business shall have been duly attended to, we may be able then to hear and consider what they shall propose. In the meanwhile let it not seem troublesome to your gravity to wait for their return; since when they shall convey to you our resolution, you will be prepared to carry into effect such measures as may be most advantageous to the welfare of the catholic church.’
The bishops on receipt of this letter wrote thus in reply:
‘We have received your clemency’s letter, sovereign lord, most beloved of God, in which you inform us that the exigencies of state affairs have hitherto prevented your admitting our delegates to your presence: and you bid us await their return, until your piety shall have learnt from them what has been determined on by us in conformity with the tradition of our ancestors. But we again protest by this letter that we can by no means depart from our primary resolution; and this also we have commissioned our deputies to state. We beseech you therefore, both with serene countenance to order this present epistle of our modesty to be read; and also to listen favorably to the representations with which our delegates have been charged. Your mildness doubtless perceives, as well as we, to how great an extent grief and sadness prevail, because of so many churches being bereft of their bishops in these most blessed times of yours. Again therefore we entreat your clemency, sovereign lord most dear to God, to command us to return to our churches, if it please your piety, before the rigor of winter; in order that we may be enabled, in conjunction with the people, to offer up our accustomed prayers to Almighty God, and to our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, his only-begotten Son, for the prosperity of your reign, as we have always done, and even now do in our prayers.’
The bishops having waited together some time after this letter had been despatched, inasmuch as the emperor deigned no reply, they departed to their respective cities. Now the emperor had long before intended to disseminate Arian doctrine throughout the churches; and was anxious to give it the pre-eminence; hence he pretended that their departure was an act of contumely, declaring that they had treated him with contempt by dissolving the council in opposition to his wishes. He therefore gave the partisans of Ursacius unbounded license to act as they pleased in regard to the churches: and directed that the revised form of creed which had been read at Ariminum should be sent to the churches throughout Italy; ordering that whoever would not subscribe it should be ejected from their sees, and that others should be substituted in their place. And first Liberius, bishop of Rome, having refused his assent to that creed, was sent into exile; the adherents of Ursacius appointing Felix to succeed him, who had been a deacon in that church, but on embracing the Arian heresy was elevated to the episcopate. Some however assert that he was not favorable to that opinion, but was constrained by force to receive the ordination of bishop. After this all parts of the West were filled with agitation and tumult, some being ejected and banished, and others established in their stead. These things were effected by violence, on the authority of the imperial edicts, which were also sent into the eastern parts. Not long after indeed Liberius was recalled, and reinstated in his see; for the people of Rome having raised a sedition, and expelled Felix from their church, the emperor even though against his wish consented. The partisans of Ursacius, quitting Italy, passed through the eastern parts; and arriving at Nice, a city of Thrace, they dwelt there a short time and held another Synod, and after translating the form of faith which was read at Ariminum into Greek, they confirmed and published it afresh in the form quoted above, giving it the name of the general council, in this way attempting to deceive the more simple by the similarity of names, and to impose upon them as the creed promulgated at Nicæa in Bithynia, that which they had prepared at Nice in Thrace. But this artifice was of little advantage to them; for it was soon detected, they became the object of derision. Enough now has been said of the transactions which took place in the West: we must now proceed to the narrative of what was done in the East at the same time.
Περὶ τῆς ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ συνόδου, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐκεῖσε ἐκτεθείσης πίστεως.
Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, τοὺς μὲν ἐκποδὼν δἰ ἐξορίας ποιεῖ: οἰκουμενικὴν δὲ σύνοδον συγκροτεῖν ἐβούλετο, ὅπως ἂν πάντας τοὺς τῆς ἀνατολῆς ἐπισκόπους εἰς τὴν δύσιν ἑλκύσας, ὁμοδόξους, εἰ δύναιτο, τοὺς πάντας ποιήσειεν. Ὡς δὲ αὐτῷ ταῦτα σκεπτομένῳ χαλεπὰ τὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ κατεφαίνετο, διμερῆ γενέσθαι τὴν σύνοδον αὐτοῖς προσέταξεν, ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ μὲν τῆς Ἰταλίας τοὺς τότε παρόντας συνελθεῖν ἐπιτρέψας: τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἀνατολῇ διὰ γραμμάτων ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ τῆς Βιθυνίας ἀπαντῆσαι ἐκέλευσε. Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς σκοπῷ τῆς ὀμοφωνίας ἐκέλευσεν: οὐ μὴν αὐτῷ ὁ σκοπὸς χρηστὴν ἔσχεν ἔκβασιν: οὐδετέρα γὰρ τῶν συνόδων ἑαυτῇ συνεφώνησεν, ἀλλ’ ἑκατέρα διῃρέθη. Οὔτε γὰρ οἱ ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ συνελθόντες ὁμοφωνῆσαι δεδύνηνται: καὶ οἱ τῆς ἀνατολῆς συνελθόντες ἐν Σελευκείᾳ τῆς Ἰσαυρίας ἕτερον σχίσμα εἰργάσαντο. Ὅπως μὲν οὖν ἕκαστα τούτων ἐγένετο προϊόντες δηλώσομεν, πρότερον περὶ Εὐδοξίου μικρὰ μνημονεύσαντες. Περὶ γὰρ τόνδε τὸν χρόνον Λεοντίου τελευτήσαντος, ὃς τὸν αἱρετικὸν Ἀέτιον εἰς τὴν διακονίαν προβέβλητο, Εὐδόξιος Γερμανικείας ἐπίσκοπος ὢν—Συρίας δὲ καὶ ἥδε ἡ πόλισ—κατὰ τὴν Ῥώμην τότε παρὼν ἐπείγεσθαι σκέπτεται. Καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ δολίως διαλέγεται, ὡς χρῃζούσης τῆς Γερμανικέων πόλεως παραμυθίας καὶ φυλακῆς, συγχωρηθῆναι αὐτῷ ταχεῖαν ἐπάνοδον. Οὐδὲν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς προειδόμενος ἀφίησιν αὐτόν: ὁ δὲ τοὺς τοῦ κοιτῶνος κρατοῦντας ἔχων συνεργοὺς, τὴν Ἀντιοχείας ἐπισκοπὴν ὑπορύξας, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν ἀπέλιπε. Καὶ τὸν Ἀέτιον συγκροτεῖν ἐπειρᾶτο, σπουδήν τε ἐτίθετο συνέδριον ἐπισκοπῶν καθίσαι, καὶ ἀποδοῦναι αὐτῷ τῆς διακονίας τὴν ἀξίαν. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν οὐδαμῶς ἐγένετο, διότι ἐπικρατέστερον ἦν τὸ κατὰ Ἀετίου μῖσος τῆς Εὐδοξίου σπουδῆς. Τοσαῦτα καὶ περὶ τούτων εἰρήσθω. Τῶν δὲ ἐν τῇ Ἀριμίνῳ συνελθόντων, οἱ μὲν ἀνατολικοὶ σιγῇ τὰ κατὰ Ἀθανασίου παραπέμψαντες συνεληλυθέναι ἔφασκον. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ τῇ τούτων σπουδῇ Οὐρσάκιος καὶ Οὐάλης, οἱ ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν τὸ τοῦ Ἀρείου συγκροτήσαντες δόγμα, ἐν τῷ μέσῳ δὲ τῷ ὁμοουσίῳ συνθέμενοι διὰ τοῦ ἐπιδοθέντος βιβλίου τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ τῆς Ῥώμης, ὥς μοι καὶ πρότερον εἴρηται: οὗτοι γὰρ ἀεὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐπικρατοῦντας ἐπέκλινον. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ τούτοις Γερμάνιος καὶ Αὐξέντιος, Δημόφιλός τε καὶ Γάϊος. Ὡς οὖν ἐν τῷ συλλόγῳ τῶν παρόντων ἄλλος ἄλλο τι προβάλλεσθαι παρετάττοντο, τηνικαῦτα οἱ περὶ Οὐρσάκιον καὶ Οὐάλεντα πάντα ἔλεγον τὰ περὶ τῆς πίστεως ὑπαγορευθέντα μένειν ἀργὰ, δέχεσθαι δὲ νεωτέραν ἔκθεσιν, ἣν μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν ἐν Σιρμίῳ συνελθόντες ἐξέθεντο. Ταῦτα ἔλεγον, καὶ χάρτην μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχοντες, ἀναγινώσκεσθαι πεποιήκασιν, ἄλλην δὲ ἔκθεσιν πίστεως, ἣν ἐν Σιρμίῳ προτυπώσαντες, ἐκεῖ μὲν, ὡς καὶ πρότερον ἔφην, ἐταμιεύσαντο, τότε δὲ ἐν τῇ Ἀριμίνῳ φανερὰν πεποιήκασιν: ἥτις ἐκ Ῥωμαϊκοῦ μὲν ἡρμηνεύθη, ἐστὶ δὲ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν: Ἐξετέθη πίστις ἡ καθολικὴ ἐπὶ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ δεσπότου ἡμῶν Κωνσταντίου, ἐν ὑπατείᾳ Φλαβίου Εὐσεβίου καὶ Ὑπατίου τῶν λαμπροτάτων, ἐν Σιρμίῳ τῇ προένδεκα καλανδῶν Ἰουνίων. Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα τὸν μόνον καὶ ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, κτίστην καὶ δημιουργὸν τῶν πάντων: καὶ εἰς ἕνα μονογενῆ Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων, καὶ πρὸ πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ πρὸ παντὸς ἐπινοουμένου χρόνου, καὶ πρὸ πάσης καταληπτῆς ἐπινοίας γεγεννημένον ἀπαθῶς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, δἰ οὗ οἵ τε αἰῶνες κατηρτίσθησαν, καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο: γεγεννημένον δὲ μονογενῆ, μόνον ἐκ μόνου ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς, Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, ὅμοιον τῷ γεννήσαντι αὐτὸν Πατρὶ κατὰ τὰς γραφάς: οὗ τὴν γέννησιν οὐδεὶς ἐπίσταται, ἢ μόνος ὁ γεννήσας αὐτὸν Πατήρ. Τοῦτον ἴσμεν τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν, νεύματι πατρικῷ παραγενόμενον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν εἰς ἀθέτησιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ γεννηθέντα ἐκ Μαρίας τῆς παρθένου, καὶ ἀναστραφέντα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκονομίαν πληρώσαντα κατὰ τὴν πατρικὴν βούλησιν, σταυρωθέντα, καὶ ἀποθανόντα, καὶ εἰς τὰ καταχθόνια κατελθόντα, καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖσε οἰκονομήσαντα, ὃν πυλωροὶ ᾅδου ἰδόντες ἔφριξαν, καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἀναστραφέντα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ. τεσσαράκοντα ἡμερῶν πληρουμένων, ἀναληφθέντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ καθεζόμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλευσόμενον τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ δόξῃ τῇ πατρικῇ, ἀποδιδόντα ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. Καὶ εἰς τὸ Ἄγιον Πνεῦμα, ὃ αὐτὸς ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ Θεοῦ Υἱὸς Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ἐπηγγείλατο πέμψαι τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸν Παράκλητον, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, Ἀπέρχομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παρακαλέσω τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ ἄλλον Παράκλητον πέμψει ὑμῖν, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας. Ἐκεῖνος ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεται, καὶ διδάξει καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα. Τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τῆς οὐσίας, διὰ τὸ ἁπλούστερον ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων τεθεῖσθαι, ἀγνοούμενον δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν λαῶν, σκάνδαλον φέρειν, διὰ τὸ μήτε τὰς γραφὰς τοῦτο περιέχειν, ἤρεσε τοῦτο περιαιρεθῆναι, καὶ παντελῶς μηδεμίαν μνήμην οὐσίας ἐπὶ Θεοῦ εἶναι τοῦ λοιποῦ, διὰ τὸ τὰς θείας γραφὰς μηδαμοῦ περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ οὐσίας μεμνῆσθαι. Ὅμοιον δὲ λέγομεν τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ κατὰ πάντα, ὡς αἱ ἅγιαι γραφαὶ λέγουσίν τε καὶ διδάσκουσιν. Τούτων ἀναγνωσθέντων, διαναστάντες οἶς ταῦτα οὐκ ἤρεσκεν ἔφασαν, Οὐ δεόμενοι πίστεως ἐνταῦθα συνεληλύθαμεν: ὑγιῆ γὰρ φυλάττομεν, ἣν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παρειλήφαμεν: ἀλλ’ ἵνα, εἴ τις περὶ ταύτην καινοτομία γένοιτο, ταύτην κωλύσωμεν. Εἰ οὖν τὰ ἀναγνωσθέντα μηδὲν καινοτομεῖ, φανερῶς ἤδη τὴν Ἀρειανὴν αἵρεσιν ἀναθεματίσατε, καθ̓ ὃν τρόπον καὶ τὰς ἄλλας αἱρέσεις ὁ παλαιὸς κανὼν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὡς βλασφήμους ἐξέβαλεν. Ὅτι γὰρ τὸ βλάσφημον Ἀρείου δόγμα τοὺς θορύβους τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τὰς ἄχρι νῦν γινομένας, ἐκίνησε ταραχὰς, τοῦτο τῇ οἰκουμένῃ δῆλον καθέστηκεν. Αὕτη ἡ πρότασις, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ Οὐρσάκιον καὶ Οὐάλεντα, Γερμάνιόν τε καὶ Αὐξέντιον καὶ Δημόφιλον καὶ Γάϊον μὴ δεχθεῖσα, τελέως τὴν ἐκκλησίαν διέσπασεν. Οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ τοῖς τότε κατὰ τὴν ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ ἀναγνωσθεῖσι προσέθεντο: οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν αὖθις ἐκύρωσαν, κατεγέλασαν δὲ καὶ τῆς προγραφῆς τῶν ἀναγνωσθέντων: μάλιστα δὲ Ἀθανάσιος, δἰ ὧν πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ γνωρίμους ἐπιστέλλων τοιάδε κατὰ λέξιν φησίν. Τί γὰρ ἔλειπε διδασκαλίας εἰς εὐσέβειαν τῇ καθολικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἵνα νῦν περὶ πίστεως ζητῶσι, καὶ τὴν ὑπατείαν τῶν παρόντων χρόνων προτάσσωσι τῶν παῤ αὐτῶν ἐκτιθεμένων ῥημάτων δῆθεν περὶ πίστεως; Οὐρσάκιος γὰρ καὶ Οὐάλης καὶ Γερμάνιος πεποιήκασιν, ὃ μήτε γέγονεν μήτε ἠκούσθη ποτε παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς. Γράψαντες γὰρ ὡς ἤθελον αὐτοὶ πιστεύειν, προέταξαν τὴν ὑπατείαν καὶ τὸν μῆνα καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ παρόντος χρόνου, ἵνα δείξωσι πᾶσι τοῖς φρονίμοις, ὅτι μὴ πρότερον ἀλλὰ νῦν ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου ἀρχὴν ἔχει τούτων ἡ πίστις. Πάντες γὰρ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αἵρεσιν βλέποντες ἔγραφον. Πρὸς τούτοις περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου προσποιούμενοι γράφειν, ἄλλον δεσπότην ἑαυτῶν ὀνομάζουσι Κωνστάντιον: αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ τὴν δυναστείαν τῆς ἀσεβείας αὐτοῖς παρέχων. Καὶ αἰώνιον δὲ αὐτὸν βασιλέα εἰρήκασιν οἱ τὸν Υἱὸν ἀΐδιον ἀρνούμενοι: οὕτως εἰσὶ πρὸς ἀσέβειαν Χριστομάχοι. Ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς πρόφασις τῆς ὑπατείας ἡ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν χρονογραφία. Ἀλλὰ κἂν τοῦτο τολμήσωσιν εἰπεῖν, πολὺ τὴν ἀμαθίαν ἑαυτῶν ἐξαγγέλλουσιν. Αἱ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἁγίων προφητεῖαι χρόνων ἔχουσι μνήμην: καὶ Ἡσαΐας μὲν καὶ Ὠσηὲ ἐν ἡμέραις Ὀζίου καὶ Ἰωάθαμ καὶ Ἄχαζ καὶ Ἐζεκίου γεγόνασιν: Ἰερεμίας δὲ ἐν ἡμέραις Ἰωσίου: Ἰεζεκιὴλ δὲ καὶ Δανιὴλ ἐπὶ Κύρου καὶ Δαρείου. Καὶ ἄλλοι ἐν ἄλλοις χρόνοις ἐπροφήτευσαν, οὐ τῆς θεοσεβείας ἀρχὴν καταβαλλόμενοι: ἦν γὰρ καὶ πρὸ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου: ταύτην ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν Χριστῷ προητοίμασεν: οὐδὲ τῆς αὐτῶν πίστεως τοὺς χρόνους ἐσήμαινον: ἦσαν γὰρ καὶ πρὸ τούτων τῶν χρόνων αὐτοὶ πιστοί: ἀλλὰ τῆς δἰ αὐτῶν ἀπαγγελίας ἦσαν οἱ χρόνοι. Ἡ δὲ ἀπαγγελία προηγουμένως μὲν περὶ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν: ἐπακολούθημα δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐσομένων τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσι: καὶ ἦσαν οἱ χρόνοι σημαινόμενοι οὐκ ἀρχὴ πίστεως, καθὰ προεῖπον, ἀλλ’ αὐτῶν τῶν προφητῶν, καθ̓ οὓς αὐτοὶ γενόμενοι τοιαῦτα προεφήτευον. Οὗτοι δὲ οἱ νῦν σοφοὶ οὐχ ἱστορίας ἐξηγούμενοι, οὐδὲ τὰ μέλλοντα προλέγοντες, ἀλλὰ γράψαντες, Ἐξετέθη ἡ πίστις ἡ καθολικὴ, εὐθὺς προσέθηκαν καὶ τὴν ὑπατείαν καὶ τὸν μῆνα καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν. Ὥσπερ οἱ ἅγιοι τῶν ἱστοριῶν καὶ τῆς ἑαυτῶν διακονίας τοὺς χρόνους ἔγραφον, οὕτως οὗτοι τῆς ἑαυτῶν πίστεως τὸν χρόνον σημαίνουσι. Καὶ εἴθε περὶ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἔγραφον—νῦν γὰρ ἤρξαντο— καὶ μὴ ὡς περὶ τῆς καθολικῆς ἐπεχείρουν: οὐ γὰρ ἔγραψαν, οὕτω πιστεύομεν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἐξετέθη ἡ καθολικὴ πίστις. Τὸ μὲν οὖν τολμηρὸν τῆς προαιρέσεως ἐλέγχει τὴν ἀμαθίαν αὐτῶν: τὸ δὲ καινὸν ἐπινόημα τῆς γραφῆς ἴσον ἐστὶ τῆς Ἀρειανῆς αἱρέσεως. Οὕτω γὰρ γράψαντες ἐδίδαξαν, πότε μὲν ἤρξαντο πιστεύειν αὐτοί: ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ νῦν βούλονται τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν καταγγέλλεσθαι. Καὶ ὥσπερ κατὰ τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν Λουκᾶν ἐτέθη δόγμα περὶ τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, καὶ τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα πρότερον μὲν οὐκ ἦν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων ἤρξατο εἶναι, καὶ ἐτέθη παρὰ τοῦ γράψαντος, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι γράψαντες, ἐξετέθη νῦν ἡ πίστις, ἔδειξαν ὅτι νεώτερον τὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως αὐτῶν ἐστὶ φρόνημα, καὶ οὐκ ἦν πρότερον. Εἰ δὲ προστιθέασι τῆς καθολικῆς, ἔλαθον ἑαυτοὺς πεσόντες εἰς τὴν παρανομίαν τῶν ἀπὸ Φρυγίας: ὥστε καὶ αὐτοὺς κατ’ ἐκείνους εἰπεῖν, ἡμῖν πρῶτον ἀπεκαλύφθη, καὶ ἀφ̓ ἡμῶν ἡ πίστις ἄρχεται τῶν Χριστιανῶν: καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνοι Μαξίμιλλαν καὶ Μοντανὸν, οὕτως οὗτοι ἀντὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ δεσπότην Κωνστάντιον ἐπιγράφονται. Εἰ δὲ κατ’ αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς νῦν ὑπατείας ἀρχὴν ἡ πίστις ἔχει, τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ πατέρες καὶ οἱ μακάριοι μάρτυρες; τί δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ποιήσουσι τοὺς παῤ αὐτῶν κατηχηθέντας, καὶ πρὸ τῆς ὑπατείας ταύτης κοιμηθέντας; πῶς αὐτοὺς ἐγείρουσιν, ἵνα ἃ μὲν ἔδοξαν δεδιδαχέναι, τούτους ἀπαλείψωσιν, ἃ δὲ νῦν ὡς ἐφευρόντες ἔγραψαν, ἐπισπείρωσιν αὐτοῖς; οὕτως εἰσὶν ἀμαθεῖς, μόνον εἰδότες πλάττειν προφάσεις, καὶ ταύτας ἀπρεπεῖς καὶ ἀπιθάνους, ἐχούσας εὐθὺς τὸν ἔλεγχον. Τοιαῦτα μὲν Ἀθανάσιος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ γνωρίμοις ἐπέστελλεν. Ἐξέστω δὲ τοῖς φιλομαθέσιν ἀναζητήσασι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν γνῶναι τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ δυνατῶς εἰρημένα: ἡμεῖς γὰρ μέρος αὐτῆς ἐνταῦθα παρατεθείκαμεν, τὸ μῆκος παραιτησάμενοι. Ἰστέον δὲ, ὅτι ἡ σύνοδος καθεῖλε τοὺς περὶ Οὐάλεντα καὶ Οὐρσάκιον, Αὐξέντιόν τε καὶ Γερμάνιον καὶ Γάϊον καὶ Δημόφιλον, ὅτι τὴν Ἀρειάνιον δόξαν ἀναθεματίσαι οὐ κατεδέξαντο. Διὸ οὗτοι μὲν ἀγανακτοῦντες ἐπὶ τῇ καθαιρέσει, πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα ταχέως ἀνέδραμον, ἐπικομιζόμενοι τὴν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ τῆς πίστεως ἔκδοσιν. Ἡ σύνοδος δὲ δἰ ἐπιστολῆς γνώριμα τὰ ὑπ’ αὐτῆς γνωσθέντα καθίστη τῷ βασιλεῖ: ἧς ἐκ Ῥωμαϊκῶν μεταβληθείσης ἥδε ἔστιν ἡ διάνοια. Ἐπιστολὴ τῆς ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ συνόδου πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Κωνστάντιον. Ἔκ τε τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ κελεύσεως, καὶ τοῦ τῆς σῆς εὐσεβείας προστάγματος, τὰ πάλαι δογματισθέντα γεγεῆσθαι πιστεύομεν: εἰς γὰρ Ἀρίμινον ἐκ πασῶν τῶν πρὸς δύσιν πόλεων εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ πάντες ἐπίσκοποι συνήλθομεν: ἵνα καὶ ἡ πίστις τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας γνωρισθῇ, καὶ οἱ τἀναντία φρονοῦντες ἔκδηλοι γένωνται. Ὡς γὰρ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον διασκοποῦντες εὑρήκαμεν, ἀρεστὸν ἐφάνη τὴν πίστιν τὴν ἔκπαλαι διαμένουσαν, ἣν καὶ οἱ προφῆται καὶ τὰ εὐαγγέλια καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκήρυξαν, τοῦ καὶ τῆς σῆς βασιλείας φρουροῦ καὶ τῆς σῆς ῥώσεως προστάτου, ἵνα ταύτην κατασχόντες φυλάξωμεν, καὶ φυλάττοντες μέχρι τέλους διατηρῶμεν. Ἄτοπον γὰρ καὶ ἀθέμιτον ἐφάνη τῶν ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως ὡρισμένων τι μεταλλάσσειν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ κοινῇ μετὰ τοῦ ἐνδοξοτάτου σου πατρὸς καὶ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίνου ἐσκεμμένων: ὧν ἡ διδασκαλία τε καὶ τὸ φρόνημα διῆλθέ τε καὶ ἐκηρύχθη εἰς πάσας ἀνθρώπων ἀκοάς τε καὶ διανοίας, ἥτις ἀντίπαλος μόνη καὶ ὀλετὴρ τῆς Ἀρείου αἱρέσεως ὑπῆρξε: δἰ ἧς οὐ μόνον αὐτὴ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ αἱρέσεις καθῃρέθησαν: ἐν ᾗ ὄντως καὶ τὸ προσθεῖναί τι σφαλερὸν, καὶ τὸ ἀφελέσθαι ἐπικίνδυνον ὑπάρχει: ὡς εἴπερ καὶ θάτερον γένοιτο, ἔσται τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἄδεια ποιεῖν ἅπερ βούλοιντο. Ὅθεν Οὐρσάκιός τε καὶ Οὐάλης, ἐπειδὴ ἔκπαλαι μέτοχοί τε καὶ σύμφρονες τοῦ Ἀρειανικοῦ δόγματος ἦσαν καθεστηκότες, καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνίας χωρισθέντες ἀπεφάνθησαν. ἧς ἵνα μετάσχωσιν, ἐφ̓ οἷς ἑαυτοῖς συνεγνώκεισαν πλημμελήσαντες μετανοίας τε καὶ συγγνώμης ἠξίουν τυχεῖν, ὡς καὶ τὰ ἔγγραφα τὰ ὑπ’ ἐκείνων γεγενημένα μαρτυρεῖ: δἰ ὧν ἁπάντων φειδὼ γεγένηται καὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων συγγνώμη. Ἦν δὲ ὁ καιρὸς καθ̓ ὃν ταῦτα ἐπράττετο, ὅτε ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ τὸ συνέδριον τῆς συνόδου συνεκροτεῖτο, συμπαρόντων δὲ καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐκκλησίας. Ἐγνωκότες δὲ ἅμα καὶ τὸν μετὰ τελευτὴν ἄξιον μνήμης Κωνσταντῖνον μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας καὶ ἐξετάσεως τὴν συγγραφεῖσαν πίστιν ἐκτεθεικότα, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὡς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἐγένετο βαπτισθεὶς, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὀφειλομένην εἰρήνην ἀνεχώρησεν, ἄτοπον εἶναι μετ’ ἐκεῖνόν τι καινοτομεῖν, καὶ τοσούτους ἁγίους ὁμολογητὰς καὶ μάρτυρας τοὺς καὶ τοῦδε τοῦ δόγματος συγγραφεῖς τε καὶ εὑρετὰς ὑπεριδεῖν, οἵ τινες κατὰ τὸν παλαιὸν τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας θεσμὸν ἅπαντα φρονοῦντες διαμεμενήκασιν. Ὧν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν πίστιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς σοὺς χρόνους τῆς βασιλείας μετέδωκε διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δἰ οὗ σοὶ καὶ τὸ βασιλεύειν οὕτως ὑπῆρξεν, ὡς καὶ τῆς καθ̓ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης κρατεῖν. Πάλιν γοῦν οἱ ἐλεεινοὶ καὶ οἰκτροὶ τῷ φρονήματι ἀθεμίτῳ τολμήματι τῆς δυσσεβοῦς φρονήσεως κήρυκας ἑαυτοὺς ἀνήγγειλαν, καὶ ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἀνατρέπειν πᾶν τὸ τῆς ἀληθείας σύνταγμα. Ὡς γὰρ κατὰ τὸ σὸν πρόσταγμα τὸ συνέδριον τὴς συνόδου συνεκροτεῖτο, κἀκεῖνοι τῆς ἰδίας ἀπάτης ἐγύμνουν τὴν σκέψιν: ἐπειρῶντο γὰρ πανουργίᾳ τινι καὶ ταραχῇ προσφέροντές τι καινοτομεῖν, τῆς τοιαύτης ἑτεροίας τοὺς συναλισκομένους εὑρόντες Γερμάνιον, Αὐξέντιον καὶ Γάϊον, τοὺς τὴν ἔριν καὶ διχοστασίαν ἐμποιοῦντας: ὧν ἡ διδασκαλία μία μὲν οὖσα πᾶν πλῆθος βλασφημιῶν ὑπερβέβηκεν. Ὡς δὲ συνεῖδον οὐχὶ τῆς αὐτῆς προαιρέσεως ὄντας οὔτε ὁμογνωμονοῦντας ἐφ̓ οἷς κακῶς ἐφρόνουν, εἰς τὸ συμβούλιον ἡμῶν μετήγαγον ἑαυτοὺς, ὡς δοκεῖν ἕτερον γράφειν. Ἦν δὲ ὁ καιρὸς βραχὺς, ὁ καὶ τὰς γνώμας αὐτῶν ἐξελέγχων. Ἵνα μὴ οὖν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ τὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας περιπίπτῃ, καὶ ταραχὴ καὶ θόρυβος κυλινδούμενος ἅπαντα συγχέῃ, βέβαιον ἐφάνη τὰ πάλαι ὡρισμένα ἔμμονα καὶ ἀμετακίνητα διαφυλάττειν, τοὺς δὲ προειρημένους ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνίας ἀποκεχωρίσθαι. Δἰ ἣν αἰτίαν τοὺς ἀναδιδάξοντας πρέσβεις πρὸς τὴν σὴν ἐπιείκειαν ἀπεστάλκαμεν, τὴν γνώμην τοῦ συνεδρίου διὰ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς μηνύσοντας: τοῖς γε πρεσβεύουσι πρό γε πάντων τοῦτο παρεκελευσάμεθα, τὸ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πιστώσασθαι, ἐκ τῶν πάλαι ἀρχαίων καὶ δικαίων ὁρμωμένους. Οἳ καὶ τὴν σὴν ἀναδιδάξουσιν ὁσιότητα, ὅτι οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔφησαν Οὐρσάκιός τε καὶ Οὐάλης, ἔσται εἰρήνη, εἴπερ τι τῶν δικαίων ἀνατραπείη. Πῶς γὰρ εἰρήνην οἷόν τε ἄγειν τοὺς τὴν εἰρήνην καταλύοντας; μᾶλλον γὰρ ἔρις καὶ ταραχὴ ἐκ τούτων σὺν ταῖς λοιπαῖς πόλεσι καὶ τῇ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐκκλησίᾳ γενήσεται. Διὸ δὴ καὶ ἱκετεύομεν τὴν σὴν ἐπιείκειαν, ἵνα προσηνέσιν ἀκοαῖς καὶ γαληναίῳ βλέμματι τὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας πρεσβείας ἀθρήσειας, μήτε πρὸς ὕβριν τῶν τετελευτηκότων καινόν τι μεταλλάττειν ἐπιτρέψειας, ἀλλ’ ἐάσῃς ἡμᾶς ἐμμένειν τοῖς παρὰ τῶν προγόνων ὁρισθεῖσί τε καὶ νενομοθετημένοις: οὓς ἅπαντας μετὰ ἀγχινοίας τε καὶ φρονήσεως καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πεποιηκέναι φήσαιμεν ἄν. Τὰ γὰρ νῦν παῤ ἐκείνων καινοτομούμενα τοῖς μὲν πιστεύσασιν ἀπιστίαν ἐμποιεῖ, τοῖς δὲ ἀπιστήσασιν ὠμότητα. Ἱκετεύομεν δὲ ἔτι, ἵνα κελεύσῃς τοὺς ἐπισκόπους τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀλλοδαπαῖς διατρίβοντας, οὓς καὶ τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας ἐπίπονον καὶ τὸ τῆς πενίας ἐνδεὲς τρύχει, τὴν εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα ἀνακομιδὴν ῥᾳδίαν ποιήσασθαι, ἵνα μὴ ἔρημοι τῶν ἐπισκόπων αἱ ἐκκλησίαι διαμένωσιν. Ἔτι δὲ πρὸς ἅπασι καὶ τοῦτο δεόμεθα, ἵνα μήτε ἐλλείπῃ τι τῶν προϋπαρξάντων μήτε πλεονάζῃ, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἄρρηκτα διαμένῃ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ σοῦ πατρὸς εὐσεβείας καὶ εἰς τὸν νῦν χρόνον διαφυλαττόμενα: μήτε λοιπὸν ἡμᾶς μοχθεῖν, καὶ ἐκτὸς τῶν ἰδίων παροικιῶν ἐπιτρέψειας γενέσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἵνα οἱ ἐπίσκοποι σὺν τοῖς ἰδίοις λαοῖς μετ’ εἰρήνης εἰς εὐχάς τε καὶ λατρείας σχολὴν ἄγοιεν, ἱκετεύοντες ὑπὲρ τῆς σῆς σωτηρίας καὶ βασιλείας καὶ εἰρήνης, ἣν ἡ θειότης σοι εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς χαριεῖται. Οἱ δὲ ἡμέτεροι πρέσβεις τὰς ὑπογραφὰς καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐπισκόπων προσηγορίας κομίζουσιν: οἵτινες καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θείων γραφῶν τὴν σὴν ἀναδιδάξουσι θειότητα. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡ σύνοδος ἔγραψε, καὶ δἰ ἐπισκόπων ἀπέστειλεν. Οἱ μέντοι περὶ Οὐρσάκιον καὶ Οὐάλεντα, φθάσαντες τὴν τούτων ἄφιξιν, προδιαβάλλουσι μὲν τὴν σύνοδον, ἐπιδείξαντες ἣν ἐπεκομίζοντο πίστεως ἔκδοσιν. Ὁ βασιλεὺς δὲ, ἐκ προλήψεως τῇ Ἀρειανῇ δόξῃ προσκείμενος, ἠγανάκτει μὲν κατὰ τῆς συνόδου: τοὺς δὲ περὶ Οὐάλεντα καὶ Οὐρσάκιον διὰ τιμῆς ἦγε πολλῆς. Διὸ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς συνόδου πεμφθέντες ἐχρόνιζον, ἀποκρίσεως οὐ τυγχάνοντες. Ὀψὲ δέ ποτε τοιάδε πρὸς τὴν σύνοδον διὰ τῶν παρόντων ἀντέγραψεν ὁ βασιλεύς: Κωνστάντιος νικητὴς καὶ θριαμβευτὴς Αὔγουστος, πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ ἐπισκόποις συνελθοῦσιν. Ἀεὶ μὲν προηγουμένην ἔχειν ἡμᾶς φροντίδα περὶ τοῦ θείου καὶ προσκυνητοῦ νόμου οὐδὲ ἡ ὑμετέρα χρηστότης ἀγνοεῖ. Ἀλλὰ νῦν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς συνέσεως ὑμῶν ἀποσταλέντας εἴκοσι ἐπισκόπους, ἀναδεξαμένους τὴν παῤ ὑμῶν πρεσβείαν, τέως οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἰδεῖν: ἀναγκαία γὰρ ἡμῖν ἡ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὁδός, καὶ ὡς οἴδατε, πρέπει τὴν ψυχὴν καθαρὰν οὖσαν ἀπὸ πάσης φροντίδος τὰ περὶ τοῦ θείου νόμου γυμνάζειν. Τοιγαροῦν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ἐκελεύσαμεν ἐν τῇ Ἀδριανουπόλει ἐκδέξασθαι τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐπάνοδον, ἵν’ ἐπειδὰν πάντα καλῶς διατεθῇ τὰ δημόσια, τότε λοιπὸν ἅπερ ὑποβάλλουσιν ἀκοῦσαι καὶ δοκιμάσαι δυνηθῶμεν. Τῇ μέντοι στερρότητι ὑμῶν μὴ βαρὺ φαινέσθω ὥστε ἐκδέξασθαι τὴν αὐτῶν ἐπάνοδον, ἵν’ ἐπειδὰν ἐπανέλθωσι κομίζοντες ὑμῖν τὰς ἡμετέρας ἀποκρίσεις, δυνηθῆτε εἰς πέρας ἀγαγεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὴν λυσιτέλειαν ἀνήκοντα τῇ καθολικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. Ταῦτα δεξάμενοι τὰ γράμματα οἱ ἐπίσκοποι, αὖθις τοιαῦτα ἀντέγραψαν: Τὰ γράμματα τῆς σῆς φιλανθρωπίας ἐδεξάμεθα, κύριε θεοφιλέστατε βασιλεῦ, τὰ περιέχοντα διὰ τὴν τῶν δημοσίων ἀνάγκην τέως μὴ δεδυνῆσθαί σε τοὺς ἡμετέρους πρέσβεις θεωρῆσαι: ἡμᾶς δὲ κελεύεις ἐκδέξασθαι τὴν αὐτῶν ἐπάνοδον, ἕως ἂν τὰ παῤ ἡμῶν ὁρισθέντα ἀκολούθως τοῖς προγόνοις ἡμῶν ἐπιγνῷ παῤ αὐτῶν ἡ σὴ εὐλάβεια. Ἀλλὰ καὶ νῦν διὰ τούτων τῶν γραμμάτων ὁμολογοῦμεν καὶ διαβεβαιούμεθα μηδαμῶς ἡμᾶς ἀναχωρεῖν τῆς ἡμετέρας προθέσεως: τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ τοῖς πρέσβεσιν ἡμῶν ἐνετειλάμεθα. Ἀξιοῦμεν τοίνυν, ὅπως γαληναίᾳ τῇ προσόψει τά τε νῦν γράμματα τῆς ἡμετέρας μετριότητος κελεύσθῃς ἀναγνωσθῆναι: ἀλλὰ γὰρ κἀκεῖνα ἃ διὰ τῶν πρέσβεων ἡμῶν ἐνετειλάμεθα, ἡδέως ὑποδέξῃ. Ἐκεῖνο μέντοι συνορᾷ μεθ̓ ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ σὴ ἡμερότης, ὅση νῦν ἐστὶ λύπη καὶ κατήφεια, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς σοῖς μακαριωτάτοις καιροῖς τοσαῦται ἐκκλησίαι χωρὶς ἐπισκόπων εἰσί. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάλιν τὴν σὴν φιλανθρωπίαν ἀξιοῦμεν, κύριε θεοφιλέστατε βασιλεῦ, ὅπως πρὸ τῆς τραχύτητος τῶν χειμώνων, εἴπερ ἀρέσειε τῇ σῇ εὐσεβείᾳ, κελεύσεις ἡμᾶς εἰς τὰς ἡμετέρας ἐκκλησίας ἐπανελθεῖν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς τῷ παντοκράτορι Θεῷ καὶ τῷ δεσπότῃ καὶ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ, τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ τῷ μονογενεῖ, ὑπὲρ τῆς σῆς βασιλείας τὰς ἐθίμους εὐχὰς μετὰ τῶν λαῶν ἀποπληροῦν, καθὼς καὶ ἀεὶ ἐπετελέσαμεν καὶ νῦν ποιοῦμεν εὐχόμενοι. Ταῦτα γράψαντες, καὶ μικρὸν ἐπιμείναντες χρόνον, ὡς οὐκ ἠξίου αὐτοὺς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀποκρίσεως, κατὰ πόλεις τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀνεχώρησαν. Ὁ βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ ἤδη μὲν πρότερον ἐσκόπει τὴν Ἀρειανὴν δόξαν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἐγκατασπεῖραι: ταύτην τε κρατήσειν ἐσπουδακὼς, πρόφασιν ὕβρεως τὴν ἐκείνων ποιεῖται ἀναχώρησιν, καταπεφρονῆσθαι λέγων, ὅτι παρὰ γνώμην αὐτοῦ διελύθησαν. Διὸ τοῖς μὲν περὶ Οὐρσάκιον ὅσα αὐτοῖς ἐδόκει σὺν παρρησίᾳ κατὰ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν πράττειν ἐπέτρεψε, τὴν δὲ ἔκδοσιν τῆς ἀναγνωσθείσης ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ πίστεως ἐκέλευσεν εἰς τὰς περὶ Ἰταλίαν ἐκκλησίας ἐκπέμπεσθαι, προστάξας τοὺς μὴ βουλομένους ὑπογράφειν αὐτῇ ἐξεῶσθαι τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν, καὶ εἰς τοὺς τόπους αὐτῶν ἑτέρους ἀντικαθίστασθαι. Καὶ πρῶτος μὲν Λιβέριος ὁ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος, παραιτησάμενος ἐκείνῃ τῇ πίστει συνθέσθαι, ἐξόριστος γίνεται, τῶν περὶ Οὐρσάκιον εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ καταστησάντων Φίληκα, ὃς διάκονος ὢν τῆς ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῇ Ἀρειανῇ δόξῃ προστεθεὶς, εἰς τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν προεβλήθη: εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ λέγοντες, ὅτι οὐ προσέθετο μὲν τῇ Ἀρειανῇ δόξῃ, βίᾳ δὲ καὶ ἀνάγκῃ κεχειροτόνητο. Πάντα μὲν οὖν τότε τὰ κατὰ τὴν δύσιν καινοτομούμενα ταραχὴν εἶχε, τῶν μὲν ἐξωθουμένων καὶ ἀποστελλομένων εἰς ἐξορίαν: τῶν δὲ εἰς τόπον τῶν αὐτῶν ἀντικαθισταμένων. Καὶ ταῦτα ἐγίνετο βίᾳ καὶ τῶν βασιλικῶν προσταγμάτων, ἅπερ καὶ εἰς τὰ ἑῷα μέρη ἀπέσταλτο. Ὁ Λιβέριος μὲν οὖν μικρὸν ὕστερον, τῆς ἐξορίας ἀνακληθεὶς, τὸν οἰκεῖον θρόνον ἀπέλαβε, τοῦ ἐν Ῥώμῃ λαοῦ στασιάσαντος καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλοντος τὸν Φίληκα: ὅ τε βασιλεὺς καὶ παρὰ γνώμην τούτοις ἐγένετο σύμψηφος. Οἱ δὲ περὶ Οὐρσάκιον τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀναχωρήσαντες καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἀνατολικὰ διαβαίνοντες μέρη, πόλιν τῆς Θρᾴκης, ὄνομα Νίκην, καταλαμβάνουσι: μικρὸν δὲ ἐπιμείναντες ἐν αὐτῇ χρόνον, ἕτερον ποιοῦνται ἐν αὐτῇ συνέδριον: καὶ τὴν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ τῆς πίστεως ἔκδοσιν εἰς Ἑλλάδα γλῶσσαν ἑρμηνεύσαντες, καθ̓ ὃν ἀνωτέρω γέγραπται τρόπον, εἶτα δημοσιεύσαντες ἐβεβαίωσαν, ἐπιφημίσαντες ὑπὸ τῆς οἰκουμενικῆς συνόδου καὶ ὑπηγορεῦσθαι τὴν πίστιν τὴν ἐν Νίκῃ, τῷ παρομοίῳ τοῦ ὀνόματος συναρπάζειν τοὺς ἁπλουστέρους βουλόμενοι: τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ γὰρ τῆς Βιθυνίας πίστιν εἶναι ἐνόμιζον. Ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ὤνησε τὸ σόφισμα: μετ’ οὐ πολὺ γὰρ ἐξηλέγχθη: διετέλουν γὰρ γελώμενοι. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν κατὰ τὰ ἑσπέρια γενομένων μέρη τοσαῦτα εἰρήσθω. Μετιτέον δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν διήγησιν τῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν γεγενημένων: ἀρκτέον δὲ ἐντεῦθεν.
2.38 Cruelty of Macedonius, and Tumults raised by him
The bishops of the Arian party began to assume greater assurance from the imperial edicts. In what manner they undertook to convene a Synod, we will explain somewhat later. Let us now briefly mention a few of their previous acts. Acacius and Patrophilus having ejected Maximus, bishop of Jerusalem, installed Cyril in his see. Macedonius subverted the order of things in the cities and provinces adjacent to Constantinople, promoting to ecclesiastical honors his assistants in his intrigues against the churches. He ordained Eleusius bishop of Cyzicus, and Marathonius, bishop of Nicomedia: the latter had before been a deacon under Macedonius himself, and proved very active in founding monasteries both of men and women. But we must now mention in what way Macedonius desolated the churches in the cities and provinces around Constantinople. This man, as I have already said, having seized the bishopric, inflicted innumerable calamities on such as were unwilling to adopt his views. His persecutions were not confined to those who were recognized as members of the catholic church, but extended to the Novatians also, inasmuch as he knew that they maintained the doctrine of the homoousion; they therefore with the others underwent the most intolerable sufferings, but their bishop, Angelius by name, effected his escape by flight. Many persons eminent for their piety were seized and tortured, because they refused to communicate with him: and after the torture, they forcibly constrained the men to be partakers of the holy mysteries, their mouths being forced open with a piece of wood, and then the consecrated elements thrust into them. Those who were so treated regarded this as a punishment far more grievous than all others. Moreover they laid hold of women and children, and compelled them to be initiated [by baptism]; and if any one resisted or otherwise spoke against it, stripes immediately followed, and after the stripes, bonds and imprisonment, and other violent measures. I shall here relate an instance or two whereby the reader may form some idea of the extent of the harshness and cruelty exercised by Macedonius and those who were then in power. They first pressed in a box, and then sawed off, the breasts of such women as were unwilling to communicate with them. The same parts of the persons. of other women they burnt partly with iron, and partly with eggs intensely heated in the fire. This mode of torture which was unknown even among the heathen, was invented by those who professed to be Christians. These facts were related to me by the aged Auxanon, the presbyter in the Novatian church of whom I spoke in the first book. He said also that he had himself endured not a few severities from the Arians, prior to his reaching the dignity of presbyter; having been thrown into prison and beaten with many stripes, together with Alexander the Paphlagonian, his companion in the monastic life. He added that he had himself been able to sustain these tortures, but that Alexander died in prison from the effects of their infliction. He is now buried on the right of those sailing into the bay of Constantinople which is called Ceras, close by the rivers, where there is a church of the Novatians named after Alexander. Moreover the Arians, at the instigation of Macedonius, demolished with many other churches in various cities, that of the Novatians at Constantinople near Pelargus. Why I particularly mention this church, will be seen from the extraordinary circumstances connected with it, as testified by the same aged Auxanon. The emperor’s edict and the violence of Macedonius had doomed to destruction the churches of those who maintained the doctrine of consubstantiality; the decree and violence reached this church, and those also who were charged with the execution of the mandate were at hand to carry it into effect. I cannot but admire the zeal displayed by the Novatians on this occasion, as well as the sympathy they experienced from those whom the Arians at that time ejected, but who are now in peaceful possession of their churches. For when the emissaries of their enemies were urgent to accomplish its destruction, an immense multitude of Novatians, aided by numbers of others who held similar sentiments, having assembled around this devoted church, pulled it down, and conveyed the materials of it to another place: this place stands opposite the city, and is called Sycæ, and forms the thirteenth ward of the town of Constantinople. This removal was effected in a very short time, from the extraordinary ardor of the numerous persons engaged in it: one carried tiles, another stones, a third timber; some loading themselves with one thing, and some with another. Even women and children assisted in the work, regarding it as the realization of their best wishes, and esteeming it the greatest honor to be accounted the faithful guardians of things consecrated to God. In this way at that time was the church of the Novatians transported to Sycæ. Long afterwards when Constantius was dead, the emperor Julian ordered its former site to be restored, and permitted them to rebuild it there. The people therefore, as before, having carried back the materials, reared the church in its former position; and from this circumstance, and its great improvement in structure and ornament, they not inappropriately called it Anastasia. The church as we before said was restored afterwards in the reign of Julian. But at that time both the Catholics and the Novatians were alike subjected to persecution: for the former abominated offering their devotions in those churches in which the Arians assembled, but frequented the other three —for this is the number of the churches which the Novatians have in the city—and engaged in divine service with them. Indeed they would have been wholly united, had not the Novatians refused from regard to their ancient precepts. In other respects however, they mutually maintained such a degree of cordiality and affection, as to be ready to lay down their lives for one another: both parties were therefore persecuted indiscriminately, not only at Constantinople, but also in other provinces and cities. At Cyzicus, Eleusius, the bishop of that place, perpetrated the same kind of enormities against the Christians there, as Macedonius had done elsewhere, harassing and putting them to flight in all directions and [among other things] he completely demolished the church of the Novatians at Cyzicus. But Macedonius consummated his wickedness in the following manner. Hearing that there was a great number of the Novatian sect in the province of Paphlagonia, and especially at Mantinium, and perceiving that such a numerous body could not be driven from their homes by ecclesiastics alone, he caused, by the emperor’s permission, four companies of soldiers to be sent into Paphlagonia, that through dread of the military they might receive the Arian opinion. But those who inhabited Mantinium, animated to desperation by zeal for their religion, armed themselves with long reap-hooks, hatchets, and whatever weapon came to hand, and went forth to meet the troops; on which a conflict ensuing, many indeed of the Paphlagonians were slain, but nearly all the soldiers were destroyed. I learnt these things from a Paphlagonian peasant who said that he was present at the engagement; and many others of that province corroborate this account. Such were the exploits of Macedonius on behalf of Christianity, consisting of murders, battles, incarcerations, and civil wars: proceedings which rendered him odious not only to the objects of his persecution, but even to his own party. He became obnoxious also to the emperor on these accounts, and particularly so from the circumstance I am about to relate. The church where the coffin lay that contained the relics of the emperor Constantine threatened to fall. On this account those that entered, as well as those who were accustomed to remain there for devotional purposes, were in much fear. Macedonius, therefore, wished to remove the emperor’s remains, lest the coffin should be injured by the ruins. The populace getting intelligence of this, endeavored to prevent it, insisting ‘that the emperor’s bones should not be disturbed, as such a disinterment would be equivalent, to their being dug up’: many however affirmed that its removal could not possibly injure the dead body, and thus two parties were formed on this question; such as held the doctrine of consubstantiality joining with those who opposed it on the ground of its impiety. Macedonius, in total disregard of these prejudices, caused the emperor’s remains to be transported to the church where those of the martyr Acacius lay. Whereupon a vast multitude rushed toward that edifice in two hostile divisions, which attacked one another with great fury, and great loss of life was occasioned, so that the churchyard was covered with gore, and the well also which was in it overflowed with blood, which ran into the adjacent portico, and thence even into the very street. When the emperor was informed of this unfortunate occurrence, he was highly incensed against Macedonius, both on account of the slaughter which he had occasioned, and because he had dared to move his father’s body without consulting him. Having therefore left the Cæsar Julian to take care of the western parts, he himself set out for the east. How Macedonius was a short time afterwards deposed, and thus suffered a most inadequate punishment for his infamous crimes, I shall hereafter relate.
Περὶ τῆς Μακεδονίου ὠμότητος, καὶ περὶ τῶν δἰ αὐτοῦ γεγονότων ταραχῶν.
Οἱ τοῦ Ἀρειανοῦ μέρους ἐπίσκοποι μεῖζον ἐκ τῶν βασιλικῶν προσταγμάτων προσελάμβανον θράσος: καὶ ὅπως τὴν μὲν σύνοδον παρεσκευάζοντο συγκροτεῖν, μικρὸν ὕστερον λέξω: τὰ δὲ πρὸ τῆς συνόδου ὑπ’ αὐτῶν γενόμενα πρότερον ἐπιδράμωμεν. Ἀκάκιος μὲν γὰρ καὶ Πατρόφιλος Μάξιμον τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐξωθήσαντες, Κύριλλον ἀντικατέστησαν. Μακεδόνιος δὲ τὰς γειτνιαζούσας ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει ἐπαρχίας τε καὶ πόλεις ἀνέτρεπεν, ὑπουργοὺς τοῦ οἰκείου σκοποῦ κατὰ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προβαλλόμενος, καὶ τῆς μὲν Κυζίκου Ἐλεύσιον ἐπίσκοπον ἀναδεικνὺς, τῆς δὲ Νικομηδείας Μαραθώνιον: ὃς πρότερον μὲν διάκονος ἦν ὑπὸ Μακεδονίῳ ταττόμενος, σπουδαῖος δὲ περὶ τὸ συστήσασθαι ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν μοναστήρια. Ὅπως δὲ Μακεδόνιος τὰς περὶ Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐπαρχίας καὶ πόλεις ἀνέτρεπεν, ἤδη λεκτέον. Οὗτος γὰρ, ὡς καὶ φθάσας εἶπον, δραξάμενος τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς μυρία κακὰ ποιεῖ τοῖς μὴ αἱρουμένοις τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονεῖν: καὶ οὐ μόνον γε τοὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας διακρινομένους συνήλαυνεν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ Ναυατιανοὺς, εἰδὼς καὶ αὐτοὺς φρονοῦντας τὸ ὁμοούσιον. Συνηλαύνοντο οὖν καὶ οὗτοι τὰ ἀνήκεστα πάσχοντες: καὶ φεύγει μὲν αὐτῶν ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, Ἀγέλιος ὄνομα αὐτῷ: πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἐπισήμων ἐπ’ εὐλαβείᾳ συλληφθέντες ᾐκίζοντο, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐβούλοντο μετέχειν τῆς κοινωνίας αὐτοῦ. Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς αἰκιζομένους, βίᾳ τῶν μυστηρίων μετέχειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἠνάγκαζον: ξύλῳ γὰρ διαιροῦντες τὰ στόματα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ μυστήρια ἐνετίθεσαν. Οἱ δὲ ὑπομένοντες τοῦτο μείζονα τῶν ἄλλων τιμωριῶν κόλασιν ταύτην ἐνόμιζον. Γύναιά τε καὶ παιδία συναρπάζοντες μυεῖσθαι ἠνάγκαζον: εἰ δέ τις παραιτοῖτο ἢ ἄλλως ἀντέλεγεν, εὐθὺς ἐπηκολούθουν πληγαὶ, καὶ μετὰ τὰς πληγὰς δεσμοί τε καὶ δεσμωτήρια, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δεινά: ὧν ἑνὸς ἢ δυοῖν ἐπιμνησθεὶς, φανερὰν τὴν ἀπήνειαν καὶ ὠμότητα Μακεδονίου καὶ τῶν τότε ἀκμασάντων ἀνθρώπων τοῖς ἀκούουσι καταστήσω. Γυναικῶν γὰρ τῶν μὴ ἀνασχομένων μετασχεῖν τῶν μυστηρίων τοὺς μαστοὺς ἐν κιβωτῷ βαλόντες ἀπέπριον. Ἄλλων τε γυναικῶν τὰ αὐτὰ μόρια, τοῦτο μὲν σιδήρῳ, τοῦτο δὲ ὠοῖς εἰς ἄκρον πυρὶ θερμανθεῖσι, προσφέροντες ἔκαιον. Ξένη τε καὶ παρὰ τὰς Ἑλλήνων τιμωρίας αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν Χριστιανίζειν λεγόντων ἐγίνετο. Ταῦτα δὲ ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ μακροχρονιωτάτου Αὐξάνοντος ἤκουσα, οὗ κἂν τῷ πρώτῳ βιβλίῳ μνήμην πεποίημαι: ὃς πρεσβύτερος μὲν ἦν τῆς τῶν Ναυατιανῶν ἐκκλησίας. Πεπονθέναι δὲ ἔλεγε καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ὀλίγα παρὰ τῶν Ἀρειανιζόντων κακὰ, οὔπω τηνικαῦτα τῆς τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου ἀξίας λαχών: ἅμα δὲ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ Παφλαγόνι συνασκοῦντι αὐτῷ εἴς τε εἱρκτὴν βεβλῆσθαι καὶ πληγὰς ὑπομεῖναι πολλάς. Ἐνεγκεῖν μὲν τὰς βασάνους αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν, Ἀλέξανδρον δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν πληγῶν ἐν τῇ εἱρκτῇ τελευτῆσαι: ὃς τέθαπται νῦν ἐν δεξιᾷ εἰσπλεύσαντι τὸν Βυζάντιον κόλπον, ὃς καλεῖται Κέρας, πλησίον τῶν ποταμῶν: οὗ καὶ ἐκκλησία ἐστὶ τῶν Ναυατιανῶν, Ἀλεξάνδρου ἐπώνυμος. Καθῄρουν μὲν οὖν οἱ Ἀρειανίζοντες, Μακεδονίου κελεύοντος, ἄλλας τε πόλλας κατὰ πόλεις ἐκκλησίας, καὶ δὴ καὶ Ναυατιανῶν τὴν πλησίον τοῦ Πελαργοῦ ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει κειμένην. Ὅτου χάριν δὲ ταύτην ἰδικῶς ἐμνημόνευσα, λέξων ἔρχομαι, ὅσα παρὰ τοῦ γεραιτάτου Αὐξάνοντος ἤκουσα. Ὁ βασιλέως νόμος καὶ ἡ Μακεδονίου βία καθαιρεῖσθαι τῶν τὸ ὁμοούσιον φρονούντων τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἐκέλευον. Ἕλκει δὴ τὸ θέσπισμα καὶ ἡ βία κατὰ τῆσδε τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ ἤπειγον οἱ προστεταγμένοι τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Θαυμάσαι οὖν μοι ἔπεισι τόν τε Ναυατιανῶν λαὸν, ὁπόσον εἶχον ζῆλον καὶ σπουδὴν περὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν ἣν εἶχον περὶ αὐτοὺς οἱ τότε μὲν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀρειανῶν ἐκβληθέντες, νῦν δὲ ἐν εἰρήνῃ τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατέχοντες. Ὡς δὲ ἤπειγον καθαιρεῖσθαι καὶ τήνδε τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οἷς τοῦτο προσετέτακτο, συνήγοντο πλεῖστος ὅμιλος ἀνθρώπων Ναυατιανῶν τε καί τινες τῶν ὁμοφρονούντων αὐτοῖς: καὶ καθελόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν αὐτῶν εἰς ἄλλον τόπον μετέθεσαν. Ὁ δὲ τόπος οὗτος ἀντιπέραθεν μὲν κεῖται τῆς πόλεως: Συκαὶ δὲ ὀνομάζονται, καὶ ἐστὶ τρισκαιδέκατον τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως κλίμα. Ταχεῖα δὲ ἐγένετο ἡ τῆς ἐκκλησίας μετάθεσις, λαοῦ πολλοῦ σὺν προθυμίᾳ μεγίστῃ μεταφερόντων αὐτήν. Ὁ μὲν γάρ τις ἔφερε κέραμον, ὁ δὲ λίθον, ἕτερος δὲ ξύλον: καὶ ἄλλος ἄλλο λαμβάνων, ἐπὶ τὰς Συκὰς ἀπεκόμιζεν. Συνεπελαμβάνοντο δὲ καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ ἡ μικρὰ ἡλικία, εὐχὴν ἡγούμενοι πληροῦν καὶ μέγα κέρδος λαμβάνειν, τῶν ἀφιερωθέντων τῷ Θεῷ φύλακες ἀκέραιοι γενέσθαι ἠξιωμένοι. Οὕτως μὲν οὖν τότε ἡ τῶν Ναυατιανῶν ἐκκλησία εἰς τὰς Συκὰς μετενήνεκτο: χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν Κωνσταντίου, ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἰουλιανὸς τόν τε τόπον ἀποδοθῆναι ἐκέλευσε καὶ ἀνοικοδομεῖν ἐπέτρεψεν. Αὖθίς τε ὁ λαὸς τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἀντιμετενεγκόντες τὰς ὕλας, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰς τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ᾠκοδόμησαν τόπον: καὶ βελτιώσαντες, Ἀναστασίαν καλεῖσθαι φερωνύμως ἠξίωσαν. Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐκκλησία ὕστερον, ὡς ἔφην, ἐπὶ Ἰουλιανοῦ ἀνέστη: τότε δὲ ἄμφω οἵ τε τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ οἱ Ναυατιανοὶ ὁμοίως ἠλαύνοντο. Διὸ καὶ οἱ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐβδελύττοντο ἐν τοῖς εὐκτηρίοις εὔχεσθαι τόποις, ἐν οἷς οἱ Ἀρειανοὶ συνήγοντο: εἰς δὲ τὰς ἄλλας τρεῖσ—τοσαύτας γὰρ ἐντὸς τῆς πόλεως ἔχουσιν οἱ τῶν Ναυατιανῶν ἐκκλησίασ—συνερχόμενοι ἀλλήλοις συνηύχοντο: μικροῦ τε ἐδέησεν ἑνωθῆναι αὐτοὺς, εἰ μὴ Ναυατιανοὶ φυλάττοντες ἀρχαῖον παράγγελμα παρῃτήσαντο: ὅμως δὲ τὴν ἄλλην εὔνοιαν εἰς ἀλλήλους προθυμότερον ἐφύλαττον, ὑπεραποθνήσκειν ἀλλήλων αἱρούμενοι. Συνηλαύνοντο οὖν ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει, καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας ἐπαρχίας τε καὶ πόλεις. Αὐτίκα γοῦν ἐν Κυζίκῳ Ἐλεύσιος ὁ τῆσδε ἐπίσκοπος ὁμοίως ἅμα Μακεδονίῳ κατὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐποίει, πανταχόθεν ἐλαύνων καὶ διαστρέφων αὐτούς: τήν τε ἐν Κυζίκῳ τῶν Ναυατιανῶν ἐκκλησίαν καθεῖλεν εἰς ἔδαφος. Μακεδόνιος δὲ τὸν κολοφῶνα τῶν κακῶν οἷς ἔδρασεν ἐπιτίθησι: πυθόμενος γὰρ κατὰ τὸ Παφλαγόνων ἔθνος πλείστους εἶναι τῆς Ναυατιανῆς θρησκείας, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὸ Μαντίνιον, συνιδών τε ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε τοσοῦτον πλῆθος δἰ ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐλαύνεσθαι, τέσσαρας ἀριθμοὺς στρατιωτῶν γνώμῃ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπὶ τὴν Παφλαγονίαν πεμφθῆναι πεποίηκεν, ὅπως φόβῳ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὴν Ἀρειανὴν δόξαν προσδέξωνται. Οἱ δὲ οἰκοῦντες τὸ Μαντίνιον, ζήλῳ τῆς θρησκείας, ἀπονοίᾳ κατὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐχρήσαντο: γενόμενοί τε ἅμα πολλοὶ, δρέπανά τε μακρὰ καὶ ἀξίνας λαβόντες, καὶ παντὶ τῷ παρατυχόντι ὅπλῳ χρώμενοι, ἀπήντων τοῖς στρατιώταις. Καὶ γενομένης συμβολῆς, πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν Παφλαγόνων ἀπέθανον: τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν πλὴν ὀλίγων οἱ πάντες. Ταῦτα ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀγροίκου Παφλαγόνος ἔμαθον, ὃς ἔλεγε παρεῖναι τῇ μάχῃ: λέγουσι δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλοι Παφλαγόνων πολλοί. Τοιαῦτα μὲν οὖν τὰ Μακεδονίου ὑπὲρ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ κατορθώματα, φόνοι καὶ μάχαι καὶ ἀνδραποδισμοὶ καὶ ἐμφύλιοι πόλεμοι. Αὕτη μέντοι ἡ πρᾶξις οὐ μόνον παρὰ τῶν ἠδικημένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τῶν οἰκείως πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐχόντων, δίκαιον κατ’ αὐτοῦ μῖσος εἰργάσατο. Προσέκρουσέ τε καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ διά τε τοῦτο, καὶ δἰ ἑτέραν αἰτίαν τοιάνδε: ὁ οἶκος ἔνθα ἡ λάρναξ, ἐν ᾗ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίνου ἀπέκειτο, πτῶσιν ἠπείλει. Ἦσαν οὖν διὰ τοῦτο οἵ τε εἰσπορευόμενοι καὶ οἱ προσεδρεύοντες καὶ εὐχόμενοι ἐν φόβῳ πολλῷ. Ὁ οὖν Μακεδόνιος ἐβουλεύσατο μεταφέρειν τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ὀστᾶ, ὅπως ἂν μὴ συλληφθῇ ἡ θήκη ὑπὸ τοῦ πτώματος. Τοῦτο γνόντες οἱ λαοὶ διακωλύειν ἐπεχείρουν, φάσκοντες μὴ δεῖν τοῦ βασιλέως τὰ ὀστᾶ μεταφέρεσθαι, ἴσον γὰρ εἶναι τὸ ἀνορύττεσθαι. Διῃροῦντό τε εὐθὺς οἱ λαοὶ εἰς δύο τμήματα: καὶ οἱ μὲν μηδὲν βλάπτεσθαι τὸ μεταφέρεσθαι τὸν νεκρὸν ἔφασκον: οἱ δὲ ἀνόσιον ἔλεγον τὸ γιγνόμενον. Συνήρχοντό τε καὶ οἱ τοῦ ὁμοουσίου φρονήματος, τῷ γιγνομένῳ ἀντέχοντες. Ὁ δὲ Μακεδόνιος μικρὰ τῶν αὐτῷ ἀντιλεγόντων φροντίσας, μεταφέρει τὸ σῶμα τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐν ᾗ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ μάρτυρος Ἀκακίου ἀπόκειται. Τούτου γενομένου, συνδρομὴ τῶν διχονοούντων τοῦ πλήθους εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν σύντονος γίνεται. Ἀνθίσταντό τε ἀλλήλοις τὰ μέρη, καὶ μὴ μελλήσαντες χερσὶν ἠμύναντο, καὶ γίνεται φόνος ἀνθρώπων πολύς: ὥστε τὴν αὐλὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκείνης αἵματος πλήρη γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ φρεὰρ ὑπερβλύσαι τοῦ αἵματος, ἐκρεῖν δὲ τοῦτο καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην στοὰν ἄχρι τῆς πλατείας αὐτῆς. Τοῦτο τὸ ἀτύχημα πυθόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς ὀργίζεται κατὰ τοῦ Μακεδονίου, καὶ διὰ τοὺς ἀπολωλότας, καὶ ὅτι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα παρακινῆσαι παρὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ γνώμην ἐτόλμησε. Καταλιπὼν οὖν τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν φροντίζειν τὸν Καίσαρα Ἰουλιανὸν, αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ἑῴαν ἐπορεύετο. Ὅπως μὲν οὖν Μακεδόνιος μικρὸν ὕστερον καθῃρέθη, βραχεῖαν ἀντὶ τηλικούτων κακῶν ταύτην δεδωκὼς δίκην, ὀλίγον ὕστερον λέξω.
2.39 Of the Synod at Seleucia, in Isauria
But I must now give an account of the other Synod, which the emperor’s edict had convoked in the east, as a rival to that of Ariminum. It was at first determined that the bishops should assemble at Nicomedia in Bithynia; but a great earthquake having nearly destroyed that city, prevented their being convened there. This happened in the consulate of Tatian and Cerealis, on the 28th day of August. They were therefore planning to transfer the council to the neighboring city of Nicæa: but this plan was again altered, as it seemed more convenient to meet at Tarsus in Cilicia. Being dissatisfied with this arrangement also, they at last assembled themselves at Seleucia, surnamed Aspera, a city of Isauria. This took place in the same year [in which the council of Ariminum was held], under the consulate of Eusebius and Hypatius, the number of those convened being about 160. There was present on this occasion Leonas, an officer of distinction attached to the imperial household, before whom the emperor’s edict had enjoined that the discussion respecting the faith should be entered into. Lauricius also, the commander-in-chief of the troops in Isauria, was ordered to be there, to serve the bishops in such things as they might require. In the presence of these personages therefore, the bishops were there convened on the 27th of the month of September, and immediately began a discussion on the basis of the public records, shorthand writers being present to write down what each might say. Those who desire to learn the particulars of the several speeches, will find copious details of them in the collection of Sabinus; but we shall only notice the more important heads. On the first day of their being convened, Leonas ordered each one to propose what he thought fit: but those present said that no question ought to be agitated in the absence of those prelates who had not yet arrived; for Macedonius, bishop of Constantinople, Basil of Ancyra, and some others who were apprehensive of an impeachment for their misconduct, had not made their appearance. Macedonius pleaded indisposition, and failed to attend; Patrophilus said he had some trouble with his eyes, and that on this account it was needful for him to remain in the suburbs of Seleucia; and the rest offered various pretexts to account for their absence. When, however, Leonas declared that the subjects which they had met to consider must be entered on, notwithstanding the absence of these persons, the bishops replied that they could not proceed to the discussion of any question, until the life and conduct of the parties accused had been investigated: for Cyril of Jerusalem, Eustathius of Sebastia in Armenia, and some others, had been charged with misconduct on various grounds long before. A sharp contest arose in consequence of this demur; some affirming that cognizance ought first to be taken of all such accusations, and others denying that anything whatever should have precedence of matters of faith. The emperor’s orders contributed not a little to augment this dispute, inasmuch as letters of his were produced urging now this and now that as necessary to be considered first. The dispute having arisen on this subject, a schism was thus made, and the Seleucian council was divided into two factions, one of which was headed by Acacius of Cæsarea in Palestine, George of Alexandria, Uranius of Tyre, and Eudoxius of Antioch, who were supported by only about thirty-two other bishops. Of the opposite party, which was by far the more numerous, the principal were George of Laodicea in Syria, Sophronius of Pompeiopolis in Paphlagonia, and Eleusius of Cyzicus. It being determined by the majority to examine doctrinal matters first, the party of Acacius openly opposed the Nicene Creed, and wished to introduce another instead of it. The other faction, which was considerably more numerous, concurred in all the decisions of the council of Nicæa, but criticised its adoption of the term homoousion. Accordingly they debated on this point, much being said on each side, until late in the evening, when Silvanus, who presided over the church at Tarsus, insisted with much vehemence of manner, ‘that there was no need of a new exposition of the faith; but that it was their duty rather to confirm that which was published at Antioch, at the consecration of the church in that place.’ On this declaration, Acacius and his partisans privately withdrew from the council; while the others, producing the creed composed at Antioch, read it, and then separated for that day. Assembling in the church of Seleucia on the day following, after having closed the doors, they again read the same creed, and ratified it by their signatures. At this time the readers and deacons present signed on behalf of certain absent bishops, who had intimated their acquiescence in its form.
Περὶ τῆς ἐν Σελευκείᾳ τῆς Ἰσαυρίας συνόδου.
Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἑτέρας συνόδου, ἣν ἀντίμιμον τῆς ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ συνόδου κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν γενέσθαι τὸ βασιλέως ἐκέλευε πρόσταγμα, νῦν διηγήσομαι. Ἐδέδοκτο πρότερον ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ τῆς Βιθυνίας τοὺς ἐπισκόπους συνάγεσθαι: ἐνέκοψε δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν ἐκεῖσε συνέλευσιν σεισμὸς ἐπιγενόμενος μέγιστος, ἀφ̓ οὗ συνέβη τὴν Νικομηδέων πόλιν πεσεῖν. Τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν ὑπατευόντων Τατιανοῦ καὶ Κερεαλίου περὶ τὴν ὀγδόην εἰκάδα τοῦ Αὐγούστου μηνός. Ἐβουλεύοντο οὖν μεταθεῖναι τὴν σύνοδον εἰς τὴν γειτνιάζουσαν αὐτῇ Νίκαιαν. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν αὖθις μετέδοξεν, εἰς Ταρσὸν δὲ τῆς Κιλικίας ἐδόκει συνέρχεσθαι: οὐ δὲ τούτου ἀρέσαντος, εἰς Σελεύκειαν τῆς Ἰσαυρίας τὴν ἐπικαλουμένην Τραχεῖαν συνεληλύθασι. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἐνιαυτῷ πεποιήκασιν, ὑπατευόντων Εὐσεβίου καὶ Ὑπατίου. Ησαν δὲ οἱ συνελθόντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑκατὸν ἑξήκοντα: συμπαρῆν δὲ αὐτοῖς εἷς τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλικοῖς ἐκφανῶν, ὄνομα Λεωνᾶς, ἐφ̓ οὗ προθεῖναι τὸ περὶ τῆς πίστεως ζήτημα τὸ βασιλέως ἐκέλευε πρόσταγμα. Προστέτακτο παρεῖναι καὶ Λαυρίκιος, ὁ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἰσαυρίαν στρατιωτῶν ἡγούμενος, ὑπουργήσων εἰ δεήσοι τοῖς ἐπισκόποις. Ἐπὶ τοῦτον δὴ συνελθόντες τῇ ἑβδόμῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ Σεπτεμβρίου μηνὸς, ἐπὶ δημοσίων ὑπομνημάτων διελέγοντο. Παρῆσαν γὰρ δὴ καὶ ὀξυγράφοι τὰ παῤ ἑκάστου λεγόμενα σημειούμενοι: ὧν τὰ μὲν καθ̓ ἕκαστον ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ Σαβίνου ζητείτωσαν οἱ φιλομαθεῖς διὰ μακροτέρων ἐγκείμενα: ἡμεῖς δὲ τὰ κεφαλαιώδη μόνον ἐπιτρέχοντες ἐκθησόμεθα. Ἐν δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθόντων, ὁ Λεωνᾶς τὰ ἑκάστῳ δοκοῦντα προθεῖναι ἐκέλευσεν: οἱ δὲ παρόντες οὐ πρότερον ἔφασάν τινα κινῆσαι ζήτησιν, πρὶν ἂν οἱ ἀπολειφθέντες συνέλθωσι: καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἀπολειφθέντες ἐπίσκοποι, Μακεδόνιος ὁ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, Βασίλειος Ἀγκύρας, καὶ ἄλλοι τινες κατηγορίας ὑφορώμενοι. Μακεδόνιος μὲν οὖν νοσεῖν εἰπὼν ἀπολέλειπτο: Πατρόφιλος δὲ ὀφθαλμιᾷν ἔλεγε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν προαστείῳ τῆς Σελευκείας ἀνάγκην ἔχειν διάγειν: καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ ἕκαστος πρόφασίν τινα τῆς ἀπολείψεως προεβάλλοντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Λεωνᾶς καὶ τούτων μὴ παρόντων δεῖν προτιθέναι τὰ τῆς ζητήσεως ἔλεγεν, οἱ παρόντες αὖθις ἐπῆγον, ὡς οὐδ’ ἥν τινα κινήσωσι ζήτησιν, εἰ μὴ πρότερον τῶν κατηγορουμένων οἱ βίοι ἐξετασθῶσι. Κατηγόρηντο γὰρ ἤδη πρότερον Κύριλλος ὁ Ἱεροσολύμων, Εὐστάθιος Σεβαστίας τῆς ἐν Ἀρμενίᾳ, καὶ ἄλλοι τινες. Ἐκ τούτου φιλονεικία εἰς τοὺς παρόντας ἐνέπεσεν: οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς βίους τῶν κατηγορουμένων πρότερον ἐρευνᾶσθαι ἔλεγον: οἱ δὲ πρὸ τῆς πίστεως μὴ προτιθέναι ζήτημα. Ἐκίνει δὲ τὴν φιλονεικίαν ἡ διάφορος τοῦ βασιλέως γνώμη: γράμματα γὰρ αὐτοῦ προεφέρετο, νῦν μὲν πρότερον τοῦτο ζητεῖσθαι κελεύοντα, νῦν δὲ τὸ ἕτερον. Περὶ τούτου οὖν τῆς φιλονεικίας γινομένης, σχίσμα εἰς τοὺς παρόντας ἐχώρησε: καὶ αὕτη γέγονε προφάσεως ἀρχὴ τοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐν Σελευκείᾳ εἰς δύο μέρη διαιρεθῆναι σύνοδον. Ἡγοῦντο δὲ τοῦ μὲν ἑνὸς μέρους Ἀκάκιος ὁ τῆς ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ Καισαρείας, Γεώργιος Ἀλεξανδρείας, Οὐράνιος Τύρου, Εὐδόξιος Ἀντιοχείας: οἷς τριάκοντα δύο μόνον συνῄνουν ἄλλοι. Τοῦ δὲ ἑτέρου, Γεώργιος Λαοδικείας τῆς ἐν Συρίᾳ, Σωφρόνιος Πομπηϊουπόλεως τῆς ἐν Παφλαγονίᾳ, Ἐλεύσιος Κυζίκου: οἷς ἠκολούθουν οἱ πλείονες. Ὡς οὖν ἐπεκράτει τὸ πρότερον ζητεῖσθαι περὶ τῆς πίστεως, οἱ μὲν τοῦ μέρους Ἀκακίου τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν φανερῶς ἠθέτησαν, ἄλλην τε πίστιν ὑπαγορεύειν ᾐνίττοντο: οἱ δὲ τοῦ ἑτέρου μέρους, οἱ τῷ ἀριθμῷ πλεονάζοντες, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάντα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου ἀπεδέχοντο: μόνην δὲ τὴν τοῦ ὁμοουσίου λέξιν ἐμέμφοντο. Πολλὰ οὖν ἄχρι δείλης ὀψίας πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλονεικούντων, τέλος Σιλβανὸς τῆς Ταρσοῦ προεστὼς ἐκκλησίας μέγα ἀνέκραγε, λέγων μὴ χρῆναι καινὴν ὑπαγορεύειν πίστεως ἔκδοσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἤδη πρότερον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοῖς ἐγκαινίοις ὑπαγορευθεῖσαν ὀφείλειν κρατεῖν. Τούτου λεχθέντος, οἱ μὲν περὶ Ἀκάκιον ὑπεξῆλθον: οἱ δὲ τοῦ ἑτέρου μέρους προεκόμισαν τὴν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ πίστιν, καὶ ἀναγνόντες διέλυσαν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τὸν σύλλογον. Τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὸν ἐν Σελευκείᾳ εὐκτήριον συνελθόντες οἶκον, καὶ τὰς θύρας ἀποκλείσαντες, τὴν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν πίστιν ὑπογράφοντες ἐκύρουν. Ὑπέγραφον δὲ ὑπὲρ ἀπολειφθέντων τινῶν παρόντες ἀναγνῶσται καὶ διάκονοι, δἰ ὧν στέρξειν τὸν ὅρον οἱ ἀπολειφθέντες ὡμολόγησαν.
2.40 Acacius, Bishop of Cæsarea, dictates a new Form of Creed in the Synod at Seleucia PG 67, 540
Acacius and his adherents criticised what was done: because, that is to say, they closed the church doors and thus affixed their signatures; declaring that ‘all such secret transactions were justly to be suspected, and had no validity whatever.’ These objections he made because he was anxious to bring forward another exposition of the faith drawn up by himself, which he had already submitted to the governors Leonas and Lauricius, and was now intent on getting it alone confirmed and established, instead of that which had been subscribed. The second day was thus occupied with nothing else but exertions on his part to effect this object. On the third day Leonas endeavored to produce an amicable meeting of both parties; Macedonius of Constantinople, and also Basil of Ancyra, having arrived during its course. But when the Acacians found that both the parties had come to the same position, they refused to meet; saying that not only those who had before been deposed, but also such as were at present under any accusation, ought to be excluded from the assembly.’ And as after much cavilling on both sides, this opinion prevailed; those who lay under any charge went out of the council, and the party of Acacius entered in their places. Leonas then said that a document had been put into his hand by Acacius, to which he desired to call their attention: but he did not state that it was the drought of a creed, which in some particulars covertly, and in others unequivocally contradicted the former. When those present became silent, thinking that the document contained something else besides an exposition of a creed, the following creed composed by Acacius, together with its preamble, was read.
’We having yesterday assembled by the emperor’s command at Seleucia, a city of Isauria, on the 27th day of September, exerted ourselves to the utmost, with all moderation, to preserve the peace of the church, and to determine doctrinal questions on prophetic and evangelical authority, so as to sanction nothing in the ecclesiastic confession of faith at variance with the sacred Scriptures, as our Emperor Constantius most beloved of God has ordered. But inasmuch as certain individuals in the Synod have acted injuriously toward several of us, preventing some from expressing their sentiments, and excluding others from the council against their wills; and at the same time have introduced such as have been deposed, and persons who were ordained contrary to the ecclesiastical canon, so that the Synod has presented a scene of tumult and disorder, of which the most illustrious Leonas, the Comes, and the most eminent Lauricius, governor of the province, have been eye-witnesses, we are therefore under the necessity of making this declaration. That we do not repudiate the faith which was ratified at the consecration of the church at Antioch; for we give it our decided preference, because it received the concurrence of our fathers who were assembled there to consider some controverted points. Since, however, the terms homoousion and homoiousion have in time past troubled the minds of many, and still continue to disquiet them; and moreover that a new term has recently been coined by some who assert the anomoion of the Son to the Father: we reject the first two, as expressions which are not found in the Scriptures; but we utterly anathematize the last, and regard such as countenance its use, as alienated from the church. We distinctly acknowledge the homoion of the Son to the Father, in accordance with what the apostle has declared concerning him, “Who is the image of the invisible God.”
‘We confess then, and believe in one God the Father Almighty, the Maker of heaven and earth, and of things visible and invisible. We believe also in his Son our Lord Jesus Christ, who was begotten of him without passion before all ages, God the Word, the only-begotten of God, the Light, the Life, the Truth, the Wisdom: through whom all things were made which are in the heavens and upon the earth, whether visible or invisible. We believe that he took flesh of the holy Virgin Mary, at the end of the ages, in order to abolish sin; that he was made man, suffered for our sin, and rose again, and was taken up into the heavens, to sit at the right hand of the Father, whence he will come again in glory to judge the living and the dead. We believe also in the Holy Spirit, whom our Lord and Saviour has denominated the Comforter, and whom he sent to his disciples after his departure, according to his promise: by whom also he sanctifies all believers in the church, who are baptized in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Those who preach anything contrary to this creed, we regard as aliens from the catholic church.’
This was the declaration of faith proposed by Acacius, and subscribed by himself and as many as adhered to his opinion, the number of whom we have already given. When this had been read, Sophronius bishop of Pompeiopolis in Paphlagonia, thus expressed himself: ‘If to express a separate opinion day after day, be received as the exposition of the faith, we shall never arrive at any accurate understanding of the truth.’ These were the words of Sophronius. And I firmly believe, that if the predecessors of these prelates, as well as their successors, had entertained similar sentiments in reference to the Nicene creed, all polemical debates would have been avoided; nor would the churches have been agitated by such violent and irrational disturbances. However let those judge who are capable of understanding how these things are. At that time after many remarks on all sides had been made both in reference to this doctrinal statement, and in relation to the parties accused, the assembly was dissolved. On the fourth day they all again met in the same place, and resumed their proceedings in the same contentious spirit as before. On this occasion Acacius expressed himself in these words: ‘Since the Nicene creed has been altered not once only, but frequently, there is no hindrance to our publishing another at this time.’ To which Eleusius bishop of Cyzicus, replied: ‘The Synod is at present convened not to learn what it had no previous knowledge of, nor to receive a creed which it had not assented to before, but to confirm the faith of the fathers, from which it should never recede, either in life or death.’ Thus Eleusius opposing Acacius spoke meaning by ‘the faith of the fathers,’ that creed which had been promulgated at Antioch. But surely he too might have been fairly answered in this way: ‘How is it O Eleusius, that you call those convened at Antioch “the fathers,” seeing that you do not recognize those who were their fathers? The framers of the Nicene creed, by whom the homoousian faith was acknowledged, have a far higher claim to the title of “the fathers”; both as having the priority in point of time, and also because those assembled at Antioch were by them invested with the sacerdotal office. Now if those at Antioch have disowned their own fathers, those who follow them are unconsciously following parricides. Besides how can they have received a legitimate ordination from those whose faith they pronounce unsound and impious? If those, however, who constituted the Nicene Synod had not the Holy Spirit which is imparted by the imposition of hands, those at Antioch have not duly received the priesthood: for how could they have received it from those who had not the power of conferring it?’ Such considerations as these might have been submitted to Eleusius in reply to his objections. But they then proceeded to another question, connected with the assertion made by Acacius in his exposition of the faith, ‘that the Son was like the Father’; enquiring of one another in what this resemblance consisted. The Acacian party affirmed that the Son was like the Father as it respected his will only, and not his ‘substance’ or ‘essence’; but the rest maintained that the likeness extended to both essence and will. In altercations on this point, the whole day was consumed; and Acacius, being confuted by his own published works, in which he had asserted that ‘the Son is in all things like the Father,’ his opponents asked him ‘how do you now deny the likeness of the Son to the Father as to his “essence”?’ Acacius in reply said, that ‘no author, ancient or modern, was ever condemned out of his own writings.’ As they kept on their discussion on this matter to a most tedious extent, with much acrimonious feeling and subtlety of argument, but without any approach to unity of judgment, Leonas arose and dissolved the council: and this was the conclusion of the Synod at Seleucia. For on the following day [Leonas] being urged to do so would not again meet with them. ‘I have been deputed by the emperor,’ said he, ‘to attend a council where unanimity was expected to prevail: but since you can by no means come to a mutual understanding, I can no longer be present: go therefore to the church, if you please, and indulge in vain babbling there.’ The Acacian faction conceiving this decision to be advantageous to themselves, also refused to meet with the others. The adverse party left alone met in the church and requested the attendance of those who followed Acacius, that cognizance might be taken of the case of Cyril, bishop of Jerusalem: for that prelate had been accused long before, on what grounds however I am unable to state. He had even been deposed, because owing to fear, he had not made his appearance during two whole years, after having been repeatedly summoned in order that the charges against him might be investigated. Nevertheless, when he was deposed, he sent a written notification to those who had condemned him, that he should appeal to a higher jurisdiction: and to this appeal the emperor Constantius gave his sanction. Cyril was thus the first and indeed only clergyman who ventured to break through ecclesiastical usage, by becoming an appellant, in the way commonly done in the secular courts of judicature: and he was now present at Seleucia, ready to be put upon his trial; on this account the other bishops invited the Acacian party to take their places in the assembly, that in a general council a definite judgment might be pronounced on the case of those who were arraigned: for they cited others also charged with various misdemeanors to appear before them at the same time, who to protect themselves had sought refuge among the partisans of Acacius. When therefore that faction persisted in their refusal to meet, after being repeatedly summoned, the bishops deposed Acacius himself, together with George of Alexandria, Uranius of Tyre, Theodulus of Chæretapi in Phrygia, Theodosius of Philadelphia in Lydia, Evagrius of the island of Mytilene, Leontius of Tripolis in Lydia, and Eudoxius who had formerly been bishop of Germanica, but had afterwards insinuated himself into the bishopric of Antioch in Syria. They also deposed Patrophilus for contumacy, in not having presented himself to answer a charge preferred against him by a presbyter named Dorotheus. These they deposed: they also excommunicated Asterius, Eusebius, Abgarus, Basilicus, Phœbus, Fidelis, Eutychius, Magnus, and Eustathius; determining that they should not be restored to communion, until they made such a defense as would clear them from the imputations under which they lay. This being done, they addressed explanatory letters to each of the churches whose bishops had been deposed. Anianus was then constituted bishop of Antioch instead of Eudoxius: but the Acacians having soon after apprehended him, he was delivered into the hands of Leonas and Lauricius, by whom he was sent into exile. The bishops who had ordained him being incensed on this account, lodged protests against the Acacian party with Leonas and Lauricius, in which they openly charged them with having violated the decisions of the Synod. Finding that no redress could be obtained by this means, they went to Constantinople to lay the whole matter before the emperor.
Ὅτι ἐν τῇ κατὰ Σελεύκειαν συνόδῳ Ἀκάκιος ὁ Καισαρείας ἄλλην ὑπηγόρευσεν ἔκθεσιν πίστεως.
Ἀκάκιος δὲ καὶ οἱ τοῦ μέρους αὐτοῦ τὰ γινόμενα διεμέμφοντο, διότι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀποκλείσαντες καθυπέγραφον: τὰ γὰρ ἐν παραβύστῳ, φησὶ, γινόμενα ἀδόκιμα καὶ ὑποψίας ἐντός. Ταῦτα ἔλεγε, βουλόμενος ἑτέραν ἔκδοσιν πίστεως ἀντεισενεγκεῖν, ἔχων εὐτρεπισμένην, ἣν ἀνεγνώκει μὲν τοῖς ἄρχουσι Λαυρικίῳ καὶ Λεωνᾷ, μόνην δὲ αὐτὴν κρατήσειν ἐσπούδαζε. Τούτων μὲν οὖν πλέον οὐδὲν κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν ἡμέραν ἐγίνετο: κατὰ δὲ τὴν τρίτην ὁ Λεωνᾶς αὖθις τὰ μέρη συναγαγεῖν ἐσπούδαζε: καθ̓ ἣν οὐκ ἀπελείφθη καὶ Μακεδόνιος ὁ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ Ἀγκύρας Βασίλειος. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἀμφότεροι εἰς ταὐτὸ μέρος συνεληλύθεισαν, αὖθις οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἀπαντᾷν οὐκ ἐβούλοντο, φάσκοντες δεῖν πρότερον ἐκβάλλεσθαι τοῦ συλλόγου τούς τε ἤδη πρότερον καθαιρεθέντας, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ παρόντι κατηγορουμένους. Ἐπεὶ δὲ, φιλονεικησάντων, τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἐκράτησεν, ὑπεξῄεσαν μὲν οἱ ἐν αἰτιάσει τυγχάνοντες, ἀντεισῆλθον δὲ οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον. Τότε δὲ ὁ Λεωνᾶς ἔφη βιβλίον δεδόσθαι αὐτῷ παρὰ τῶν περὶ Ἀκάκιον, ἀποκρύψας ὡς εἴη δόγματος ὑπαγόρευσις τοῦτο μὲν λεληθότως, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ φανερῶς μαχομένου τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν. Ὡς δὲ οἱ παρόντες ἡσύχασαν, ἄλλο τι μᾶλλον ἢ πίστεως ἔκδοσιν περιέχειν τὸ βιβλίον νομίσαντες, τηνικαῦτα καὶ Ἀκακίου τῆς πίστεως σύνταγμα σὺν τῷ προοιμίῳ ἀνεγνώσθη, τοῦτον ἔχον τὸν τρόπον: Ἡμεῖς συνελθόντες ἐν Σελευκείᾳ τῆς Ἰσαυρίας κατὰ τὸ βασιλικὸν βούλημα τῇ χθὲς ἡμέρᾳ, ἥτις ἦν πρὸ πέντε Καλανδῶν Ὀκτωβρίων, πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ἐθέμεθα μετὰ πάσης εὐταξίας τὴν εἰρήνην τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ φυλάξαι, καὶ περὶ τῆς πίστεως εὐσταθῶς διαλαβεῖν, ὡς προσέταξεν ὁ θεοφιλέστατος βασιλεὺς ἡμῶν Κωνστάντιος, κατὰ τὰς προφητικὰς καὶ εὐαγγελικὰς φωνὰς, καὶ μηδὲν παρὰ τὰς θείας γραφὰς ἐπεισενέγκαι τῇ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ πίστει. Ἐπειδὴ δέ τινες ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ τοὺς μὲν ἡμῶν ὕβρισαν τοὺς δὲ ἐπεστόμισαν, οὐ συγχωροῦντες λαλεῖν, τοὺς δὲ ἀπέκλεισαν ἄκοντας, καὶ τοὺς καθῃρημένους δὲ ἐκ διαφόρων ἐπαρχιῶν εἶχον μεθ̓ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ τοὺς παρὰ κανόνα καταστάντας ἦγον μεθ̓ ἑαυτῶν, ὡς πανταχόθεν θορύβου πλήρη γενέσθαι τὴν σύνοδον, καθὼς καὶ ὁ λαμπρότατος κόμης Λεωνᾶς καὶ ὁ λαμπρότατος ἡγούμενος τῆς ἐπαρχίας Λαυρίκιος αὐτοψίᾳ παρέλαβον, τούτου ἕνεκεν διαλαλοῦμεν ταῦτα: ὡς οὐ φεύγομεν τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν αὐθεντικὴν πίστιν ἐν τοῖς ἐγκαινίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, προκομίζοντες αὐτὴν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ πρὸς τὸ ὑποκείμενον τῆς ζητήσεως συνέδραμον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλοὺς ἐθορύβησεν τὸ ὁμοούσιον καὶ τὸ ὁμοιούσιον ἐν τοῖς παρελθοῦσι χρόνοις καὶ μέχρι νῦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρτίως λέγεται καινοτομεῖσθαι ὑπό τινων τὸ ἀνόμοιον Υἱοῦ πρὸς Πατέρα, τούτου χάριν τὸ μὲν ὁμοούσιον καὶ τὸ ὁμοιούσιον ἐκβάλλομεν, ὡς ἀλλότριον τῶν γραφῶν, τὸ δὲ ἀνόμοιον ἀναθεματίζομεν: καὶ πάντας ὅσοι τοιοῦτοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἀλλοτρίους ἡγούμεθα τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Τὸ δὲ ὅμοιον τοῦ Υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα σαφῶς ὁμολογοῦμεν, κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον τὸν λέγοντα περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, Ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου. Ὁμολογοῦμεν δὲ καὶ πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν, Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, ποιητὴν οὐρανῶν καὶ γῆς, ὁρατῶν καὶ ἀοράτων. Πιστεύομεν δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννηθέντα ἀπαθῶς πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων, θεὸν Λόγον ἐκ θεοῦ μονογενῆ, φῶς, ζωὴν, ἀλήθειαν, σοφίαν: δἰ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, τά τε ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε ὁρατὰ εἴτε ἀόρατα. Τοῦτον πιστεύομεν ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων, εἰς ἀθέτησιν ἁμαρτίας, σάρκα ἀνειληφέναι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου Μαρίας, καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, παθόντα ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἀναστάντα, καὶ ἀναληφθέντα εἰς οὐρανοὺς, καθέζεσθαι ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρός: καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόμενον ἐν δόξῃ κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. Πιστεύομεν καὶ εἰς τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, ὃ καὶ Παράκλητον ὠνόμασεν ὁ Σωτὴρ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, ἐπαγγειλάμενος μετὰ τὸ ἀπελθεῖν αὐτὸν, πέμψαι τοῦτο τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ὃ καὶ ἀπέστειλε: δἰ οὗ καὶ ἁγιάζει τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πιστεύοντας, καὶ βαπτιζομένους ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Τοὺς δὲ παρὰ ταύτην τὴν πίστιν ἄλλο τι κηρύττοντας, ἀλλοτρίους εἶναι τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας. Αὕτη μὲν ἡ Ἀκακίου περ τῆς αὐτοῦ πίστεως ἔκδοσις: ἦσαν δὲ αὐτῇ καθυπογράψαντες αὐτὸς Ἀκάκιος καὶ οἱ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες, τοσοῦτοι ὄντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὅσον μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν ἐμνημονεύσαμεν. Ἀναγνωσθείσης δὲ αὐτῆς, Σωφρόνιος Πομπηϊουπόλεως τῆς ἐν Παφλαγονίᾳ τοιαῦτα αὐταῖς λέξεσιν ἀνεβόησεν: Εἰ τὸ καθ̓ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἰδίαν ἐκτίθεσθαι βούλησιν πίστεως ὑπάρχει ἔκθεσις, ἐπιλείψει ἡμᾶς ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκρίβεια. Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Σωφρόνιος ἔφησεν: ἐγὼ δέ φημι, ὡς εἰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοιαῦτα περὶ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστεως οἵ τε πρὸ αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ μετ’ ἐκείνους διενοήθησαν, πέπαυτο ἂν πᾶσα φιλόνεικος ζήτησις, καὶ οὐκ ἂν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἄλογος ἐκράτησε ταραχή. Ἀλλ’ ὅπως μὲν ἔχει ταῦτα, κρινάτωσαν οἱ κατανοεῖν δυνάμενοι: τότε δὲ πολλὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους περί τε τούτου καὶ τῶν κατηγορουμένων εἰπόντες καὶ ἀκούσαντες διελύθησαν. Τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ αὖθις ἡμέρᾳ συνῆλθον ἅπαντες εἰς ταὐτὸ, καὶ αὖθις ἀνεκίνουν μετὰ ἐρεσχελίας τοὺς λόγους: ἐν οἷς Ἀκάκιος τοιάνδε κατὰ λέξιν εἰσηγήσατο γνώμην: Εἰ ἅπαξ ἡ ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστις μετεποιήθη καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλάκις, οὐδὲν κωλύει καὶ νῦν ἑτέραν ὑπαγορευθῆναι πίστιν. Πρὸς ταῦτα Ἐλεύσιος ὁ Κυζίκου τοίαδε εἶπεν: Ἡ σύνοδος συνεκροτήθη ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, οὐχ ἵνα μάθῃ ἃ μὴ μεμάθηκεν, οὔθ̓ ἵνα πίστιν δέξηται ἣν μὴ κέκτηται: ἀλλὰ τῇ τῶν πατέρων πίστει στοιχοῦσα ταύτης μέχρι ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου οὐκ ἐξίσταται. Τοιούτοις καὶ ὁ Ἐλεύσιος πρὸς τὴν Ἀκακίου γνώμην ἀπήντησε, πίστιν πατέρων τὴν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν καλῶν. Ἀπαντήσει δ’ ἄν τις καὶ πρὸς τοῦτον: Πῶς τοὺς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ συνελθόντας πατέρας ὀνομάζεις, Ἐλεύσιε, τοὺς καὶ ἐκείνων πατέρας ἀρνούμενος; οἱ γὰρ ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντες καὶ τὸ ὁμοούσιον τῇ πίστει συμφωνήσαντες κυριώτερον ἂν πατέρες λέγοιντο, τῷ καὶ προαναβεβηκέναι τοῖς χρόνοις, καὶ ὅτι οἱ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ γενόμενοι ὑπ’ ἐκείνων εἰς τὴν ἱερωσύνην προβέβληντο. Εἰ δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς ἰδίους πατέρας ἠθέτησαν, λελήθασιν ἑαυτοὺς οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα τοῖς πατραλοίαις ἑπόμενοι. Πῶς δὲ καὶ ὧν ἐκεῖνοι τὴν πίστιν ὡς ἀδόκιμον ἠθέτησαν, τὴν χειροτονίαν ὡς δοκίμην ἐδέξαντο; εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ εἶχον τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ διὰ τῆς χειροτονίας ἐπέρχεται, οὐδὲ οὗτοι τὴν ἱερωσύνην ἔλαβον: πῶς γὰρ ἐλάμβανον παρὰ τῶν οὐκ ἐχόντων τὸ διδόμενον; Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀντιθήσει τις πρὸς τὰ ὑπὸ Ἐλευσίου λεχθέντα: τότε δὲ αὖθις ἐπὶ ἑτέραν ἐχώρησαν ζήτησιν. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ καὶ οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἐν τῇ ἀναγνωσθείσῃ πίστει ὅμοιον ἔφασαν τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ, διεπυνθάνοντο ἀλλήλων, κατὰ τί ὅμοιος ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τῷ Πατρί: καὶ οἱ μὲν περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἔλεγον, κατὰ τὴν βούλησιν μόνον, οὐ μὴν κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ὅμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ εἶναι τὸν Υἱόν. Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι σύμπαντες καὶ κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ἀπεφῄναντο. Περὶ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ζητήματος φιλονεικοῦντες ἐνδιημέρευον, καὶ τὸν Ἀκάκιον ἐξήλεγχον, ὡς εἴη ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ, οὓς συγγράψας ἐξέδωκεν, ὅμοιον κατὰ πάντα εἰπὼν τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρί. Καὶ πῶς νῦν, ἔφασαν, ἀρνῇ τὴν κατ’ οὐσίαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὁμοιότητα; Ὁ δὲ, Ἀπὸ συγγραμμάτων, ἔφη, οὔτε νέος τις οὔτε ἀρχαῖος ἐκρίθη. Πολλὰ δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου ἀκριβολογουμένων καὶ μηδαμῶς συμφωνούντων, ὁ Λεωνᾶς ἀναστὰς διέλυσε τὸν σύλλογον: καὶ τοῦτο τέλος ἔσχεν ἡ ἐν Σελευκείᾳ γενομένη σύνοδος. Τῇ γὰρ ἑξῆς παρακαλούμενος οὐκέτι εἰς ταὐτὸν συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς ἠθέλησε, φήσας ἀπεστάλθαι παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπὶ τῷ παρεῖναι τῇ συνόδῳ ὁμοφωνούσῃ: ἐπειδὴ δέ τινες διέστησαν, οὐ δύναμαι, ἔφη, παραγενέσθαι: ἀπέλθετε οὖν, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ φλυαρεῖτε. Τούτου γενομένου, οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἕρμαιον ἡγησάμενοι οὐδὲ αὐτοὶ ἀπαντῆσαι ἠθέλησαν. Οἱ δὲ τοῦ ἄλλου μέρους διακριθέντες, καὶ συνελθόντες κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐκάλουν τοὺς περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἐπὶ τῷ κρῖναι τὰ κατὰ Κύριλλον τὸν ἐπίσκοπον Ἱεροσολύμων. Ἰστέον γὰρ ὅτι Κύριλλος ἤδη πρότερον κατηγόρητο: καὶ διὰ τί μὲν, οὐκ ἔχω φράσαι: καθῃρέθη δὲ, ὅτι πολλάκις ἐπὶ τὸ κριθῆναι καλούμενος ἐφεξῆς δύο ἐνιαυτῶν διέφυγε τὰς κατηγορίας εὐλαβούμενος. Καθαιρεθεὶς δ’ οὖν ὅμως ἐκκλήτου βιβλίον τοῖς καθελοῦσι διαπεμψάμενος, μεῖζον ἐπεκαλέσατο δικαστήριον: οὗ τῇ ἐκκλήτῳ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Κωνστάντιος ἐγεγόνει σύμψηφος. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν μόνος καὶ πρῶτος παρὰ τὸ σύνηθες τῷ ἐκκλησιαστικῷ κανόνι Κύριλλος ἐποίησεν, ἐκκλήτοις ὡς ἐν δημοσίῳ δικαστηρίῳ χρησάμενος: τότε δὲ ἐν τῇ Σελευκείᾳ παρῆν κριθησόμενος. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οἱ ἐπίσκοποι τοὺς περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἐκάλουν, ὡς μικρῷ ἔμπροσθεν ἐμνημονεύσαμεν, ὅπως ἂν περὶ τῶν κατηγορουμένων διαγνόντες κοινὴν ἐξενέγκωσι ψῆφον. Ἐκάλουν γὰρ δὴ καί τινας ἄλλους τῶν κατηγορουμένων, οἳ τοῖς περὶ Ἀκάκιον προσπεφεύγασιν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν πολλάκις καλούμενοι οὐκ ἀπήντησαν, καθεῖλον αὐτόν τε Ἀκάκιον, Γεώργιον Ἀλεξανδρείας, Οὐράνιον Τύρου, Θεόδουλον Χαιρετάπων τῆς Φρυγίας, Θεοδόσιον Φιλαδελφείας τῆς ἐν Λυδίᾳ, Εὐάγριον Μιτυλήνης τῆς νήσου, Λεόντιον Τριπόλεως τῆς Λυδίας, καὶ Εὐδόξιον τὸν πρότερον μὲν Γερμανικείας, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ Ἀντιοχείας τῆς ἐν Συρίᾳ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ὑποδύντα. Καθεῖλον δὲ καὶ Πατρόφιλον, ὅτι αὐτὸς ὑπὸ Δορωθέου πρεσβυτέρου κατηγορούμενος, κληθεὶς οὐχ ὑπήκουσε. Τούτους μὲν οὖν καθεῖλον: ἀκοινωνήτους δὲ πεποιήκασιν Ἀστέριον, Εὐσέβιον, Ἄβγαρον, Βασιλικὸν, Φοῖβον, Φιδήλιον, Εὐτύχιον, Μάγνον καὶ Εὐστάθιον: ὁρίσαντες οὕτω μένειν αὐτοὺς, ἕως ἂν ἀπολογησάμενοι τὰς κατηγορίας ἀποδύσωνται. Ταῦτα πράξαντες, διὰ γραμμάτων τε τὰ περὶ τῶν καθαιρεθέντων ταῖς ἐκείνων παροικίαις γνωρίσαντες, καθιστῶσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον Εὐδοξίου τῆς Ἀντιοχείας ἐπίσκοπον, Ἀνιανὸν τοὔνομα: ὃν συλλαβόντες οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον Λεωνᾷ καὶ Λαυρικίῳ παρέδοσαν: οἱ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐξόριστον πεποιήκασι. Τούτου γενομένου, οἱ ἐπίσκοποι οἱ προβεβλημένοι τὸν Ἀνιανὸν διαμαρτυρίαις ἐχρῶντο κατὰ τῶν περὶ Ἀκάκιον πρὸς τὸν Λεωνᾶν καὶ Λαυρίκιον, δἰ ὧν ἀδικεῖσθαι τῆς συνόδου τὴν κρίσιν ἐμήνυον. Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν πλέον ἠνύετο, ἐπὶ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τῷ διδάξαι τὸν βασιλέα τὰ κριθέντα αὐτοῖς.
2.41 On the Emperor's Return from the West, the Acacians assemble at Constantinople, and confirm the Creed of Ariminum, after making Some Additions to it
And now the emperor returned from the West and appointed a prefect over Constantinople, Honoratus by name, having abolished the office of proconsul. But the Acacians being beforehand with the bishops, calumniated them to the emperor, persuading him not to admit the creed which they had proposed. This so annoyed the emperor that he resolved to disperse them; he therefore published an edict, commanding that such of them as were subject to fill certain public offices should be no longer exempted from the performance of the duties attached to them. For several of them were liable to be called on to occupy various official departments, connected both with the city magistracy, and in subordination to the presidents and governors of provinces. While these were thus harassed the partisans of Acacius remained for a considerable time at Constantinople and held another Synod. Sending for the bishops at Bithynia, about fifty assembled on this occasion, among whom was Maris, bishop of Chalcedon: these confirmed the creed read at Ariminum to which the names of the consuls had been prefixed. It would have been unnecessary to repeat it here, had there not been some additions made to it; but since that was done, it may be desirable to transcribe it in its new form.
‘We believe in one God the Father Almighty, of whom are all things. And in the only-begotten Son of God, begotten of God before all ages, and before every beginning; through whom all things visible and invisible were made: who is the only-begotten born of the Father, the only of the only, God of God, like to the Father who begat him, according to the Scriptures, and whose generation no one knows but the Father only that begat him. We know that this only-begotten Son of God, as sent of the Father, came down from the heavens, as it is written, for the destruction of sin and death: and that he was born of the Holy Spirit, and of the Virgin Mary according to the flesh, as it is written, and conversed with his disciples; and that after every dispensation had been fulfilled according to his Father’s will, he was crucified and died, and was buried and descended into the lower parts of the earth, at whose presence hades itself trembled: who also arose from the dead on the third day, again conversed with his disciples, and after the completion of forty days was taken up into the heavens, and sits at the right hand of the Father, whence he will come in the last day, the day of the resurrection, in his Father’s glory, to requite every one accord-to his works. [We believe] also in the Holy Spirit, whom he himself the only-begotten of God, Christ our Lord and God, promised to send to mankind as the Comforter, according as it is written, “the Spirit of truth”; whom he sent to them after he was received into the heavens. But since the term ousia [substance or essence], which was used by the fathers in a very simple and intelligible sense, but not being understood by the people, has been a cause of offense, we have thought proper to reject it, as it is not contained even in the sacred writings; and that no mention of it should be made in future, inasmuch as the holy Scriptures have nowhere mentioned the substance of the Father and of the Son. Nor ought the “subsistence” of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit to be even named. But we affirm that the Son is like the Father, in such a manner as the sacred Scriptures declare and teach. Let therefore all heresies which have been already condemned, or may have arisen of late, which are opposed to this exposition of the faith, be anathema.’
These things were recognized at that time at Constantinople. And now as we have at length wound our way through the labyrinth of all the various forms of faith, let us reckon the number of them. After that which was promulgated at Nicæa, two others were proposed at Antioch at the dedication of the church there. A third was presented to the Emperor in Gaul by Narcissus and those who accompanied him. The fourth was sent by Eudoxius into Italy. There were three forms of the creed published at Sirmium, one of which having the consuls’ names prefixed was read at Ariminum. The Acacian party produced an eighth at Seleucia. The last was that of Constantinople, containing the prohibitory clause respecting the mention of ‘substance’ or ‘subsistence’ in relation to God. To this creed Ulfilas bishop of the Goths gave his assent, although he had previously adhered to that of Nicæa; for he was a disciple of Theophilus bishop of the Goths, who was present at the Nicene council, and subscribed what was there determined. Let this suffice on these subjects.
Ὡς τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπανελθόντος ἐκ τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν, οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντίνου πόλει συναχθέντες τὴν ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ πίστιν ἐκύρωσαν προσθέντες αὐτῇ τινα.
Καὶ γὰρ παρῆν ἀπὸ τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν ἀναστρέψας ὁ βασιλεύς: καὶ τότε τὸν ἔπαρχον τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως κατέστησεν, Ὁνωράτον ὄνομα, τὴν ἀνθυπάτων παύσας ἀρχήν. Φθάσαντες δὲ οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον προδιαβάλλουσιν αὐτοὺς βασιλεῖ, διδάξαντες μὴ δέχεσθαι τὴν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν. Διόπερ ἀγανακτήσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπενόησε διασπεῖραι αὐτοὺς, νόμῳ κελεύσας τοὺς ὑποκειμένους αὐτῶν δημοσίοις λειτουργήμασι τῇ ἰδίᾳ τύχῃ ἀποδίδοσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν λειτουργίαις ὑποκείμενοι, οἱ μὲν βουλευτηρίων, οἱ δὲ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐπαρχίαις τάξεων. Τούτων δὴ οὕτως ταραττομένων, οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἐπιμείναντες τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνέδριον ἕτερον πεποιήκασι, τοὺς ἀπὸ Βιθυνίας ἐπισκόπους μεταπεμψάμενοι. Γενόμενοι οὖν οἱ πάντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν πεντήκοντα, οἷς κατηρίθμητο Μάρις ὁ Χαλκηδόνος, βεβαιοῦσι τὴν ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ μετὰ τῆς ὑπατείας ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν πίστιν: ἣν περιττὸν ἦν ἂν ἐνταῦθα προσκεῖσθαι, εἰ μηδὲν αὐτῇ προστεθείκασιν. Ἐπειδὴ δέ τινα αὐτῇ προστεθείκασι ῥήματα, ἀναγκαῖον καὶ αὖθις αὐτὴν ἐνταῦθα παραγράψαι: ἔστι δὲ ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασι τούτοις: Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα μόνον Θεὸν, Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα: καὶ εἰς τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων καὶ πρὸ πάσης ἀρχῆς γεννηθέντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ: δἰ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα: γεννηθέντα δὲ μονογενῆ, μόνον ἐκ μόνου τοῦ Πατρὸς, Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, ὅμοιον τῷ γεννήσαντι αὐτὸν Πατρὶ κατὰ τὰς γραφάς: οὗ τὴν γέννησιν οὐδεὶς γινώσκει, εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ γεννήσας αὐτὸν Πατήρ. Τοῦτον οἴδαμεν μονογενῆ τοῦ Θεοῦ Υἱὸν, πέμποντος τοῦ Πατρὸς, παραγενέσθαι ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου: καὶ γεννηθέντα ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ Μαρίας τῆς παρθένου τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, ὡς γέγραπται, καὶ ἀναστραφέντα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν: καὶ πάσης τῆς οἰκονομίας πληρωθείσης κατὰ τὴν πατρικὴν βούλησιν, σταυρωθέντα, καὶ ἀποθανόντα, καὶ ταφέντα, καὶ εἰς τὰ καταχθόνια κατεληλυθότα: ὅν τινα καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ᾅδης ἔπτηξεν. Ὅς τις καὶ ἀνέστη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ διέτριψε μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν: καὶ πληρωθεισῶν τῶν τεσσαράκοντα ἡμερῶν, ἀνελήφθη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ καθέζεται ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἐλευσόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐν τῇ πατρικῇ δόξῃ, ἵνα ἀποδώσῃ ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. Καὶ εἰς τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, ὅπερ αὐτὸς ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Κύριος καὶ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, ἐπηγγείλατο πέμπειν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων Παράκλητον, καθάπερ γέγραπται, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας: ὅπερ αὐτοῖς ἔπεμψεν, ὅτε ἀνελήφθη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς. Τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τῆς οὐσίας, ὅπερ ἁπλούστερον ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων ἐτέθη, ἀγνοούμενον δὲ τοῖς λαοῖς σκάνδαλον ἔφερε, διότι μηδὲ αἱ γραφαὶ τοῦτο περιέχουσιν, ἤρεσε περιαιρεθῆναι, καὶ παντελῶς μηδεμίαν μνἥ??ʼν τοῦ λὁ??ʼοῦ γενέσθαι, ἐπειδήπερ καὶ αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ οὐδαμοῦ ἐμνημόνευσαν περὶ οὐσίας Π̔??ʼτρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ. Καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ὀφείλει ὑπόστασις περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ὀνομάζεσθαι. Ὅμοιον δὲ λέγομεν τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ, ὡς λέγουσιν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ καὶ διδάσκουσι. Πᾶσαι δὲ αἱρέσεις, οἵ τε ἤδη πρότερον κατεκρίθησαν, καὶ αἴ τινες ἐὰν καινότεραι γένωνται, ἐναντίαι τυγχάνουσαι τῆς ἐκτεθείσης ταύτης γραφῆς, ἀνάθεμα ἔστωσαν. Ταῦτα μὲν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τότε ἀνεγνώσθησαν: ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν λαβύρινθον τῶν ἐκθέσεων ὀψέ ποτε διανύσαντες, τὴν ἀπαρίθμησιν αὐτῶν συναγάγωμεν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν, ὕστερον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοῖς ἐγκαινίοις δισσὰς ἐκθέσεις ὑπηγόρευσαν. Τρίτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπιδοθεῖσα παρὰ τῶν περὶ Νάρκισσον ἐν ταῖς Γαλλίαις τῷ βασιλεῖ Κώνσταντι. Τετάρτη δὲ, ἡ δἰ Εὐδοξίου τοῖς ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ πεμφθεῖσα: ἔν τε Σιρμίῳ τρεῖς ὑπηγορεύθησαν, ὧν ἡ μία ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ μετὰ τῆς ὑπατείας ἀνεγνώσθη. Ὀγδόη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἐν Σελευκείᾳ, ἣν οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἀνεγνώκεισαν. Τελευταία δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει μετὰ τῆς προσθήκης ἐκδέδοται: πρόσκειται γὰρ αὐτῇ, μήτε οὐσίαν, μήτε ὑπόστασιν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ λέγειν. Ταύτῃ καὶ Οὐλφίλας ὁ τῶν Γότθων ἐπίσκοπος τότε πρῶτον συνέθετο: τὸν γὰρ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν ἠσπάζετο, ἑπόμενος Θεοφίλῳ, ὃς τῶν Γότθων ἐπίσκοπος ὢν τῇ ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδῳ παρὼν καθυπέγραψε. Τοσαῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτων εἰρήσθω.
2.42 On the Deposition of Macedonius, Eudoxius obtains the Bishopric of Constantinople
Acacius, Eudoxius, and those at Constantinople who took part with them, became exceedingly anxious that they also on their side might depose some of the opposite party. Now it should be observed that neither of the factions were influenced by religious considerations in making depositions, but by other motives: for although they did not agree respecting the faith, yet the ground of their reciprocal depositions was not error in doctrine. The Acacian party therefore availing themselves of the emperor’s indignation against others, and especially against Macedonius, which he was cherishing and anxious to vent, in the first place deposed Macedonius, both on account of his having occasioned so much slaughter, and also because he had admitted to communion a deacon who had been found guilty of fornication. They then depose Eleusius bishop of Cyzicus, for having baptized, and afterwards invested with the diaconate, a priest of Hercules at Tyre named Heraclius, who was known to have practiced magic arts. A like sentence was pronounced against Basil, or Basilas,—as he was also called,—who had been constituted bishop of Ancyra instead of Marcellus: the causes assigned for this condemnation were, that he had unjustly imprisoned a certain individual, loaded him with chains, and put him to the torture; that he had traduced some persons; and that he had disturbed the churches of Africa by his epistles. Dracontius was also deposed, because he had left the Galatian church for that of Pergamos. Moreover they deposed, on various pretenses, Neonas bishop of Seleucia, the city in which the Synod had been convened, Sophronius of Pompeiopolis in Paphlagonia, Elpidius of Satala, in Macedonia, and Cyril of Jerusalem, and others for various reasons.
Ὡς καθαιρεθέντος Μακεδονίου, Εὐδόξιος τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν Κωνσταντίνου πόλεως κατέσχεν.
Οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἀκάκιον καὶ Εὐδόξιον ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει περὶ τὸ ἀντικαθαιρεῖν καὶ αὐτοὶ τινὰς τοῦ ἑτέρου μέρους ἀγῶνα ἐτίθεντο. Ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι οὐδέτεροι διὰ θρησκείαν, ἀλλὰ δἰ ἑτέρας προφάσεις, τὰς καθαιρέσεις πεποίηνται: διακρινόμενοι γὰρ περὶ πίστεως, ἐν τῷ καθαιρεῖν ἀλλήλους τὴν ἀλλήλων πίστιν οὐ διεμέμφοντο. Συγχρώμενοι δὲ οἱ περὶ Ἀκάκιον τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως ὀργῇ, ἣν κατά τε τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ Μακεδονίου, φυλάττων ἐκτελέσαι ἐσπούδαζεν, καθαιροῦσι, πρῶτον μὲν Μακεδόνιον, καὶ ὡς αἴτιον πολλῶν φόνων γενόμενον, καὶ ὅτι διάκονον ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ ἁλόντα ἐδέξατο εἰς κοινωνίαν: Ἐλεύσιον δὲ τὸν Κυζίκου, διότι Ἡράκλειόν τινα ἱερέα τοῦ ἐν Τύρῳ Ἡρακλέους ἐπὶ γοητείᾳ ληφθέντα βαπτίσας εἰς διάκονον προεβάλετο: Βασίλειον δὲ, τὸν καὶ Βασιλᾶν, καὶ γὰρ οὕτως ὠνομάζετο, τὸν ἐν Ἀγκύρᾳ εἰς τὸν τόπον Μαρκέλλου προχειρισθέντα, ὡς ἀδίκως τινα βασανίσαντα καὶ σιδηροδέσμοις φυλακαῖς κατακλείσαντα, καὶ ὅτι συκοφαντίας τισιν ἔρραψεν, ἔτι μὴν καὶ ὅτι δἰ ἐπιστολῶν τὰς ἐν Ἀφρικῇ ἐκκλησίας ἐτάραξεν: Δρακόντιον δὲ, ὅτι ἀπὸ Γαλατίας μετέβη εἰς Πέργαμον: καθεῖλον δὲ καὶ Νεωνᾶν τὸν Σελευκείας, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεγόνει ἡ σύνοδος: ἔτι μὴν καὶ Σωφρόνιον τὸν Πομπηϊουπόλεως τῆς ἐν Παφλαγονίᾳ, καὶ Ἐλπίδιον Σατάλων τῆς Μακεδονίας, καὶ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων Κύριλλον: καὶ ἄλλους δἰ ἄλλας αἰτίας ἐξέβαλλον.
2.43 Of Eustathius Bishop of Sebastia
But Eustathius bishop of Sebastia in Armenia was not even permitted to make his defense; because he had been long before deposed by Eulalius, his own father, who was bishop of Cæsarea in Cappadocia, for dressing in a style unbecoming the sacerdotal office. Let it be noted that Meletius was appointed his successor, of whom we shall hereafter speak. Eustathius indeed was subsequently condemned by a Synod convened on his account at Gangra in Paphlagonia; he having, after his deposition by the council at Cæsarea, done many things repugnant to the ecclesiastical canons. For he had ‘forbidden marriage,’ and maintained that meats were to be abstained from: he even separated many from their wives, and persuaded those who disliked to assemble in the churches to commune at home. Under the pretext of piety, he also seduced servants from their masters. He himself wore the habit of a philosopher, and induced his followers to adopt a new and extraordinary garb, directing that the hair of women should be cropped. He permitted the prescribed fasts to be neglected, but recommended fasting on Sundays. In short, he forbade prayers to be offered in the houses of married persons: and declared that both the benediction and the communion of a presbyter who continued to live with a wife whom he might have lawfully married, while still a layman, ought to be shunned as an abomination. For doing and teaching these things and many others of a similar nature, a Synod convened, as we have said, at Gangra in Paphlagonia deposed him, and anathematized his opinions. This, however, was done afterwards. But on Macedonius being ejected from the see of Constantinople, Eudoxius, who now looked upon the see of Antioch as secondary in importance, was promoted to the vacant bishopric; being consecrated by the Acacians, who in this instance cared not to consider that it was inconsistent with their former proceedings. For they who had deposed Dracontius because of his translation from Galatia to Pergamos, were clearly acting in contrariety to their own principles and decisions, in ordaining Eudoxius, who then made a second change. After this they sent their own exposition of the faith, in its corrected and supplementary form, to Arminium, ordering that all those who refused to sign it should be exiled on the authority of the emperor’s edict. They also informed such other prelates in the East as coincided with them in opinion of what they had done; and more especially Patrophilus bishop of Scythopolis, who on leaving Seleucia had proceeded directly to his own city. Eudoxius having been constituted bishop of the imperial city, the great church named Sophia was at that time consecrated, in the tenth consulate of Constantius, and the third of Julian Cæsar, on the 15th day of February. It was while Eudoxius occupied this see, that he first uttered that sentence which is still everywhere current, ‘The Father is impious, the Son is pious.’ When the people seemed startled by this expression, and a disturbance began to be made, ‘Be not troubled,’ said he, ‘on account of what I have just said: for the Father is impious, because he worships no person; but the Son is pious because he worships the Father.’ Eudoxius having said this, the tumult was appeased, and great laughter was excited in the church: and this saying of his continues to be a jest, even in the present day. The heresiarchs indeed frequently devised such subtle phrases as these, and by them rent the church asunder. Thus was the Synod at Constantinople terminated.
Περὶ Εὐσταθίου τοῦ Σεβαστείας ἐπισκόπου.
Εὐστάθιος δὲ ὁ τῆς ἐν Ἀρμενίᾳ Σεβαστείας οὔτε εἰς ἀπολογίαν ἐδέχθη, διότι ὑπὸ Εὐλαλίου τοῦ ἰδίου πατρὸς καὶ ἐπισκόπου Καισαρείας τῆς ἐν Καππαδοκίᾳ ἤδη πρότερον καθῄρητο, ἐπειδὴ ἀνάρμοστον τῇ ἱερωσύνῃ στολὴν ἠμφίεστο. Ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι εἰς τόπον Εὐσταθίου Μελέτιος κατέστη ἐπίσκοπος, περὶ οὗ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν. Εὐστάθιος μέντοι καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ δἰ αὐτὸν γενομένῃ ἐν Γάγγραις τῆς Παφλαγονίας συνόδῳ κατεκρίθη, διότι μετὰ τὸ καθαιρεθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κατὰ Καισάρειαν συνόδῳ πολλὰ παρὰ τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς τύπους ἔπραττεν. Γαμεῖν γὰρ ἐκώλυε, καὶ βρωμάτων ἀπέχεσθαι ἐδογμάτιζεν: καὶ διὰ τούτων πολλοὺς μὲν γεγαμηκότας τοῦ συνοικεσίου ἐχώριζε, καὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἐκτρεπομένους ἐπ’ οἰκίας τὴν κοινωνίαν ποιεῖσθαι ἀνέπειθε. Δούλους τε προσχήματι θεοσεβείας τῶν δεσποτῶν ἀπέσπα. Αὐτός τε φιλοσόφου σχῆμα φορῶν, καὶ τοὺς: ἀκολουθοῦντας αὐτῷ ξένῃ στολῇ χρῆσθαι ἐποίει, καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας κείρεσθαι παρεσκεύαζεν. Καὶ τὰς μὲν ὡρισμένας νηστείας ἐκτρέπεσθαι, τὰς Κυριακὰς δὲ νηστεύειν ἐδίδασκεν: ἐν οἴκοις τε γεγαμηκότων εὐχὰς ἐκώλυε γενέσθαι: καὶ πρεσβυτέρου γυναῖκα ἔχοντος, ἣν νόμῳ λαϊκὸς ὢν ἠγάγετο, τὴν εὐλογίαν καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν ὡς μῦσος ἐκκλίνειν ἐκέλευε. Καὶ ἄλλα πλεῖστα παραπλήσια τούτοις ποιοῦντος αὐτοῦ καὶ διδάσκοντος, σύνοδος, ὡς ἔφην, ἐν Γάγγραις τῆς Παφλαγονίας συναχθεῖσα αὐτόν τε καθεῖλε, καὶ τὰ δόγματα αὐτοῦ ἀνεθεμάτισε. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὕστερον ἐγένετο: τότε δὲ ἐκβληθέντος Μακεδονίου, Εὐδόξιος ἐν δευτέρῳ τὸν Ἀντιοχείας θέμενος θρόνον, τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἀναδείκνυται, τῶν περὶ Ἀκάκιον ἐνθρονισάντων αὐτόν. Οἳ ἐλάνθανον ἑαυτοὺς ἐναντία νομοθετοῦντες τοῖς ὑπ’ αὐτῶν κεκριμένοις: οἱ γὰρ Δρακόντιον καθελόντες, διότι ἐκ Γαλατίας μετέβη εἰς Πέργαμον, οὐκ ἐλογίζοντο, Εὐδόξιον δεύτερον τότε ποιούμενον τὴν μετάβασιν ἐνθρονίζοντες, ὡς ὑπεναντία τοῖς οἰκείοις δόγμασιν ἔπραττον. Ταῦτα κατεργασάμενοι, τὴν μὲν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν πίστιν εἰς τὴν Ἀρίμινον μετὰ τῆς γενομένης προσθήκης ὡς διορθώσαντες ἐξεπέστειλαν, ἐντειλάμενοι τοὺς μὴ ὑπογράφοντας αὐτῇ ἐξορίζεσθαι κατὰ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως. Γνώριμα δὲ καθιστῶσι τὰ ὑπ’ αὐτῶν πεπραγμένα τοῖς τε ἄλλοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν ὁμοδόξοις, καὶ Πατροφίλῳ τῷ Σκυθοπόλεως: οὗτος γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Σελευκείας ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν εὐθὺς ὥρμησε πόλιν. Εὐδοξίου δὲ ἀναδειχθέντος τῆς μεγαλοπόλεως, τηνικαῦτα ἡ μεγάλη ἐκκλησία ὀνομαζομένη Σοφία ἐνεκαινίσθη, ἐν ὑπατείᾳ Κωνσταντίου τὸ δέκατον, καὶ Ἰουλιανοῦ Καίσαρος τὸ τρίτον, τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ Φεβρουαρίου μηνός. Εὐδόξιος δὲ καθεσθεὶς εἰς τὸν θρόνον αὐτῆς, πρώτην ἐκείνην τὴν πολυθρύλητον ἀφῆκε φωνὴν, φράσας, Ὁ Πατὴρ ἀσεβὴς, ὁ Υἱὸς εὐσεβής. Θορύβου δὲ καὶ στάσεως ἐπὶ τούτῳ γενομένης, Μηδὲν, ἔφη, ταράττεσθε πρὸς τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ: ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ ἀσεβὴς, ὅτι οὐδένα σέβει: ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς εὐσεβὴς, ὅτι σέβει τὸν Πατέρα. Τοιαῦτα δὲ τοῦ Εὐδοξίου εἰπόντος, ὁ μὲν θόρυβος κατεστάλη, γέλως δὲ ἀντὶ θορύβου κατεῖχε πολὺς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν: καὶ μένει τὸ λεχθὲν ἄχρι δεῦρο γελώμενον. Τοιαῦτα γὰρ δὴ οἱ αἱρεσιάρχαι σοφιζόμενοι, καὶ περὶ τοιαύτας ἀσχολούμενοι λέξεις, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν διέσπασαν. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τοιοῦτο τέλος καὶ ἡ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει γενομένη σύνοδος ἔσχεν.
2.44 Of Meletius Bishop of Antioch
It becomes us now to speak of Meletius, who, as we have recently observed, was created bishop of Sebastia in Armenia, after the deposition of Eustathius; from Sebastia he was transferred to Berœa, a city of Syria. Being present at the Synod of Seleucia, he subscribed the creed set forth there by Acacius, and immediately returned thence to Berœa. When the convention of the Synod at Constantinople was held, the people of Antioch finding that Eudoxius, captivated by the magnificence of the see of Constantinople, had contemned their church, they sent for Meletius, and invested him with the bishopric of the church at Antioch. Now he at first avoided all doctrinal questions, confining his discourses to moral subjects; but subsequently he expounded to his auditors the Nicene creed, and asserted the doctrine of the homoousion. The emperor being informed of this, ordered that he should be sent into exile; and caused Euzoïus, who had before been deposed together with Arius, to be installed bishop of Antioch in his stead. Such, however, as were attached to Meletius, separated themselves from the Arian congregation, and held their assemblies apart: nevertheless, those who originally embraced the homoousian opinion would not communicate with them, because Meletius had been ordained by the Arians, and his adherents had been baptized by them. Thus was the Antiochian church divided, even in regard to those whose views on matters of faith exactly corresponded. Meanwhile the emperor getting intelligence that the Persians were preparing to undertake another war against the Romans, repaired in great haste to Antioch.
Περὶ Μελετίου τοῦ Ἀντιοχείας ἐπισκόπου.
Ἤδη δὲ λοιπὸν καὶ τὰ περὶ Μελετίου λεκτέον. Οὗτος γὰρ, ὡς μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον, τῆς Ἀρμενίων Σεβαστείας ἐπίσκοπος προεβλήθη, Εὐσταθίου καθαιρεθέντος: ἐκ δὲ Σεβαστείας εἰς Βέροιαν τῆς Συρίας μετηνέχθη. Γενόμενος δὲ ἐν τῇ κατὰ Σελεύκειαν συνόδῳ, καὶ τῇ πίστει τῶν περὶ Ἀκάκιον ὑπογράψας, ὡς εἶχεν ἐπὶ τὴν Βέροιαν ἀνεχώρησε. Γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνόδου, οἱ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ πυθόμενοι τὸν Εὐδόξιον καταπεφρονηκέναι μὲν τῆς αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίας, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν πλοῦτον Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἀποκεκλικέναι, μεταπεμψάμενοι τὸν Μελέτιον ἐκ τῆς Βεροίας εἰς τὴν Ἀντιοχείας ἐκκλησίαν ἐνθρονίζουσιν. Ὁ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν περὶ δόγματος διαλέγεσθαι ὑπερετίθετο, μόνην δὲ τὴν ἠθικὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς προσῆγεν: προβαίνων δὲ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ παρετίθετο πίστιν, καὶ διδάσκει τὸ ὁμοούσιον. Ταῦτα πυθόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν μὲν ἐξόριστον γενέσθαι ἐκέλευσεν: Εὐζώϊον δὲ, τὸν ἤδη πρότερον ἅμα Ἀρείῳ καθαιρεθέντα, τῆς Ἀντιοχείας ἐπίσκοπον προχειρισθῆναι πεποίηκεν. Ὅσοι δὲ τὴν πρὸς Μελέτιον διάθεσιν ἔσωζον, καταλιπόντες τὸ Ἀρειανικὸν ἄθροισμα, κατ’ ἰδίαν τὰς συναγωγὰς ἐποιήσαντο: τῶν τὸ ὁμοούσιον ἐξ ἀρχῆς φρονούντων μὴ θελησάντων αὐτοῖς κοινωνεῖν, διότι ἐκ τῆς Ἀρειανῆς ψήφου τὴν χειροτονίαν Μελέτιος εἶχε λαβὼν, καὶ ὅτι ἀκολουθήσαντες αὐτῷ ὑπ’ ἐκείνων βαπτισθέντες ἐτύγχανον. Τοῦτον μὲν οὖν τὸν τρόπον καὶ ἡ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκκλησία εἰς ἕτερον ὁμόδοξον διετέθη μέρος. Ὁ μέντοι βασιλεὺς, πυθόμενος κινεῖσθαι πάλιν κατὰ Ῥωμαίων τὰ Περσῶν ἔθνη, ταχέως ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀντιόχειαν ὥρμησεν.
2.45 The Heresy of Macedonius
Macedonius on being ejected from Constantinople, bore his condemnation ill and became restless; he therefore associated himself with the other faction that had deposed Acacius and his party at Seleucia, and sent a deputation to Sophronius and Eleusius, to encourage them to adhere to that creed which was first promulgated at Antioch, and afterwards confirmed at Seleucia, proposing to give it the counterfeit name of the ‘homoiousian’ creed. By this means he drew around him a great number of adherents, who from him are still denominated ‘Macedonians.’ And although such as dissented from the Acacians at the Seleucian Synod had not previously used the term homoiousios, yet from that period they distinctly asserted it. There was, however, a popular report that this term did not originate with Macedonius, but was the invention rather of Marathonius, who a little before had been set over the church at Nicomedia; on which account the maintainers of this doctrine were also called ‘Marathonians.’ To this party Eustathius joined himself, who for the reasons before stated had been ejected from the church at Sebastia. But when Macedonius began to deny the Divinity of the Holy Spirit in the Trinity, Eustathius said: ‘I can neither admit that the Holy Spirit is God, nor can I dare affirm him to be a creature.’ For this reason those who hold the homoousion of the Son call these heretics ‘Pneumatomachi.’ By what means these Macedonians became so numerous in the Hellespont, I shall state in its proper place. The Acacians meanwhile became extremely anxious that another Synod should be convened at Antioch, in consequence of having changed their mind respecting their former assertion of the likeness ‘in all things’ of the Son to the Father. A small number of them therefore assembled in the following consulate which was that of Taurus and Florentius, at Antioch in Syria, where the emperor was at that time residing, Euzoïus being bishop. A discussion was then renewed on some of those points which they had previously determined, in the course of which they declared that the term ‘homoios’ ought to be erased from the form of faith which had been published both at Ariminum and Constantinople; and they no longer concealed but openly declared that the Son was altogether unlike the Father, not merely in relation to his essence, but even as it respected his will; asserting boldly also, as Arius had already done, that he was made of nothing. Those in that city who favored the heresy of Aëtius, gave their assent to this opinion; from which circumstance in addition to the general appellation of Arians, they were also termed ‘Anomœans,’ and ‘Exucontians,’ by those at Antioch who embraced the homoousian, who nevertheless were at that time divided among themselves on account of Meletius, as I have before observed. Being therefore questioned by them, how they dared to affirm that the Son is unlike the Father, and has his existence from nothing, after having acknowledged him ‘God of God’ in their former creed? they endeavored to elude this objection by such fallacious subterfuges as these. ‘The expression, “God of God,”’ said they, ‘is to be understood in the same sense as the words of the apostle, “but all things of God.” Wherefore the Son is of God, as being one of these all things: and it is for this reason the words “according to the Scriptures” are added in the draught of the creed.’ The author of this sophism was George bishop of Laodicea, who being unskilled in such phrases, was ignorant of the manner in which Origen had formerly explained these peculiar expressions of the apostle, having thoroughly investigated the matter. But notwithstanding these evasive cavilings, they were unable to bear the reproach and contumely they had drawn upon themselves, and fell back upon the creed which they had before put forth at Constantinople; and so each one retired to his own district. George returning to Alexandria, resumed his authority over the churches there, Athanasius still not having made his appearance. Those in that city who were opposed to his sentiments he persecuted; and conducting himself with great severity and cruelty, he rendered himself extremely odious to the people. At Jerusalem Arrenius was placed over the church instead of Cyril: we may also remark that Heraclius was ordained bishop there after him, and after him Hilary. At length, however, Cyril returned to Jerusalem, and was again invested with the presidency over the church there. About the same time another heresy sprang up, which arose from the following circumstance.
Περὶ τῆς Μακεδονίου αἱρέσεως.
Μακεδόνιος δὲ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐκβληθεὶς, καὶ μὴ φέρων τὴν καταδίκην, ἡσυχάζειν οὐδαμῶς ἠνείχετο: ἀλλὰ ἀποκλίνει μὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοῦ ἑτέρου μέρους, οἳ ἐν τῇ Σελευκείᾳ καθεῖλον τοὺς περὶ Ἀκάκιον: διεπρεσβεύετο δὲ πρός τε Σωφρόνιον καὶ Ἐλεύσιον, ἀντέχεσθαι μὲν τῆς πρότερον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκτεθείσης πίστεως, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἐν Σελευκείᾳ βεβαιωθείσης, καὶ παρασήμῳ ὀνόματι ὁμοιούσιον τὴν πίστιν ἐπιφημισθῆναι παρῄνεσε. Συνέρρεον οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν πολλοὶ τῶν γνωρίμων αὐτῷ, οἳ νῦν Μακεδονιανοὶ χρηματίζουσιν ἐξ αὐτοῦ: ὅσοι τε ἐν τῇ κατὰ Σελεύκειαν συνόδῳ τοῖς περὶ Ἀκάκιον διεκρίθησαν, φανερῶς τὸ ὁμοιούσιον ἐδογμάτισαν, τὸ πρότερον ἤδη μὲν οὐκ ἐκτρανοῦντες αὐτό. Φήμη δέ τις παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐκράτει, ὡς οὐκ εἴη Μακεδονίου τοῦτο εὕρεμα, Μαραθωνίου δὲ μᾶλλον, ὃν μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν τῆς Νικομηδείας πεποιήκεισαν ἐπίσκοπον: διὸ καὶ Μαραθωνιανοὺς καλοῦσιν αὐτούς. Τούτοις δὴ προσφεύγει καὶ Εὐστάθιος, ὁ τῆς Σεβαστείας ἐκβληθεὶς διὰ πρόφασιν ἣν μικρῷ πρότερον εἴρηκα. Ὡς δὲ ὁ Μακεδόνιος τὸ Ἄγιον Πνεῦμα συναναλαβεῖν εἰς τὴν θεολογίαν τῆς Τριάδος ἐξέκλινε, τότε δὴ καὶ Εὐστάθιος, Ἐγὼ, ἔφη, οὔτε Θεὸν ὀνομάζειν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον αἱροῦμαι, οὔτε κτίσμα καλεῖν τολμήσαιμι. Διὰ ταύτην δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ Πνευματομάχους ἀποκαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς οἱ τὸ ὁμοούσιον φρονοῦντες. Ὅπως μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ Μακεδόνιον εἰς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον πλεονάζουσι, κατὰ χώραν ἐρῶ. Οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἀκάκιον σπουδὴν πεποίηνται αὖθις ἐν τῇ Ἀντιοχείᾳ συνελθεῖν, μεταγνόντες ὅτι ὅλως ὅμοιον εἰρήκασι τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρί. Τῇ οὖν ἑξῆς ὑπατείᾳ, ἥτις ἐστὶ Ταύρου καὶ Φλωρεντίου, γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Συρίας Ἀντιόχειαν, Εὐζωΐου κρατοῦντος τῆς ἐκεῖ ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐν αὐτῇ διατρίβοντος, ὀλίγοι τινες ἀνεκίνουν αὖθις τὰ δεδογμένα αὐτοῖς, φάσκοντες δεῖν περιαιρεθῆναι τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου λέξιν ἐκ τῆς ἐκδοθείσης πίστεως ἐν τῇ Ἀριμήνῳ καὶ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει: οὐκέτι ἐπικρύπτοντες, ἀλλὰ ἀναφανδὸν λέγοντες, ὅτι κατὰ πάντα ἀνόμοιος ὁ Υἱὸς τῷ Πατρὶ, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἀλλὰ δὴ καὶ κατὰ βούλησιν: ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τε αὐτὸν, ὡς Ἄρειος ἔλεγε, καὶ αὐτοὶ γενέσθαι ἀπεφῄναντο. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ δόξῃ οἱ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τότε τὰ Ἀετίου φρονοῦντες: διόπερ, μετὰ τοῦ ἔχειν τὴν Ἀρειανὴν προσωνυμίαν, ἔτι καὶ Ἀνόμοιοι καὶ Ἐξουκόντιοι ἐκλήθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ φρονούντων μὲν τὸ ὁμοούσιον, διῃρημένων δὲ τότε διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ Μελετίῳ γενομένην αἰτίαν, ὥς μοι καὶ πρότερον εἴρηται. Ἐρωτηθέντες δ’ οὖν ὅμως παῤ ἐκείνων, διὰ τί, ἐν τῇ ἐκθέσει τῆς ἑαυτῶν πίστεως Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ τὸν Υἱὸν εἰπόντες, ἀνόμοιόν τε καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τολμῶσιν ὀνομάζειν, τοιοῖσδε σοφίσμασιν ἐπεχείρουν τὴν ἀντίθεσιν ἀποδύεσθαι: ὅτι οὕτως, φησὶν, εἴρηται τὸ ἐκ Θεοῦ, ὡς εἴρηται παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ, Τὰ δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ: ἓν οὖν τῶν πάντων, καὶ ὁ Υἱός ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ: καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρόσκειται ἐν ταῖς ἐκδόσεσι τὸ κατὰ τὰς γραφάς. Τούτου δὲ τοῦ σοφίσματος ἀρχηγὸς ἦν Γεώργιος ὁ Λαοδικείας ἐπίσκοπος: ὅστις ἀνάγωγος ὢν τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, ἠγνόησεν ὅπως τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἰδιώματα τοῖς ἀνωτέρω χρόνοις Ὠριγένης πλατύτερον ἐξετάσας ἡρμήνευσεν. Ἀλλ’ ὅμως, εἰ καὶ τοιαῦτα ἐπεχείρουν σοφίζεσθαι, τοὺς ὀνειδισμοὺς καὶ τὴν κατάγνωσιν οὐ φέροντες, ἀνέγνωσαν τὴν αὐτὴν πίστιν ἣν καὶ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει: καὶ οὕτως κατὰ πόλεις τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀνεχώρησαν. Γεώργιος μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὁρμήσας τῶν τε ἐκκλησιῶν ἔτι ἐκράτει, Ἀθανασίου ἔτι ἀφανοῦς τυγχάνοντος, καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ μὴ φρονοῦντας τὰ αὐτοῦ συνήλαυνε. Χαλεπὸς δὲ ἦν καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῆς πόλεως: τοῖς πλείοσι γὰρ ἦν ἀπεχθής. Ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀντὶ Κυρίλλου προεχειρίσθη Ἀρρήνιος. Ἰστέον δὲ, ὅτι καὶ μετ’ ἐκεῖνον Ἡράκλειος κατέστη, καὶ αὖθις Ἱλάριος: ὕστερον δὲ χρόνῳ Κύριλλος ἐπέβη τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ ἐκκλησίας ἐγκρατὴς ἐγένετο. Τότε δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα παρεφύη αἵρεσις ἐξ αἰτίας τοιάσδε.
2.46 Of the Apollinarians, and their Heresy
There were two men of the same name at Laodicea in Syria, a father and son: their name was Apollinaris; the former of them was a presbyter, and the latter a reader in that church. Both taught Greek literature, the father grammar, and the son rhetoric. The father was a native of Alexandria, and at first taught at Berytus, but afterwards removed to Laodicea, where he married, and the younger Apollinaris was born. They were contemporaries of Epiphanius the sophist, and being true friends they became intimate with him; but Theodotus bishop of Laodicea, fearing that such communication should pervert their principles, and lead them into paganism, forbade their associating with him: they, however, paid but little attention to this prohibition, their familiarity with Epiphanius being still continued. George, the successor of Theodotus, also endeavored to prevent their conversing with Epiphanius; but not being able in any way to persuade them on this point, he excommunicated them. The younger Apollinaris regarding this severe procedure as an act of injustice, and relying on the resources of his rhetorical sophistry, originated a new heresy, which was named after its inventor, and still has many supporters. Nevertheless some affirm that it was not for the reason above assigned that they dissented from George, but because they saw the unsettledness and inconsistency of his profession of faith; since he sometimes maintained that the Son is like the Father, in accordance with what had been determined in the Synod at Seleucia, and at other times countenanced the Arian view. They therefore made this a pretext for separation from him: but as no one followed their example, they introduced a new form of doctrine, and at first they asserted that in the economy of the incarnation, God the Word assumed a human body without a soul. Afterwards, as if changing mind, they retracted, admitting that he took a soul indeed, but that it was an irrational one, God the Word himself being in the place of a mind. Those who followed them and bear their name at this day affirm that this is their only point of distinction [from the Catholics]; for they recognize the consubstantiality of the persons in the Trinity. But we will make further mention of the two Apollinares in the proper place.
Περὶ τῶν Ἀπολιναριστῶν καὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως αὐτῶν.
Ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ τῆς Συρίας δύο ἦσαν ἄνδρες ὁμώνυμοι, πατήρ τε καὶ παῖς: ἑκατέρῳ γὰρ ἦν ὄνομα Ἀπολινάριος: ὧν ὁ μὲν πατὴρ τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἠξιοῦτο, ὁ δὲ παῖς τὴν τοῦ ἀναγνώστου τάξιν εἶχεν. Ἀμφότεροι δὲ ἦσαν Ἑλληνικῶν λόγων διδάσκαλοι: γραμματικῶν μὲν ὁ πατὴρ, ῥητορικῶν δὲ ὁ υἱός. Ὁ μὲν οὖν πατὴρ Ἀλεξανδρεὺς ὢν τὸ γένος, πρότερον δὲ ἐν τῇ Βηρυτῷ διδάξας, εἶτα μεταστὰς εἰς Λαοδίκειαν καὶ γήμας ἐκεῖ, ἴσχει τὸν υἱὸν Ἀπολινάριον. Ἄμφω δὲ ὅμως τότε συνήκμαζον Ἐπιφανίῳ τῷ σοφιστῇ, καὶ γνήσιοι ὄντες φίλοι συνεκρότουν αὐτόν. Δείσας δὲ Θεόδοτος ὁ τῆς Λαοδικείας ἐπίσκοπος μὴ τῇ συνεχεῖ τἀνδρὸς ὁμιλίᾳ πρὸς τὸν Ἑλληνισμὸν ἀποκλίνωσι, διεκώλυε φοιτᾷν παῤ αὐτόν: οἱ δὲ, μικρὰ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου φροντίσαντες, τὴν τοῦ Ἐπιφανίου φιλίαν ἠσπάζοντο. Μετὰ ταῦτα Γεώργιος ὁ Θεοδότου διάδοχος σπεύσας ἀποστῆσαι αὐτοὺς, καὶ μηδενὶ τρόπῳ πεῖσαι δυνηθεὶς, ἄμφω τῆς κοινωνίας ἐζημίωσεν. Ὕβριν τε ἡγεῖται ὁ παῖς Ἀπολινάριος τὰ γενόμενα, καὶ τῇ ἐννοίᾳ τοῦ σοφιστικοῦ λόγου θαρρῶν καινοτομεῖ καὶ αὐτὸς αἵρεσιν, ἣ νῦν ἐπιπολάζει, τοὔνομα τοῦ εὑρόντος εὔχουσα. Φασὶ δέ τινες διενεχθῆναι αὐτοὺς πρὸς Γεώργιον οὐ τοσοῦτον διὰ τὴν προειρημένην αἰτίαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἑώρων αὐτὸν ἀλλόκοτα δογματίζοντα, καὶ νῦν μὲν ὅμοιον ὁμολογοῦντα τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ, καθ̓ ὃ ἐν τῇ Σελευκείᾳ συνέθετο, νῦν δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἀρειανὴν ἀποκλίνοντα δόξαν. Διόπερ εὐπροφάσιστον λαβόντες αἰτίαν, ποιοῦνται τὴν ἀναχώρησιν: ὡς δὲ οὐδεὶς αὐτοῖς προσεῖχε, παρεισάγουσι σχῆμα θρησκείας. Καὶ πρότερον μὲν ἔλεγον ἀναληφθῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου, ἐν τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως, ψυχῆς ἄνευ. Εἶτα ὡς ἐκ μετανοίας ἐπιδιορθούμενοι προσέθεσαν, ψυχὴν μὲν ἀνειληφέναι, νοῦν δὲ οὐκ ἔχειν αὐτὴν, ἀλλ’ εἶναι τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον ἀντὶ νοῦ εἰς τὸν ἀναληφθέντα ἄνθρωπον. Περὶ τούτου μόνου δὴ λέγουσι διαφέρεσθαι οἱ νῦν ἐξ ἐκείνων τὴν προσωνυμίαν ἔχοντες: τὴν γὰρ Τριάδα ὁμοούσιον εἶναι φασί. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν Ἀπολιναρίων καὶ αὖθις κατὰ χώραν μνημονεύσομεν.
2.47 Successes of Julian; Death of the Emperor Constantius
While the Emperor Constantius continued his residence at Antioch, Julian Cæsar engaged with an immense army of barbarians in the Gauls, and obtaining the victory over them, he became extremely popular among the soldiery and was proclaimed emperor by them. When this was made known, the Emperor Constantius was affected most painfully; he was therefore baptized by Euzoïus, and immediately prepared to undertake an expedition against Julian. On arriving at the frontiers of Cappadocia and Cilicia, his excessive agitation of mind produced apoplexy, which terminated his life at Mopsucrene, in the consulate of Taurus and Florentius, on the 3d of November. This was in the first year of the 285th Olympiad. Constantius had lived forty-five years, having reigned thirty-eight years; thirteen of which he was his father’s colleague in the empire, and after his father’s death for twenty-five years [sole emperor], the history of which latter period is contained in this book.
Περὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίου τοῦ βασιλέως τελευτῆς.
Τοῦ μέντοι βασιλέως Κωνσταντίου ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ διάγοντος, ὁ Καῖσαρ Ἰουλιανὸς ἐν ταῖς Γαλλίαις πολλοῖς βαρβάροις συμπλέκει: καὶ νικήσας, πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς στρατευομένοις ἐπέραστος διὰ τοῦτο γεγονὼς, ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἀναγορεύεται βασιλεύς. Τούτου διαγγελθέντος, ὁ βασιλεὺς Κωνστάντιος εἰς ἀγῶνα κατέστη: βαπτισθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ Εὐζωΐου, ἐπὶ τὸν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐχώρει πόλεμον. Γενόμενος δὲ μεταξὺ Καππαδοκίας καὶ Κιλικίας, ἐν Μοψουκρήναις ἐτελεύτα τὸν βίον, ὑπὸ φροντίδος ἀποπληξίᾳ ληφθεὶς, ἐν ὑπατείᾳ Ταύρου καὶ Φλωρεντίου, τῇ τρίτῃ τοῦ Νοεμβρίου μηνός. Τοῦτο δὲ ἦν ἔτος πρῶτον τῆς διακοσιοστῆς ὀγδοηκοστῆς πέμπτης Ὀλυμπιάδος. Ἔζησε δὲ Κωνστάντιος ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα πέντε, βασιλεύσας ἔτη τριάκοντα ὀκτώ: συμβασιλεύσας μὲν τῷ πατρὶ ἔτη δεκατρία: μετὰ δὲ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτοῦ, ἔτη εἰκοσιπέντε, ὅσων περ καὶ ἡ βίβλος περιέχει χρόνον ἐτῶν.